ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (201)
  • English  (200)
  • Chinese  (1)
  • Portuguese
  • Romanian
  • 2015-2019  (199)
  • 1945-1949
  • 1930-1934  (2)
  • AWI Library  (201)
Collection
  • Books  (201)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Call number: AWI P9-94-0237
    In: Skrifter om Svalbard og Ishavet
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 195 S., VII Taf. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Skrifter om Svalbard og Ishavet 57
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: AWI A11-15-0048
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook aims to be a one stop shop for those interested in aerosols and their impact on the climate system. It starts with some fundamentals on atmospheric aerosols, atmospheric radiation and cloud physics, then goes into techniques used for in-situ and remote sensing measurements of aerosols, data assimilation, and discusses aerosol-radiation interactions, aersol-cloud interactions and the multiple impacts of aerosols on the climate system. The book aims to engage those interested in aerosols and their impacts on the climate system: graduate and PhD students, but also post-doctorate fellows who are new to the field or would like to broaden their knowledge. The book includes exercises at the end of most chapters. Atmospheric aerosols are small (microscopic) particles in suspension in the atmosphere, which play multiple roles in the climate system. They interact with the energy budget through scattering and absorption of solar and terrestrial radiation. They also serve as cloud condensation and ice nuclei with impacts on the formation, evolution and properties of clouds. Finally aerosols also interact with some biogeochemical cycles. Anthropogenic emissions of aerosols are responsible for a cooling effect that has masked part of the warming due to the increased greenhouse effect since pre-industrial time. Natural aerosols also respond to climate changes as shown by observations of past climates and modelling of the future climate.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 311 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789401796484
    Uniform Title: Aérosols atmosphériques : propriétés et impacts climatiques
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 General Introduction. - 1.1 The Climate System. - 1.2 The Atmosphere. - 1.3 Energy Budget and Atmospheric Composition. - 1.4 The Water Cycle. - 1.5 Aerosols and Climate Change. - 1.6 Outline of this Textbook. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles. - 2 Atmospheric Aerosols. - 2.1 Definitions. - 2.2 Sources of Aerosols and Aerosol Precursors. - 2.2.1 Marine Aerosols. - 2.2.2 Desert Dust. - 2.2.3 Volcanic Aerosols. - 2.2.4 Biogenic Aerosols. - 2.2.5 Biomass Burning Aerosols. - 2.2.6 Aerosols from Fossil Fuel Combustion. - 2.3 Spatial and Temporal Aerosol Distributions. - 2.4 Aerosol-Cloud-Radiation Interactions. - 2.5 Climate Effects of Aerosols. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 3 Physical, Chemical and Optical Aerosol Properties. - 3.1 Fine, Accumulation and Coarse Modes. - 3.2 Size Distribution. - 3.3 Chemical Composition. - 3.3.1 Aerosol Mixture. - 3.3.2 Inorganic Aerosols. - 3.3.3 Black Carbon Aerosols. - 3.3.4 Organic Aerosols. - 3.3.5 Geographic Distribution of Aerosol Chemical Composition. - 3.4 Refractive Index. - 3.5 Deliquescence, Efflorescence and Hysteresis. - 3.6 Definition of Aerosol Optical Properties. - 3.6.1 Absorption and Scattering Cross Sections. - 3.6.2 Phase Function. - 3.6.3 Upscatter Fractions. - 3.7 Calculation of Aerosol Optical Properties. - 3.7.1 Mie Theory. - 3. 7.2 Extinction, Scattering and Absorption. - 3.7.3 Optical Depth and Angström Coefficient. - 3.8 Optical Properties of Nonspherical Aerosols. - 3.9 Aerosols and Atmospheric Visibility. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 4 Aerosol Modelling. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Emissions. - 4.2.1 Generalities. - 4.2.2 Fossil Fuels, Biofuels, and Other Anthropogenic Sources. - 4.2.3 Vegetation Fires. - 4.2.4 Sea Spray. - 4.2.5 Desert Dust. - 4.2.6 Dimethylsulphide. - 4.2.7 Biogenic Volatile Organic Compounds. - 4.2.8 Volcanoes. - 4.2.9 Resuspension. - 4.3 Atmospheric Processes. - 4.3.1 Nucleation. - 4.3.2 Condensation of Semi-Volatile Compounds. - 4.3.3 Coagulation. - 4.3.4 In-Cloud Aerosol Production. - 4.3.5 Wet Deposition. - 4.3.6 Dry Deposition. - 4.3.7 Sedimentation. - 4.3.8 Aerosol Transport. - 4.4 Modelling Approaches. - 4.4.1 Bulk Approach. - 4.4.2 Sectional Approach. - 4.4.3 Modal Approach. - 4.5 Example: The Sulphur Budget. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 5 Interactions of Radiation with Matter and Atmospheric Radiative Transfer. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Electromagnetic Radiation. - 5.2.1 Generalities. - 5.2.2 Definitions. - 5.3 Interactions of Radiation with Matter. - 5.3.1 Matter, Energy and Spectral Lines. - 5.3.2 Intensity of Spectral Lines. - 5.3.3 Spectral Line Profiles. - 5.3.4 Processes of lnteractions of Radiation with Matter. - 5.4 Modelling of the Interaction Processes. - 5.4.1 Molecular Absorption Coefficient. - 5.4.2 Scattering Phase Function. - 5.4.3 Molecular Scattering. - 5.4.4 Absorption and Scattering by Aerosols. - 5.4.5 Thermal Emission. - 5.5 Atmospheric Radiative Transfer. - 5.5.1 Equation of Radiative Transfer. - 5.5.2 Extinction Only. - 5.5.3 Scattering Medium. - 5.5.4 Plane-Parallel Atmosphere. - 5.5.5 Resolution of the Equation of Radiative Transfer. - 5.6 Absorption Bands, Energy, and Actinic Fluxes. - 5.6.1 Main Molecular Absorption Bands in the Atmosphere. - 5.6.2 Radiative Flux. - 5.6.3 Two-Flux Method. - 5.6.4 Stefan-Boltzmann Law. - 5.6.5 Radiative Budget. - 5.6.6 Actinic Fluxes. - 5.6.7 Polarization of Radiation. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 6 In Situ and Remote Sensing Measurements of Aerosols. - 6.1 Introduction to Aerosol Remote Sensing. - 6.2 Passive Remote Sensing: Measurement of the Extinction. - 6.2.1 General Principles. - 6.2.2 Ground-Based Photometry. - 6.2.3 Spaceborne Occultation Measurements. - 6.2.4 Retrieval of Aerosol Size Distribution. - 6.3 Passive Remote Sensing: Measurement of the Scattering. - 6.3.1 General Principles. - 6.3.2 Ground-Based Measurement of Scattered Radiation. - 6.3.3 Spaceborne Measurements of Scattered Radiation. - 6.4 Measurement of Infrared Radiation. - 6.4.1 General Principles. - 6.4.2 Spaceborne Nadir Measurement of Infrared Radiation. - 6.4.3 Spaceborne Limb Measurement of Infrared Radiation. - 6.5 Active Remote Sensing: Lidar. - 6.5.1 General Principles. - 6.5.2 The Lidar Equation. - 6.5.3 Raman Lidar. - 6.6 In Situ Aerosol Measurements. - 6.6.1 Measurement of Aerosol Concentrations. - 6.6.2 Measurement of Aerosol Chemical Composition. - 6.6.3 Measurement of Aerosol Scattering. - 6.6.4 Measurement of Aerosol Absorption. - 6.7 Conclusions. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 7 Aerosol Data Assimilation. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Basic Principles of Data Assimilation. - 7.3 Applications of Data Assimilation for Aerosols. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 8 Aerosol-Radiation Interactions. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Atmospheric Radiative Effects Due to Aerosols. - 8.2.1 Simplified Equation for Scattering Aerosols. - 8.2.2 Simplified Equation for Absorbing Aerosols. - 8.2.3 Radiative Transfer Calculations. - 8.2.4 Global Estimates and Sources of Uncertainty. - 8.3 Rapid Adjustments to Aerosol-Radiation Interactions. - 8.4 Radiative Impact of Aerosols on Surface Snow and Ice. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 9 Aerosol-Cloud lnteractions. - 39.1 Introduction. - 9 .1.1 Cloud Formation. - 9 .1.2 Cloud Distribution. - 9 .1.3 Aerosol-Cloud Interactions. - 9.2 Aerosol Effects on Liquid Clouds. - 9 .2.1 Saturation Pressure of Water Vapour. - 9.2.2 Kelvin Effect. - 9.2.3 Raoult's Law. - . - 9.2.4 Köhler Theory. - 9.2.5 Extensions to the Köhler Theory. - 9.2.6 CCN and Supersaturation in the Cloud. - 9.2.7 Dynamical and Radiative Effects in Clouds. - 9.2.8 Principle of the Cloud Albedo Effect. - 9.2.9 Observations of the Cloud Albedo Effect. - 9.2.10 Adjustments in Liquid Water Clouds. - 9.2.11 Rapid Adjustments Occurring in Liquid Clouds. - 9.3 Aerosols Effects on Mixed-Phased and Ice Clouds. - 9.3.1 Elements of Microphysics of Ice Clouds. - 9.3.2 Impact of Anthropogenic Aerosols on Ice Clouds. - 9.4 Forcing Due to Aerosol-Cloud lnteractions. - 9.5 Aerosols, Contrails and Aviation-Induced Cloudiness. - 9.5.1 Formation of Condensation Trails. - 9.5.2 Estimate of the Climate Impact of Contrails. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 10 Climate Response to Aerosol Forcings. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Radiative Forcing, Feedbacks and Climate Response. - 10.2.1 Radiative Forcing. - 10.2.2 Climate Feedbacks. - 10.2.3 Rapid Adjustments and Effective Radiative Forcing. - 10.2.4 Climate Response and Climate Efficacy. - 10.3 Climate Response to Aerosol Forcings. - 10.3.1 Equilibrium Response. - 10.3.2 Past Emissions. - 10.3.3 Detection and Attribution of Aerosol Impacts. - 10.3.4 Future Emissions Scenarios. - 10.4 Nuclear Winter. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 11 Biogeochemical Effects and Climate Feedbacks of Aerosols. - 11 .1 Introduction. - 11.2 Impact of Aerosols on Terrestrial Ecosystems. - 11.2.1 Diffuse Radiation and Primary Productivity. - 11.2.2 Aerosols as a Source of Nutrients. - 11.2.3 Acidification of Precipitation. - 11.3 Impact of Aerosols on Marine Ecosystems. - 11.4 Aerosols-Atmospheric Chemistry Interactions. - 11.4.1 Interactions with Tropospheric Chemistry. - 11.4.2 Impact of Stratospheric Aerosols on the Ozone Layer and Ultravialet Radiation. - 11.5 Climate Feedbacks Involving Marine Aerosols. - 11.5.1 Sulphate Aerosols from DMS Emissions. - 11.5.2 Marine Aerosols. - 11.5.3 Other Aerosols of Maritime Origin. - 11.6 Climate Feedbacks Involving Continental Aerosols. - 11.6.1 Secondary Organic Aerosols. - 11.6.2 Primary Aerosols of Biogenic Origin. - 11.6.3 Aerosols from Vegetation Fires. - 11.6.4 Desert Dust. - 11.7 Climate Feedbacks Involving Stratospheric Aerosols. - References. - Further Reading (Textbooks and Articles). - 12 Strato
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bergen : Grieg
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI E2-99-0133 (1a)
    In: The Norwegian north polar expedition with the "MAUD" 1918 - 1925
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 279 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: The Norwegian north polar expedition with the "MAUD" 1918 - 1925 : Scientific Results
    Language: English
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Tokyo : National Institute for Polar Research
    Call number: AWI P5-15-0033
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 26 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Edition: 2014, rev. March 2015
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1. Introduction. - (1) The purposes of the long-term plan report. - (2) The background and particulars of this report. - (3) Contents of this report. - 2.Changes in the Arctic environment to date and in the near future. - 3. History of Arctic environmental research. - 4. Abstracts of all themes. - (1) Elucidation of abrupt environmental change in the Arctic associated with the on-going global warming. - Theme 1: Arctic amplification of global warming. - Theme 2: Mechanisms and influence of sea ice decline. - Theme 3: Biogeochemical cycles and ecosystem changes. - Theme 4: Ice sheet, glaciers, permafrost, snowfall, snow cover and hydrological cycle. - Theme 5: Interactions between the Arctic and the entire earth. - Theme 6: Predicting future environmental conditions of the Arctic based on paleoenvironmental records. - Theme 7: Effects of the Arctic environment on human society. - (2) Elucidation of environmental change concerning biodiversity. - Theme 8: Effects on terrestrial ecosystems and biodiversity. - Theme 9: Influence on marine ecosystem and biodiversity. - (3) Broad and important subjects on the Arctic environment. - Theme 10: Geospace environment. - Theme 11: Interaction of surface environment change with solid earth. - Theme 12: Basic understanding on formation and transition process of permafrost. - (4) Development of methods enabling breakthroughs in environmental research. - Theme A: Sustainable seamless monitoring. - Theme B: Earth system-modeling for inter-disciplinary research. - Theme C: Data assimilation to connect monitoring and modeling. - 5. Improvement of research foundation. - Authors and reviewers.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley
    Call number: AWI A14-15-0008
    Description / Table of Contents: The cryosphere, that region of the world where water is temporarily or permanently frozen, plays a crucial role on our planet. Recent developments in remote sensing techniques, and the acquisition of new data sets, have resulted in significant advances in our understanding of all components of the cryosphere and its processes. This book, based on contributions from 40 leading experts, offers a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the methods, techniques and recent advances in applications of remote sensing of the cryosphere. Examples of the topics covered include: snow extent, depth, grain size and impurities; surface and subsurface melting; glaciers; accumulation over the Greenland and Antarctica ice sheets; ice thickness and velocities; gravimetric measurements from space; sea, lake and river ice; frozen ground and permafrost; fieldwork activities; recent and future cryosphere-oriented missions and experiments.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 408 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 1. edition
    ISBN: 9781118368855
    Series Statement: The cryosphere science series
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: List of contributors. - Cryosphere Science: Series Preface. - Preface. - Acknowledgments. - About the companion website. - 1 Remote sensing and the cryosphere. - 1.1 Introduction. - 1.2 Remote sensing. - 1.2.1 The electromagnetic spectrum and blackbody radiation. - 1.2.2 Passive systems. - 1.2.3 Active systems. - 1.3 The cryosphere. - References. - 2 Electromagnetic properties of components of the cryosphere. - 2.1 Electromagnetic properties of snow. - 2.1.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.1.2 Microwave region. - 2.2 Electromagnetic properties of sea ice. - 2.2.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.2.2 Microwave region. - 2.3 Electromagnetic properties of freshwater ice. - 2.4 Electromagnetic properties of glaciers and ice sheets. - 2.4.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.4.2 Microwave region. - 2.5 Electromagnetic properties of frozen soil. - 2.5.1 Visible/near-infrared and thermal infrared. - 2.5.2 Microwave region. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 3 Remote sensing of snow extent. - 3.1 lntroduction. - 3.2 Visible/near-infrared snow products. - 3.2.1 The normalized difference snow index (NDSI). - 3.3 Passive microwave products. - 3.4 Blended VNIR/PM products. - 3.5 Satellite snow extent as input to hydrological models. - 3.6 Concluding remarks. - Acknowledgments. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 4 Remote sensing of snow albedo, grain size, and pollution from space. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Forward modeling. - 4.3 Local optical properties of a snow layer. - 4.4 Inverse problem. - 4.5 Pitfalls of retrievals. - 4.6 Conclusions. - Acknowledgments. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 5 Remote sensing of snow depth and snow water equivalent. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Photogrammetry. - 5.3 LiDAR. - 5.4 Gamma radiation. - 5.5 Gravity data. - 5.6 Passive microwave data. - 5.7 Active microwave data. - 5.8 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 6 Remote sensing of melting snow and ice. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 General considerations on optical/thermal and microwave sensors and techniques for remote sensing of melting. - 6.2.1 Optical and thermal sensors. - 6.2.2 Microwave sensors. - 6.2.3 Electromagnetic properties of dry and wet snow. - 6.3 Remote sensing of melting over land. - 6.4 Remote sensing of melting over Greenland. - 6.4.1 Thermal infrared sensors. - 6.4.2 Microwave sensors. - 6.5 Remote sensing of melting over Antarctica. - 6.6 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - 7 Remote sensing of glaciers. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 Fundamentals. - 7.3 Satellite instruments for glacier research. - 7.4 Methods. - 7.4.1 Image classification for glacier mapping. - 7.4.2 Mapping debris-covered glaciers. - 7.4.3 Glacier mapping with SAR data. - 7.4.4 Assessing glacier changes. - 7.4.5 Area and length changes. - 7.4.6 Volumetrie glacier changes. - 7.4.7 Glacier velocity. - 7.5 Glaciers of the Greenland ice sheet. - 7.5.1 Surface elevation. - 7.5.2 Glacier extent. - 7.5.3 Glacier dynamics. - 7.6 Summary. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 8 Remote sensing of accumulation over the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets. - 8.1 Introduction to accumulation. - 8.2 Spaceborne methods for determining accumulation over ice sheets. - 8.2.1 Microwave remote sensing. - 8.2.2 Other remote sensing techniques and combined methods. - 8.3 Airborne and ground-based measurements of accumulation. - 8.3.1 Ground-based. - 8.3.2 Airborne. - 8.4 Modeling of accumulation. - 8.5 The future for remote sensing of accumulation. - 8.6 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - Website cited. - 9 Remote sensing of ice thickness and surface velocity. - 9.1 Introduction. - 9.1.1 Electrical properties of glacial ice. - 9.2 Radar principles. - 9.2.1 Radar sounder. - 9.2.2 Radar equation. - 9.3 Pulse compression. - 9.4 Antennas. - 9.5 Example results. - 9.6 SAR and array processing. - 9.7 SAR Interferometry. - 9. 7.1 Introduction. - 9.7.2 Basic theory. - 9.7.3 Practical considerations of InSAR systems. - 9.7.4 Application of InSAR to Cryosphere remote sensing. - 9.8 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - 10 Gravimetry measurements from space. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Observing the Earth's gravity field with inter-satellite ranging. - 10.3 Surface mass variability from GRACE. - 10.4 Results. - 10.5 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - 11 Remote sensing of sea ice. - 11.1 Introduction. - 11.2 Sea ice concentration and extent. - 11.2.1 Passive microwave radiometers. - 11.2.2 Active microwave - scatterometry and radar. - 11.2.3 Visible and infrared. - 11.2.4 Operational sea ice analyses. - 11.3 Sea ice drift. - 11.4 Sea ice thickness and age, and snow depth. - 11.4.1 Altimetric thickness estimates. - 11.4.2 Radiometric thickness estimates. - 11.4.3 Sea ice age estimates as a proxy for ice thickness. - 11.5 Sea ice melt onset and freeze-up, albedo, melt pond fraction and surface temperature. - 11.5.1 Melt onset and freeze-up. - 11.5.2 Sea ice albedo and melt pond fraction. - 11.5.3 Sea ice surface temperature. - 11.6 Summary, challenges and the road ahead. - References. - Acronyms. - Website cited. - 12 Remote sensing of lake and river ice. - 12.1 Introduction. - 12.2 Remote sensing of lake ice. - 12.2.1 Ice concentration, extent and phenology. - 12.2.2 Ice types. - 12.2.3 Ice thickness and snow on ice. - 12.2.4 Snow/ice surface temperature. - 12.2.5 Floating and grounded ice: the special case of shallow Arctic/sub-Arctic lakes. - 12.3 Remote sensing of river ice. - 12.3.1 Ice extent and phenology. - 12.3.2 lce types, ice jams and flooded areas. - 12.3.3 Ice thickness. - 12.3.4 Surface flow velocities. - 12.3.5 Incorporating SAR-derived ice information into a GIS-based system in support of river-flow modeling and flood forecasting. - 12.4 Conclusions and outlook. - Acknowledgments. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 13 Remote sensing of permafrost and frozen ground. - 13.1 Permafrost - an essential climate variable of the "Global Climate Observing System". - 13.2 Mountain permafrost. - 13.2.1 Remote sensing of surface features and permafrost landforms. - 13.2.2 Generation of digital elevation models. - 13.2.3 Terrain elevation change and displacement. - 13.3 Lowland permafrost - identification and mapping of surface features. - 13.3.1 Land cover and vegetation. - 13.3.2 Permafrost landforms. - 13.3.3 Landforms and processes indicating permafrost degradation. - 13.4 Lowland permafrost - remote sensing of physical variables related to the thermal permafrost state. - 13.4.1 Land surface temperature through thermal remote sensing. - 13.4.2 Freeze-thaw state of the surface soil through microwave remote sensing. - 13.4.3 Permafrost mapping with airborne electromagnetic surveys. - 13.4.4 Regional surface deformation through radar interferometry. - 13.4.5 A gravimetric signal of permafrost thaw?. - 13.5 Outlook - remote sensing data and permafrost models. - References. - Acronyms. - 14 Field measurements for remote sensing of the cryosphere. - 14.1 Introduction. - 14.2 Physical properties of interest. - 14.2.1 Surface properties. - 14.2.2 Sub-surface properties. - 14.3 Standard techniques for direct measurements of physical properties. - 14.3.1 Topography. - 14.3.2 Snow depth. - 14.3.3 Snow water equivalent and density. - 14.3.4 Temperature. - 14.3.5 Stratigraphy. - 14.3.6 Sea ice depth and ice thickness. - 14.4 New techniques for high spatial resolution measurements. - 14.4.1 Topography. - 14.4.2 Surface properties. - 14.4.3 Sub-surface properties. - 14.5 Simulating airborne and spaceborne observations from the ground. - 14.5.1 Active microwave. - 14.5.2 Passive microwave. - 14.6 Sampling strategies for remote sensing field campaigns: concepts and examples. - 14.6.1 Ice sheet campaigns. - 14.6.2 Seasonal snow campaigns. - 14.6.3 Sea ice campaigns. - 14.7 Conclusions. - References. - Acronyms. - Websites cited. - 15 Remote sensing missions and the cryosphere. - 15.1 In
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: AWI A11-16-90009
    In: Forschungsbericht / Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt ; 2016-01, 2016-01
    Description / Table of Contents: Recent climate model simulations indicated that sulfate (SO4) formed from ship emissions may be one of the major contributors to the negative anthropogenic aerosol radiative forcing. Due to increasingly stringent regulations on the maximum sulfur content of ship fuels this contribution is expected to decrease strongly in the future. Possibly, nitrate (NO3) formation will compensate for part of the reduction, but measurements indicate that it may be crucial to include coarse mode particle interactions with condensable trace gases in order to quantify this effect. However, none of the aerosol (sub)models previously used for such assessments accounted for the coarse mode particle effects. This provided the motivation to extend one of those submodels, namely MADE, in the present work. The new submodel, MADE3, is based on the second generation of MADE, called MADE-in. It includes nine lognormal modes to represent three size ranges with three types of aerosol particles each. The associated increase in complexity w.r.t. to MADE and MADE-in required a complete revision of the code and careful reexamination of the underlying physical assumptions, as only the fine modes had been considered in the gas–particle interactions in the predecessor submodels. The main new features of MADE3 are the ability of coarse mode particles to take up condensing vapors and to coagulate with fine mode particles, and the gas–particle partitioning of chlorine, which is mainly contained in sea spray (SS) particles. In order to test the algorithms used in the new submodel it was run in a box model setup and the results were compared to those obtained in an analogous setup with the much more detailed, particle-resolved aerosol model PartMC-MOSAIC. The comparison was performed for an idealized marine boundary layer test case and showed improved performance of MADE3 over MADE in the representation of coarse mode particles and total aerosol composition. Subsequently, MADE3 was implemented into the atmospheric chemistry general circulation model EMAC. Due to the new mode structure this required extensive adaptations to other submodels, specifically to the one used for cloud and precipitation processing of aerosol particles. EMAC does not track interstitial aerosol particles separately from those immersed in cloud droplets, ice crystals, or precipitation. Hence, a sophisticated scheme was devised and implemented for the assignment of the in-cloud or in-precipitation aerosol to one of four possible modes, instead of just one possible mode in the MADE case. The coupled model, EMAC with MADE3, was thoroughly evaluated by comparison of simulation output to station network measurements of near-surface aerosol component mass concentrations, to airborne measurements of vertical aerosol mass mixing ratio and number concentration profiles, to ground-based and airborne measurements of particle size distributions, and to station network and satellite measurements of aerosol optical depth. Satisfactory agreement with the observations was obtained and it was thus shown that MADE3 is ready for application within EMAC. The results from an identically designed simulation with the predecessor submodel MADE led to the conclusion that a fraction of the secondary aerosol species partitions to the coarse modes in MADE3 and is thus removed more quickly from the atmosphere. Furthermore, a new evaluation method was developed, which allows for comparison of model output to size-resolved electron microscopy measurements of particle composition. Both submodels, MADE3 and MADE, were finally used in EMAC simulations of the effect of ship emissions on the atmospheric aerosol. As in previous studies for year 2000 conditions, SO4 was found to be the dominant species in the fine modes in this context. In contrast to SO4, the major fraction of ship emissions-induced near-surface NO3 was found to partition to the coarse modes in the MADE3 simulations. A similar amount of fine mode NO3 as in the present and former MADE simulations was also formed. Hence, fine mode particle growth due to ship emissions was also similar, and was reduced in idealized simulations of a future low-sulfur fuel scenario. Particle volume concentration decreased by about 1 % due to ship emissions in the MADE3 simulations, but not in the MADE simulations. This finding was independent of the fuel sulfur content. In summary, the inclusion of coarse mode particle interactions and the gas–particle partitioning of chlorine could alter prior conclusions on the climate effect of ship emissions-induced aerosol perturbations, mainly due to the differences in NO3 formation. This climate effect will be re-quantified in a follow-up study by coupling the MADE3 aerosol to a two-moment cloud microphysics scheme. Further planned applications of the new submodel include the quantification of climate effects of aerosol perturbations via their influence on ice clouds as well as simulations with boundary conditions specific to measurement campaigns. Results from the latter may lead to further model improvements and can also provide guidance for the interpretation of measurement results.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xiv, 170 Seiten , 42 Illustrationen und Diagramme
    Edition: Als Manuskript gedruckt
    Series Statement: Forschungsbericht / DLR, Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt 2016-01
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Abstract. - Kurzfassung. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Motivation. - 1.2 Scientific questions. - 1.3 Method. - 2 Background and state of the science. - 2.1 The atmospheric aerosol. - 2.1.1 Relevance. - 2.1.2 Aerosol processes. - 2.1.3 Aerosol properties. - 2.2 The influence of ship emissions. - 2.3 Aerosol modeling. - 2.3.1 Selected results. - 2.3.2 Motivation to expand on previous work. - 2.3.3 The computational approach. - 2.3.4 Existing aerosol microphysics submodels. - 2.3.5 MADE3 as a successor of MADE and MADE-in. - 3 The aerosol submodel MADE3. - 3.1 Aerosol characteristics. - 3.1.1 Modes. - 3.1.2 Species. - 3.1.3 Mathematical representation of aerosol characteristics. - 3.2 Aerosol processes. - 3.2.1 Gas–particle partitioning. - 3.2.2 Condensation of H2SO4 and organic vapors. - 3.2.3 New particle formation. - 3.2.4 Coagulation. - 3.2.5 Renaming. - 3.2.6 Aging of insoluble particles. - 4 Box model tests. - 4.1 Model description: MADE vs. MADE3. - 4.2 Model description: PartMC-MOSAIC. - 4.3 Test case scenario. - 4.4 Results: MADE3 vs. MADE. - 4.4.1 Size distributions. - 4.4.2 Composition. - 4.5 Results: MADE3 vs. PartMC-MOSAIC. - 4.5.1 Size distributions. - 4.5.2 Composition. - 4.6 Summary and conclusions. - 5 MADE3 in the atmospheric chemistry general circulation model EMAC. - 5.1 Basic settings. - 5.2 Emissions. - 5.3 Transport. - 5.4 Gas phase chemistry. - 5.5 Cloud formation. - 5.5.1 Stratiform clouds. - 5.5.2 Convective clouds. - 5.6 Cloud and precipitation processing of the aerosol. - 5.7 Wet deposition. - 5.8 Dry deposition. - 5.9 Sedimentation. - 5.10 Optical properties. - 6 Evaluation of simulated tropospheric aerosol properties. - 6.1 Data comparability. - 6.2 The MADE3 aerosol within EMAC. - 6.2.1 Near-surface mass concentrations. - 6.2.2 Vertical distributions. - 6.2.3 Size distributions. - 6.2.4 Aerosol optical depth. - 6.2.5 Global tropospheric burdens and residence times. - 6.2.6 Summary and conclusions. - 6.3 Comparison to MADE. - 6.4 New features of MADE3. - 7 Effects of oceanic ship emissions on atmospheric aerosol particles. - 7.1 Effects of year 2000 emissions. - 7.1.1 Near-surface concentrations. - 7.1.2 Near-surface size distributions. - 7.1.3 Tropospheric burdens. - 7.2 Effects of an idealized fuel sulfur content reduction. - 7.3 Summary and conclusions. - 8 Summary, conclusions, and outlook. - Appendix. - A.1 Particle evolution in the box model study. - A.2 Gas phase chemical mechanism. - A.3 Liquid phase chemical mechanism. - A.4 Mode assignment of cloud residual aerosol. - A.4.1 Terminology. - A.4.2 Basic assumptions. - A.4.3 Algorithm for residual assignment. - A.5 Year 2000 aerosol in EMAC with MADE3. - A.6 Near-surface mass concentration evaluation. - References. - Acronyms, symbols, and species names. - Acronyms. - Symbols. - Tracers and chemical species. - Danksagung.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: AWI G1-17-90601
    Description / Table of Contents: This innovative study presents concepts and problems in soil physics, and provides solutions using original computer programs. It provides a close examination of physical environments of soil, including an analysis of the movement of heat, water and gases. The authors employ the programming language Python, which is now widely used for numerical problem solving in the sciences. In contrast to the majority of the literature on soil physics, this text focuses on solving, not deriving, differential equations for transport. Using numerical procedures to solve differential equations allows the solution of quite difficult problems with fairly simple mathematical tools. Numerical methods convert differential into algebraic equations, which can be solved using conventional methods of linear algebra. Each chapter introduces a soil physics concept, and proceeds to develop computer programs to solve the equations and illustrate the points made in the discussion. Problems at the end of each chapter help the reader practise using the concepts introduced. The text is suitable for advanced undergraduates, graduates and researchers of soil physics. It employs an open source philosophy where computer code is presented, explained and discussed, and provides the reader with a full understanding of the solutions. Once mastered, the code can be adapted and expanded for the user's own models, fostering further developments. The Python tools provide a simple syntax, Object Oriented Programming techniques, powerful mathematical and numerical tools, and a user friendly environment.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 449 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 0199683093 , 9780199683093
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 2 Basic Physical Properties of Soil. - 2.1 Geometry of the Soil Matrix. - 2.2 Soil Structure. - 2.3 Fractal Geometry. - 2.4 Geometry of the Pore Space. - 2.5 Specific Surface Area. - 2.6 Averaging. - 2.7 Bulk Density, Water Content and Porosity. - 2.8 Relationships between Variables. - 2.9 Typical Values of Physical Properties. - 2.10 Volumes and Volumetric Fractions for a Soil Prism. - 2.11 Soil Solid Phase. - 2.12 Soil Texture. - 2.13 Sedimentation Law. - 2.14 Exercises. - 3 Soil Gas Phase and Gas Diffusion. - 3.1 Transport Equations. - 3.2 The Diffiisivity of Gases in Soil. - 3.3 Computing Gas Concentrations. - 3.4 Simulating One-Dimensional Steady-State Oxygen Diffusion in a Soil Profile. - 3.5 Numerical Implementation. - 3.6 Exercises. - 4 Soil Temperature and Heat Flow. - 4.1 Differential Equations for Heat Conduction. - 4.2 Soil Temperature Data. - 4.3 Numerical Solution of the Heat Flow Equation. - 4.4 Soil Thermal Properties. - 4.5 Numerical Implementation. - 4.6 Exercises. - 5 Soil Liquid Phase and Soil-Water Interactions. - 5.1 Properties of Water. - 5.2 Soil Water Potential. - 5.3 Water Potential-Water Content Relations. - 5.4 Liquid- and Vapour-Phase Equilibrium. - 5.5 Exercises. - 6 Steady-State Water Flow and Hydraulic Conductivity. - 6.1 Forces on Water in Porous Media. - 6.2 Water Flow in Saturated Soils. - 6.3 Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity. - 6.4 Unsaturated Hydraulic Conductivity. - 6.5 Exercises. - 7 Variation in Soil Properties. - 7.1 Frequency Distributions. - 7.2 Probability Density Functions. - 7.3 Transformations. - 7.4 Spatial Correlation. - 7.5 Approaches to Stochastic Modelling. - 7.6 Numerical Implementation. - 7.7 Exercises. - 8 Transient Water Flow. - 8.1 Mass Conservation Equation. - 8.2 Water Flow. - 8.3 Infiltration. - 8.4 Numerical Simulation of Infiltration. - 8.5 Numerical Implementation. - 8.6 Exercises. - 9 Triangulated Irregular Network. - 9.1 Digital Terrain Model. - 9.2 Triangulated Irregular Network. - 9.3 Numerical Implementation. - 9.4 Main. - 9.5 Triangulation. - 9.6 GIS Functions. - 9.7 Boundary. - 9.8 Geometrical Properties of Triangles. - 9.9 Delaunay Triangulation. - 9.10 Refinement. - 9.11 Utilities. - 9.12 Visualization. - 9.13 Exercise. - 10 Water Flow in Three Dimensions. - 10.1 Governing Equations. - 10.2 Numerical Formulation. - 10.3 Coupling Surface and Subsurface Flow. - 10.4 Numerical Implementation. - 10.5 Simulation. - 10.6 Visualization and Results. - 10.7 Exercises. - 11 Evaporation. - 11.1 General Concepts. - 11.2 Simultaneous Transport of Liquid and Vapour in Isothermal Soil. - 11.3 Modelling evaporation. - 11.4 Numerical Implementation. - 11.5 Exercises. - 12 Modelling Coupled Transport. - 12.1 Transport Equations. - 12.2 Partial Differential Equations. - 12.3 Surface Boundary Conditions. - 12.4 Numerical Implementation. - 12.5 Exercises. - 13 Solute Transport in Soils. - 13.1 Mass Flow. - 13.2 Diffusion. - 13.3 Hydrodynamic Dispersion. - 13.4 Advection-Dispersion Equation. - 13.5 Solute-Soil Interaction. - 13.6 Sources and Sinks of Solutes. - 13.7 Analytical Solutions. - 13.8 Numerical Solution. - 13.9 Numerical Implementation. - 13.10 Exercises. - 14 Transpiration and Plant-Water Relations. - 14.1 Soil Water Content and Soil Water Potential under a Vegetated Surface. - 14.2 General Features of Water Flow in the SPAC. - 14.3 Resistances to Water Flow within the Plant. - 14.4 Effect of Environment on Plant Resistance. - 14.5 Detailed Consideration of Soil and Root Resistances. - 14.6 Numerical Implementation. - 14.7 Exercises. - 15 Atmospheric Boundary Conditions. - 15.1 Radiation Balance at the Exchange Surface. - 15.2 Boundary-Layer Conductance for Heat and Water Vapour. - 15.3 Evapotranspiration and the Penman-Monteith Equation. - 15.4 Partitioning of Evapotranspiration. - 15.5 Exercise. - Appendix A: Basic Concepts and Examples of Python Programming. - A.1 Basic Python. - A.2 Basic Concepts of Computer Programming. - A.3 Data Representation: Variables. - A.4 Comments Rules and Indendation. - A.5 Arithmetic Expression. - A.6 Functions. - A.7 Flow Control. - A.8 File Input and Output. - A.9 Arrays. - A.10 Reading Date Time. - A.11 Object-Oriented Programming in Python. - A.12 Output and Visualization. - A.13 Exercises. - Appendix B: Computational Tools. - B.1 Numerical Differentiation. - B.2 Numerical Integration. - B.3 Linear Algebra. - B.4 Exercises. - List of Symbols. - List of Python Variables. - List of Python Projects. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: ZSP-760/A-15
    In: Terra Antartica reports, No. 15
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 15 Seiten , Illustrationen , 8 Kartenbeilagen, 1 CD-ROM
    ISBN: 978-88-88395-12-8
    Series Statement: Terra Antartica reports 15
    Language: English
    Note: 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Melbourne Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / P. C. Pertusati, G. Musumeci, R. Carosi, M. Meccheri 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Reeves Névé Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / R. Casnedi, P. C. Pertusati, F. Salvini 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Murchison Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1997 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Mount Joyce Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1999 / G. Capponi, L. Crispini, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Relief Inlet Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1999 / G. Capponi, L. Crispini, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci & P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Coulman Island Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 1997 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri & G. Oggiano 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Sequence Hills Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / R. Carosi, M. Meccheri, G. Musumeci, P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series , 1 Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Freyberg Mountains Quadrangle (Victoria Land) 2012 / G. Capponi, M. Meccheri, P. C. Pertusati 〈1 : 250.000〉 aus der Antarctic Geological 1:250.000 Map Series
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI S4-18-91822
    In: Texts in computational science and engineering, 6
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXI, 922Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: Fifth edition
    ISBN: 9783662498873 , 9783662498866
    Series Statement: Texts in computational science and engineering 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Computing with Formulas. - 1.1 The First Programming Encounter: a Formula. - 1.1.1 Using a Program as a Calculator. - 1.1.2 About Programs and Programming. - 1.1.3 Tools for Writing Programs. - 1.1.4 Writing and Running Your First Python Program. - 1.1.5 Warning About Typing Program Text. - 1.1.6 Verifying the Result. - 1.1.7 Using Variables. - 1.1.8 Names of Variables. - 1.1.9 Reserved Words in Python. - 1.1.10 Comments. - 1.1.11 Formatting Text and Numbers. - 1.2 Computer Science Glossary. - 1.3 Another Formula: Celsius-Fahrenheit Conversion. - 1.3.1 Potential Error: Integer Division. - 1.3.2 Objects in Python. - 1.3.3 Avoiding Integer Division. - 1.3.4 Arithmetic Operators and Precedence. - 1.4 Evaluating Standard Mathematical Functions. - 1.4.1 Example: Using the Square Root Function. - 1.4.2 Example: Computing with sinh x. - 1.4.3 A First Glimpse of Rounding Errors. - 1.5 Interactive Computing. - 1.5.1 Using the Python Shell. - 1.5.2 Type Conversion. - 1.5.3 IPython. - 1.6 Complex Numbers. - 1.6.1 Complex Arithmetics in Python. - 1.6.2 Complex Functions in Python. - 1.6.3 Unified Treatment of Complex and Real Functions. - 1.7 Symbolic Computing. - 1.7.1 Basic Differentiation and Integration. - 1.7.2 Equation Solving. - 1.7.3 Taylor Series and More. - 1.8 Summary. - 1.8.1 Chapter Topics. - 1.8.2 Example: Trajectory of a Ball. - 1.8.3 About Typesetting Conventions in This Book. - 1.9 Exercises. - 2 Loops and Lists. - 2.1 While Loops. - 2.1.1 A Naive Solution. - 2.1.2 While Loops. - 2.1.3 Boolean Expressions. - 2.1.4 Loop Implementation of a Sum. - 2.2 Lists. - 2.2.1 Basic List Operations. - 2.2.2 For Loops. - 2.3 Alternative Implementations with Lists and Loops. - 2.3.1 While Loop Implementation of a for Loop. - 2.3.2 The Range Construction. - 2.3.3 For Loops with List Indices. - 2.3.4 Changing List Elements. - 2.3.5 List Comprehension. - 2.3.6 Traversing Multiple Lists Simultaneously. - 2.4 Nested Lists. - 2.4.1 A table as a List of Rows or Columns. - 2.4.2 Printing Objects. - 2.4.3 Extracting Sublists. - 2.4.4 Traversing Nested Lists. - 2.5 Tuples. - 2.6 Summary. - 2.6.1 Chapter Topics. - 2.6.2 Example: Analyzing List Data. - 2.6.3 How to Find More Python Information. - 2.7 Exercises. - 3 Functions and Branching. - 3.1 Functions. - 3.1.1 Mathematical Functions as Python Functions. - 3.1.2 Understanding the Program Flow. - 3.1.3 Local and Global Variables. - 3.1.4 Multiple Arguments. - 3.1.5 Function Argument or Global Variable?. - 3.1.6 Beyond Mathematical Functions. - 3.1.7 Multiple Return Values. - 3.1.8 Computing Sums. - 3.1.9 Functions with No Return Values. - 3.1.10 Keyword Arguments. - 3.1.11 Doc Strings. - 3.1.12 Functions as Arguments to Functions. - 3.1.13 The Main Program. - 3.1.14 Lambda Functions. - 3.2 Branching. - 3.2.1 If-else Blocks. - 3.2.2 Inline if Tests. - 3.3 Mixing Loops, Branching, and Functions in Bioinformatics Examples. - 3.3.1 Counting Letters in DNA Strings. - 3.3.2 Efficiency Assessment. - 3.3.3 Verifying the Implementations. - 3.4 Summary. - 3.4.1 Chapter Topics. - 3.4.2 Example: Numerical Integration. - 3.5 Exercises. - 4 User Input and Error Handling. - 4.1 Asking Questions and Reading Answers. - 4.1.1 Reading Keyboard Input. - 4.2 Reading from the Command Line. - 4.2.1 Providing Input on the Command Line. - 4.2.2 A Variable Number of Command-Line Arguments. - 4.2.3 More on Command-Line Arguments. - 4.3 Turning User Text into Live Objects. - 4.3.1 The Magic Eval Function. - 4.3.2 The Magic Exec Function. - 4.3.3 Turning String Expressions into Functions. - 4.4 Option-Value Pairs on the Command Line. - 4.4.1 Basic Usage of the Argparse Module. - 4.4.2 Mathematical Expressions as Values. - 4.5 Reading Data from File. - 4.5.1 Reading a File Line by Line. - 4.5.2 Alternative Ways of Reading a File. - 4.5.3 Reading a Mixture of Text and Numbers. - 4.6 Writing Data to File. - 4.6.1 Example: Writing a Table to File. - 4.6.2 Standard Input and Output as File Objects. - 4.6.3 What is a File, Really?. - 4.7 Handling Errors. - 4.7.1 Exception Handling. - 4.7.2 Raising Exceptions. - 4.8 A Glimpse of Graphical User Interfaces. - 4.9 Making Modules. - 4.9.1 Example: Interest on Bank Deposits. - 4.9.2 Collecting Functions in a Module File. - 4.9.3 Test Block. - 4.9.4 Verification of the Module Code. - 4.9.5 Getting Input Data. - 4.9.6 Doc Strings in Modules. - 4.9.7 Using Modules. - 4.9.8 Distributing Modules. - 4.9.9 Making Software Available on the Internet. - 4.10 Making Code for Python 2 and 3. - 4.10.1 Basic Differences Between Python 2 and 3. - 4.10.2 Turning Python 2 Code into Python 3 Code. - 4.11 Summary. - 4.11.1 Chapter Topics. - 4.11.2 Example: Bisection Root Finding. - 4.12 Exercises. - 5 Array Computing and Curve Plotting. - 5.1 Vectors. - 5.1.1 The Vector Concept. - 5.1.2 Mathematical Operations on Vectors. - 5.1.3 Vector Arithmetics and Vector Functions. - 5.2 Arrays in Python Programs. - 5.2.1 Using Lists for Collecting Function Data. - 5.2.2 Basics of Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.2.3 Computing Coordinates and Function Values. - 5.2.4 Vectorization. - 5.3 Curve Plotting. - 5.3.1 MATLAB-Style Plotting with Matplotlib. - 5.3.2 Matplotlib; Pyplot Prefix. - 5.3.3 SciTools and Easyviz. - 5.3.4 Making Animations. - 5.3.5 Making Videos. - 5.3.6 Curve Plots in Pure Text. - 5.4 Plotting Difficulties. - 5.4.1 Piecewisely Defined Functions. - 5.4.2 Rapidly Varying Functions. - 5.5 More Advanced Vectorization of Functions. - 5.5.1 Vectorization of StringFunction Objects. - 5.5.2 Vectorization of the Heaviside Function. - 5.5.3 Vectorization of a Hat Function. - 5.6 More on Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.6.1 Copying Arrays. - 5.6.2 In-Place Arithmetics. - 5.6.3 Allocating Arrays. - 5.6.4 Generalized Indexing. - 5.6.5 Testing for the Array Type. - 5.6.6 Compact Syntax for Array Generation. - 5.6.7 Shape Manipulation. - 5.7 High-Performance Computing with Arrays. - 5.7.1 Scalar Implementation. - 5.7.2 Vectorized Implementation. - 5.7.3 Memory-Saving Implementation. - 5.7.4 Analysis of Memory Usage. - 5.7.5 Analysis of the CPU Time. - 5.8 Higher-Dimensional Arrays. - 5.8.1 Matrices and Arrays. - 5.8.2 Two-Dimensional Numerical Python Arrays. - 5.8.3 Array Computing. - 5.8.4 Matrix Objects. - 5.9 Some Common Linear Algebra Operations. - 5.9.1 Inverse, Determinant, and Eigenvalues. - 5.9.2 Products. - 5.9.3 Norms. - 5.9.4 Sum and Extreme Values. - 5.9.5 Indexing. - 5.9.6 Transpose and Upper/Lower Triangular Parts. - 5.9.7 Solving Linear Systems. - 5.9.8 Matrix Row and Column Operations. - 5.9.9 Computing the Rank of a Matrix. - 5.9.10 Symbolic Linear Algebra. - 5.10 Plotting of Scalar and Vector Fields. - 5.10.1 Installation. - 5.10.2 Surface Plots. - 5.10.3 Parameterized Curve. - 5.10.4 Contour Lines. - 5.10.5 The Gradient Vector Field. - 5.11 Matplotlib. - 5.11.1 Surface Plots. - 5.11.2 Contour Plots. - 5.11.3 Vector Field Plots. - 5.12 Mayavi. - 5.12.1 Surface Plots. - 5.12.2 Contour Plots. - 5.12.3 Vector Field Plots. - 5.12.4 A 3D Scalar Field and Its Gradient Field. - 5.12.5 Animations. - 5.13 Summary. - 5.13.1 Chapter Topics. - 5.13.2 Example: Animating a Function. - 5.14 Exercises. - 6 Dictionaries and Strings. - 6.1 Dictionaries. - 6.1.1 Making Dictionaries. - 6.1.2 Dictionary Operations. - 6.1.3 Example: Polynomials as Dictionaries. - 6.1.4 Dictionaries with Default Values and Ordering. - 6.1.5 Example: Storing File Data in Dictionaries. - 6.1.6 Example: Storing File Data in Nested Dictionaries. - 6.1.7 Example: Reading and Plotting Data Recorded at Specific Dates. - 6.2 Strings. - 6.2.1 Common Operations on Strings. - 6.2.2 Example: Reading Pairs of Numbers. - 6.2.3 Example: Reading Coordinates. - 6.3 Reading Data fromWeb Pages. - 6.3.1 About Web Pages. - 6.3.2 How to Access Web Pages
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92384
    Description / Table of Contents: Widespread landscape changes are presently observed in the Arctic and are most likely to accelerate in the future, in particular in permafrost regions which are sensitive to climate warming. To assess current and future developments, it is crucial to understand past environmental dynamics in these landscapes. Causes and interactions of environmental variability can hardly be resolved by instrumental records covering modern time scales. However, long-term environmental variability is recorded in paleoenvironmental archives. Lake sediments are important archives that allow reconstruction of local limnogeological processes as well as past environmental changes driven directly or indirectly by climate dynamics. This study aims at reconstructing Late Quaternary permafrost and thermokarst dynamics in central-eastern Beringia, the terrestrial land mass connecting Eurasia and North America during glacial sea-level low stands. In order to investigate development, processes and influence of thermokarst dynamics, several sediment cores from extant lakes and drained lake basins were analyzed to answer the following research questions: 1. When did permafrost degradation and thermokarst lake development take place and what were enhancing and inhibiting environmental factors? 2. What are the dominant processes during thermokarst lake development and how are they reflected in proxy records? 3. How did, and still do, thermokarst dynamics contribute to the inventory and properties of organic matter in sediments and the carbon cycle? Methods applied in this study are based upon a multi-proxy approach combining sedimentological, geochemical, geochronological, and micropaleontological analyses, as well as analyses of stable isotopes and hydrochemistry of pore-water and ice. Modern field observations of water quality and basin morphometrics complete the environmental investigations. The investigated sediment cores reveal permafrost degradation and thermokarst dynamics on different time scales. The analysis of a sediment core from GG basin on the northern Seward Peninsula (Alaska) shows prevalent terrestrial accumulation of yedoma throughout the Early to Mid Wisconsin with intermediate wet conditions at around 44.5 to 41.5 ka BP. This first wetland development was terminated by the accumulation of a 1-meter-thick airfall tephra most likely originating from the South Killeak Maar eruption at 42 ka BP. A depositional hiatus between 22.5 and 0.23 ka BP may indicate thermokarst lake formation in the surrounding of the site which forms a yedoma upland till today. The thermokarst lake forming GG basin initiated 230 ± 30 cal a BP and drained in Spring 2005 AD. Four years after drainage the lake talik was still unfrozen below 268 cm depth. A permafrost core from Mama Rhonda basin on the northern Seward Peninsula preserved a full lacustrine record including several lake phases. The first lake generation developed at 11.8 cal ka BP during the Lateglacial-Early Holocene transition; its old basin (Grandma Rhonda) is still partially preserved at the southern margin of the study basin. Around 9.0 cal ka BP a shallow and more dynamic thermokarst lake developed with actively eroding shorelines and potentially intermediate shallow water or wetland phases (Mama Rhonda). Mama Rhonda lake drainage at 1.1 cal ka BP was followed by gradual accumulation of terrestrial peat and top-down refreezing of the lake talik. A significant lower organic carbon content was measured in Grandma Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 2.5 wt%) than in Mama Rhonda deposits (mean TOC of 7.9 wt%) highlighting the impact of thermokarst dynamics on biogeochemical cycling in different lake generations by thawing and mobilization of organic carbon into the lake system. Proximal and distal sediment cores from Peatball Lake on the Arctic Coastal Plain of Alaska revealed young thermokarst dynamics since about 1,400 years along a depositional gradient based on reconstructions from shoreline expansion rates and absolute dating results. After its initiation as a remnant pond of a previous drained lake basin, a rapidly deepening lake with increasing oxygenation of the water column is evident from laminated sediments, and higher Fe/Ti and Fe/S ratios in the sediment. The sediment record archived characterizing shifts in depositional regimes and sediment sources from upland deposits and re-deposited sediments from drained thaw lake basins depending on the gradually changing shoreline configuration. These changes are evident from alternating organic inputs into the lake system which highlights the potential for thermokarst lakes to recycle old carbon from degrading permafrost deposits of its catchment. The lake sediment record from Herschel Island in the Yukon (Canada) covers the full Holocene period. After its initiation as a thermokarst lake at 11.7 cal ka BP and intense thermokarst activity until 10.0 cal ka BP, the steady sedimentation was interrupted by a depositional hiatus at 1.6 cal ka BP which likely resulted from lake drainage or allochthonous slumping due to collapsing shore lines. The specific setting of the lake on a push moraine composed of marine deposits is reflected in the sedimentary record. Freshening of the maturing lake is indicated by decreasing electrical conductivity in pore-water. Alternation of marine to freshwater ostracods and foraminifera confirms decreasing salinity as well but also reflects episodical re-deposition of allochthonous marine sediments. Based on permafrost and lacustrine sediment records, this thesis shows examples of the Late Quaternary evolution of typical Arctic permafrost landscapes in central-eastern Beringia and the complex interaction of local disturbance processes, regional environmental dynamics and global climate patterns. This study confirms that thermokarst lakes are important agents of organic matter recycling in complex and continuously changing landscapes.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XII, 128 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 DVD
    Language: English
    Note: Enthält 5 Publikationen: 1) Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Guido Grosse, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 2) Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 3 weitere] 3) Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain / Josefine Lenz, Sebastian Wetterich, Benjamin M. Jones [und 5 weitere] 4) Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) / Josefine Lenz, Michael Fritz, Lutz Schirrmeister [und 4 weitere] 5) Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) / Michael Fritz, Ingmar Unkel, Josefine Lenz [und 6 weitere] , Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and nomenclature 1 Thesis organization 1.1 Overview of chapters 1.2 Author contribution 2 Introduction 2.1 Scientific background 2.1.1 Arctic environments and permafrost in the study region of Beringia 2.1.2 Permafrost degradation and its global feedbacks 2.1.3 Thermokarst lakes and basins as paleoenvironmental archives 2.2 Aims and approaches 3 Mid Wisconsin to Holocene permafrost and landscape dynamics based on a drained lake basin core from the northern Seward Peninsula, northwest Alaska 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.4 Material and methods 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Core stratigraphy 3.5.2 Cryostratigraphy 3.5.3 Grain size distribution 3.5.4 Magnetic susceptibility 3.5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics 3.5.6 Tephra 3.5.7 Palaeoecology 3.5.8 Geochronology 3.6 Discussion 3.7 Conclusions 4 Evidence of multiple thermokarst lake generations from an 11,800-year old permafrost core on the northern Seward Peninsula, Alaska 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study area 4.4 Material and methods 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Geochronology 4.5.2 Cryolithological description 4.5.3 Geochemical results 4.5.4 Bioindicators 4.5.5 Characteristics of intra-sedimentary ice and comparison with modern waters 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Thermokarst lake dynamics 4.6.2 Regional lake dynamics and global environmental change 4.6.3 Carbon cycling 4.7 Conclusions 5 Impacts of shore expansion and catchment characteristics on lacustrine thermokarst records in permafrost lowlands, Alaska Arctic Coastal Plain 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study area 5.4 Material and methods 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Sedimentological results of near-shore core P1 5.5.2 Sedimentological and palynological results of lake center-cores P2 (and P3) 5.5.3 Lake age estimation 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Thermokarst lake development 5.6.2 Impact of catchment genesis and morphology on the lake sediment record 5.6.3 Carbon degradation 5.7 Conclusions 6 Synthesis 6.1 Study sites in central-eastern Beringia: Similarities and differences 6.2 Permafrost degradation and thermokarst development in central-eastern Beringia 6.2.1 Timing of thermokarst development 6.2.2 Environmental factors supporting and inhibiting thermokarst 6.3 Processes of thermokarst lake development and their imprint in proxy records 6.4 Contribution of thermokarst dynamics to the carbon cycle 6.5 Potentials/limitations of thermokarst lake archives and outlook Bibliography Appendix I: Periglacial landscape dynamics in the western Canadian Arctic: Results from a thermokarst lake record on a push moraine (Herschel Island, Yukon) I-1 Abstract I-2 Introduction I-3 Study area I-4 Material and methods I-5 Results I-5.1 Core lithology I-5.2 Radiography I-5.3 Magnetic susceptibility and water content I-5.4 Grain size distribution I-5.5 Biogeochemical characteristics I-5.6 Geochronology I-6 Discussion I-6.1 Evolution of Lake Herschel I-6.2 Paleoenvironmental implications of the Lake Herschel record I-7 Conclusions Appendix II: Regional environmental change versus local signal preservation in Holocene thermokarst lake sediments: A case study from Herschel Island, Yukon (Canada) II-1 Abstract II-2 Introduction and study area II-3 Material and methods II-3.1 Sediment core II-3.2 Radiocarbon dating and age modelling II-3.3 Pore-water chemistry II-3.4 X-ray fluorescence (XRF) scanning II-3.5 Micropaleontology II-4 Results II-4.1 Chronostratigraphy: The revised age model II-4.2 XRF chemistry II-4.3 Pore-water chemistry II-4.4 Calcareous microfossils II-4.5 Pollen II-5 Discussion II-5.1 Sedimentation history of Lake Herschel II-5.2 Limnological, sedimentary and geochemical properties predefine the habitat I-5.3 Autochthonous versus allochthonous deposition of calcareous microfossils II-5.4 Regional pollen-based reconstruction of vegetation and climate II-6 Conclusions Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92414
    Description / Table of Contents: Permafrost, defined as ground that remains frozen for at least two consecutive years, is a prominent feature of polar regions. In the Northern Hemisphere, approximately 23 million km2 of the ground are affected by permafrost. Climatic warming, which has a greater effect on the Arctic than on any other region on Earth, leads to permafrost thaw, caused by gradual deepening of the seasonal unfrozen layer (active layer), thermokarst formation (i.e. land subsidence due to ground ice loss) and thermo-erosion. In the course of thaw, formerly freeze-locked organic carbon (OC) is mobilized and mineralized into greenhouse gases (GHGs), fostering further climate warming – a process known as permafrost carbon feedback. Current climate models focus on GHG release from gradual deepening of the active layer and neglect the OC turnover during lateral transport induced by thermokarst and abrupt thermo-erosion. As such, the accelerated erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts, which make up ~34 % of the global coasts, deliver vast amounts of OC into the Arctic Ocean. However, little is known about the amounts of labile and fast bioavailable dissolved OC (DOC), the impact of thermokarst on mobilized organic matter (OM) characteristics, and the release of GHGs from eroding permafrost coasts. To fill that knowledge gap, the main objectives of the thesis are to investigate (i) how much DOC is mobilized from coastal erosion, (ii) how thermokarst and -erosion alters OM characteristics upon thaw on transit to the ocean, and (iii) how much GHGs are emitted from the nearshore zones of eroding permafrost coasts. Field work and sampling took place along the Yukon coast and on Qikiqtaruk (Herschel Island) in the western Canadian Arctic. An interdisciplinary approach was used to quantify OM (OC and nitrogen) as well as to identify degradation processes. The methods used included sedimentology, geo- and hydrochemistry, remote sensing, statistical analyses, and gas chromatography. The thesis shows that considerable amounts of DOC are released from eroding permafrost coasts. Although OC fluxes into the ocean are dominated by DOC from Arctic rivers and particulate OC (POC), labile DOC derived from permafrost plays an important role as it is quickly available for biogeochemical cycling and turnover into GHGs. During transit from land to ocean OM characteristics are substantially altered by thermokarst formation and thermo-erosion. In mudpools, originating from in-situ thawed permafrost, as well as in thaw streams draining thermokarst features towards the ocean, mobilized OM issubject to dilution with melted ground ice and degradation, which result in a decrease of OM contents by more than 50 %. The turnover of OC continues in the nearshore zone. The biochemically most labile OC portions are rapidly lost within months and mineralized into GHGs. The production of GHGs in the ocean is 60 to 80 % as efficient as on land and primarily in form of carbon dioxide (CO2), due to aerobic conditions in the nearshore zone. During each open water season in the Arctic approximately 0.7 to 1.2 Tg of CO2 are emitted from the coastal fringe. The remaining OM is buried in nearshore and shelf sediments, potentially remobilized by waves, currents and ice scouring at later stages. To conclude, the thesis shows that eroding permafrost coasts release large amounts of OC, from which considerable portions are labile DOC. In the course of thermokarst formation and thermo-erosion, OM is diluted and the most labile portions subject to rapid turnover into GHGs. This shows that eroding permafrost coasts are a major yet neglected source of CO2 to the atmosphere. With increasing temperatures and longer sea ice-free conditions projected for the Arctic, the erosion of permafrost coasts accelerates. Consequently, the transfer of OC to the ocean accompanied by GHG production increases, which is expected to have drastic impacts for the climate and coastal ecosystems.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: IX, 106, A1-A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and nomenclatureI 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific background 1.1.1 Permafrost and ground ice 1.1.2 Organic carbon pools and fluxes into the Arctic Ocean 1.1.3 Climate warming and permafrost thaw 1.1.4 Permafrost degradation and coastal erosion 1.1.5 Study area Yukon coast and Qikiqtaruk 1.2 Knowledge gaps 1.3 Aims and objectives 1.4 Thesis structure and author's contribution 2. Eroding permafrost coasts release low amounts of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) from ground ice into the nearshore zone of the Arctic Ocean 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study area 2.4 Methods 2.4.1 Field work 2.4.2 DOC concentration 2.4.3 DOC flux estimation 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Segmentation of the coast - literature synthesis 2.5.2 DOC concentration 2.5.3 DOC stocks and fluxes 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 DOC concentrations in ground ice 2.6.2 DOC fluxes from the YC 2.6.3 DOC fluxes and the Arctic carbon budget 2.7 Conclusion and Outlook 2.8 Acknowledgements 3.Transformation of terrestrial organic matter along thermokarst-affected permafrost coasts in the Arctic 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study area 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Field work 3.3.2 Sedimentology, stratigraphy, and vegetation 3.3.3 Organic matter 3.3.4 Statistics 3.3.5 Transformation of organic matter 3.3.6 Fate of organic matter in the nearshore zone 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Sedimentology, stratigraphy, and vegetation 3.4.2 Organic matter 3.4.3 C/N-ratios and δ13C 3.4.4 Biomarkers 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Transformation of organic matter in the disturbed zone 3.5.2 Fate of organic matter in the nearshore zone 3.5.3 Environmental impact of the RTS 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Acknowledgements 4. Rapid greenhouse gas release from eroding permafrost coasts 4.1 Summary 4.2 Background 4.3 Study site 4.4 Sampling and incubation setup 4.5 Findings and discussion 4.6 Conclusion 4.7 Methods 4.7.1 Incubation conditions 4.7.2 Gas measurements 4.7.3 Geo- and hydrochemical analysis 4.8 Acknowledgements 5. Synthesis 5.1 Mobilization of permafrost OC pools by coastal erosion 5.2 Transformation of permafrost OM on transit from land to sea 5.3 Fate and pathways of permafrost OC in the nearshore zone 5.4 Conclusion and outlook References Appendix I: Dissolved organic carbon (DOC) in Arctic ground ice I-1 Abstract I-2 Introduction I-3 Study area and study sites I-4 Material and methods I-4-1 Laboratory analyses I-4-2 Statistical methods I-5 Results I-5-1 DOC and DIC concentrations I-5-2 Correlation matrix I-5-3 Principal components I-5-4 Univariate Tree Model (UTM) I-6 Discussion I-6-1 DOC stocks in ground ice and relevance to carbon cycling I-6-2 Carbon sequestration and origin in relation to inorganic geochemistry I-6-3 DOC mobility and quality upon permafrost degradation I-7 Conclusions and outlook I-8 Acknowledgements Appendix II: Supplementary material for Chapter 2 II-1 Supplementary table - Ground ice and geochemical data II-2 Supplementary table - Coastal segments and DOC flux Appendix III: Supplementary material for Chapter 3 III-1 Normalized Differenced Vegetation Index map III-2 Photograph of a massive ice bed in a RTS III-3 Calculation of biomarker proxies III-4 Supplementary table - Summary of geochemical data III-5 Supplementary table - Summary of statistical analysis AppendixI V: Supplementary material for Chapter 4 IV-1 Design of the incubation experiment IV-2 Photograph of a standard incubation setup IV-3 Conversion of gas amounts into mass IV-4 Total and daily aerobic CH4 production IV-5 Histogram summarizing OC losses and CO2 emissions IV-6 Supplementary table - Summary of TOC, DOC, and pH data IV-7 Supplementary table - Summary of TN, TOC/TN, and δ13C-TOC data IV-8 Supplementary table - Summary of total CO2 and CH4 production data IV-9 Supplementary table - Comparison of incubation setups IV-10 Supplementary table - Summary of daily CO2 production data IV-11 Supplementary table - Summary of daily CH4 production data Acknowledgements-Danksagung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-19-92711
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2019
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 78 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-9935-24-531-1
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2019
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE 1 IASC Internal Development IASC Organization IASC Council IASC Executive Committee Secretariat ISIRA IASC Medal 2019 2 IASC Working Groups Cross-cutting Activities Launching of MOSAiC, an IASC Flagship Initiative Atmosphere Working Group (AWG) Cryosphere Working Group (CWG) Marine Working Group (MWG) Social and Human Working Group (SHWG) Terrestrial Working Group (TWG) 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2018 POLAR2018: Where the Poles Come Together Upcoming ASSWs 4 Data and Observations#Arctic Data Committee (ADC) Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON) 5 Capacity Building IASC Fellowship Program Fellows’ Voices Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI P9-20-93591
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses in detail on all ecologically important aspects of the Kongsfjorden system such as the marine and atmospheric environment including long-term monitoring, Ecophysiology of individual species, structure and function of the ecosystem, ecological processes and biological communities. The contributed articles include review articles and research articles that have a wider approach and bring the current research up-to-date. This book will form a baseline for future work.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 562 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 24 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-319-46423-7
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology 2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 The ecosystem of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop and Christian Wiencke Part I. Atmospheric conditions 2 The atmosphere above Ny-Ålesund : climate and global warming, ozone and surface UV radiation / Marion Maturilli, Inger Hanssen-Bauer, Roland Neuber, Markus Rex, and Kåre Edvardsen Part II. Oceanography, sea ice and underwater light regime 3 The Kongsfjorden Transect : seasonal and inter-annual variability in hydrography / Vigdis Tverberg, Ragnheid Skogseth, Finlo Cottier, Arild Sundfjord, Waldemar Walczowski, Mark E. Inall, Eva Falck, Olga Pavlova, and Frank Nilsen 4 Changes in sea-ice extent and thickness in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard (2003-2016) / Olga Pavlova, Sebastian Gerland, and Haakon Hop 5 The underwater light climate in Kongsfjorden and its ecological implications / Alexey K. Pavlov, Eva Leu, Dieter Hanelt, Inka Bartsch, Ulf Karsten, Stephen R. Hudson, Jean-Charles Gallet, Finlo Cottier, Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, Marion Maturilli, Piotr Kowalczuk, Sławomir Sagan, Justyna Meler, and Mats A. Granskog Part III. Pelagic production, phytoplankton and zooplankton 6 Phytoplankton seasonal dynamics in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard and the adjacent shelf / Else N. Hegseth, Philipp Assmy, Józef M. Wiktor, Józef Wiktor Jr., Svein Kristiansen, Eva Leu, Vigdis Tverberg, Tove M. Gabrielsen, Ragnheid Skogseth, and Finlo Cottier 7 Zooplankton in Kongsfjorden (1996-2016) in relation to climate change / Haakon Hop, Anette Wold, Mikko Vihtakari, Malin Daase, Slawomir Kwasniewski, Marta Gluchowska, Silke Lischka, Friedrich Buchholz and Stig Falk-Petersen Part IV. Benthic microbes, macroalgae and fauna 8 Living on cold substrata : new insights and approaches in the study of microphytobenthos ecophysiology and ecology in Kongsfjorden / Ulf Karsten, Iris Schaub, Jana Woelfel, Duygu S. Sevilgen, Carolin Schlie, Burkhard Becker, Angela Wulff, Martin Graeve, and Heiko Wagner 9 Biodiversity of benthic macro- and microalgae from Svalbard with special focus on Kongsfjorden / Stein Fredriksen, Ulf Karsten, Inka Bartsch, Jana Woelfel, Miriam Koblowsky, Rhena Schumann, Siri Røang Moy, Robert S. Steneck, Józef M. Wiktor, Haakon Hop, and Christian Wiencke 10. Kelps and environmental changes in Kongsfjorden : Stress perception and responses / Kai Bischof, Christian Buschbaum, Stein Frederiksen, Francisco J. L. Gordillo, Sandra Heinrich, Carlos Jiménez, Cornelius Lütz, Markus Molis, Michael Y. Roleda, Max Schwanitz, and Christian Wiencke 11. Ecological drivers of and responses by Arctic benthic communities, with an emphasis on Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Markus Molis, Frank Beuchel, Jürgen Laudien, Maria Włodarska-Kowalczuk, and Christian Buschbaum Part V. Arctic fjord ecosystem model and autonomous marine observatories. 12. Outline of an Arctic fjord ecosystem model for Kongsfjorden-Krossfjorden, Svalbard / Pedro Duarte, Jan Marcin Weslawski, and Haakon Hop 13. Autonomous marine observatories in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop, Finlo Cottier, and Jørgen Berge Part VI. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic 14. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic : knowns, unknowns and research priorities / Kai Bischof, Peter Convey, Pedro Duarte, Jean-Pierre Gattuso, Maria Granberg, Haakon Hop, Clara Hoppe, Carlos Jiménez, Leonid Lisitsyn, Brezo Martinez, Michael Y. Roleda, Peter Thor, Józef M. Wiktor, and Geir Wing Gabrielsen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: AWI P7-20-93379 ; PIK N 454-21-93379
    In: World ocean review, 6
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 329 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-635-5
    Series Statement: World ocean review 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface The Arctic and Antarctic – natural realms at the poles A brief history of the polar regions The human conquest of the polar regions Conclusion: The Arctic and Antarctic – two fundamentally different polar regions The polar regions as components of the global climate system Why it is so cold in the polar regions Ice floes, ice sheets and the sea Conclusion: A chain reaction with an icy end Climate change impacts in the polar regions The pathways of heat Retreating ice Conclusion: More heat – much less ice Polar flora and fauna Living in the cold Marine life Polar ecosystems in retreat Conclusion: Highly specialized and greatly threatened Polar politics and commerce The Arctic and Antarctic as political arenas An economic boom with side effects Conclusion: Growing interest in the polar regions Overall Conclusion Glossary Abbreviations Bibliography Contributors Index Partners and Acknowledgements Table of figures Publication details
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: 9781351698757 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Science during the Cold War has become a matter of lively interest within the historical research community, attracting the attention of scholars concerned with the history of science, the Cold War, and environmental history. The Arctic--recognized as a frontier of confrontation between the superpowers, and consequently central to the Cold War--has also attracted much attention. This edited collection speaks to this dual interest by providing innovative and authoritative analyses of the history of Arctic science during the Cold War.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9781351698757 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Routledge studies in the history of science, technology and medicine 38
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introductory perspectives Chapter 1: Introduction: Cold War science in the North American Arctic / by Stephen Bocking, Daniel Heidt Strategic science Chapter 2: Ice and the depths of the ocean: probing Greenland's Melville Bay during the Cold War / by Mark Nuttall Chapter 3: Leadership, cultures, the Cold War and the establishment of Arctic scientific stations: situating the Joint Arctic Weather Stations (JAWS) / by P. Whitney Lackenbauer, Daniel Heidt Chapter 4: Frontier footage: science and colonial attitudes on film in Northern Canada, 1948–1954 / by Matthew S. Wiseman Chapter 5: Portraying America's last frontier: Alaska in the media during the Second World War and the Cold War / by Victoria Herrmann Chapter 6: Making “Man in the Arctic”: academic and military entanglements, 1944–49 / by Matthew Farish Cold War economies Chapter 7: Arctic pipelines and permafrost science: North American rivalries in the shadow of the Cold War, 1968–1982 / by Robert Page Chapter 8: Cold oil: linking strategic and resource science in the Canadian Arctic / by Stephen Bocking Chapter 9: Icebergs in Iowa: Saudi dreams, Antarctic hydrologics and the production of Cold War environmental knowledge / by Rafico Ruiz Chapter 10: Science and Indigenous knowledge in land claims settlements: negotiating the Inuvialuit Final Agreement, 1977–1978 / by Andrew Stuhl Science crossing borders Chapter 11: Knowledge base: polar explorers and the integration of science, security, and US foreign policy in Greenland, from the Great War to the Cold War / by Dawn Alexandrea Berry Chapter 12: Institutions and the changing nature of Arctic research during the early Cold War / by Lize-Marié van der Watt, Peder Roberts, Julia Lajus Chapter 13: Rockets over Thule? American hegemony, ionosphere research and the politics of rockets in the wake of the 1968 Thule B-52 accident / by Henrik Knudsen Chapter 14: Applied science and practical cooperation: Operation Morning Light and the recovery of cosmos 954 in the Northwest Territories, 1978 / by P. Whitney Lackenbauer, Ryan Dean Chapter 15: Melting the ice curtain: indigeneity and the Alaska Siberia Medical Research Program, 1982–1988 / by Tess Lanzarotta Epilogue: global Cold War—the Antarctic and the Arctic Chapter 16: Antarctic science and the Cold War / by Adrian Howkins
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Dissertations
    Dissertations
    Stockholm : Department of Meteorology, Stockholm University
    Call number: AWI A4-21-94661
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic sea-ice cover plays an important role for the global climate system. Sea ice and the overlying snow cover reflect up to eight times more of the solar radiation than the underlying ocean. Hence, they are important for the global energy budget, and changes in the sea-ice cover can have a large impact on the Arctic climate and beyond. In the past 36 years the ice cover reduced significantly. The largest decline is observed in September, with a rate of more than 12% per decade. The negative trend is accompanied by large inter-annual sea-ice variability: in September the sea-ice extent varies by up to 27% between years. The processes controlling the large variability are not well understood. In this thesis the atmospheric contribution to the inter-annual sea-ice variability is explored. The focus is specifically on the thermodynamical effects: processes that are associated with a temperature change of the ice cover and sea-ice melt. Atmospheric reanalysis data are used to identify key processes, while experiments with a state-of-the-art climate model are conducted to understand their relevance throughout different seasons. It is found that in years with a very low September sea-ice extent more heat and moisture is transported in spring into the area that shows the largest ice variability. The increased transport is often associated with similar atmospheric circulation patterns. Increased heat and moisture over the Arctic result in positive anomalies of water vapor and clouds. These alter the amount of downward radiation at the surface: positive cloud anomalies allow for more longwave radiation and less shortwave radiation. In spring, when the solar inclination is small, positive cloud anomalies result in an increased surface warming and an earlier seasonal melt onset. This reduces the ice cover early in the season and allows for an increased absorption of solar radiation by the surface during summer, which further accelerates the ice melt. The modeling experiments indicate that cloud anomalies of similar magnitude during other seasons than spring would likely not result in below-average September sea ice. Based on these results a simple statistical sea-ice prediction model is designed, that only takes into account the downward longwave radiation anomalies or variables associated with it. Predictive skills are similar to those of more complex models, emphasizing the importance of the spring atmosphere for the annual sea-ice evolution.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    ISBN: 978-91-7649-228-4
    Language: English
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Stockholm University, 2015 , Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Sammanfattning List of Papers Author’s contribution 1 Introduction 2 Sea ice as part of the global climate system 2.1 The global climate system 2.2 Sea-ice characteristics 3 Methodology 3.1 Atmospheric reanalyses 3.2 Global climate models 4 Changes of the sea-ice cover 4.1 Long-term changes of the sea-ice cover 4.2 Inter-annual sea-ice variability 5 Conclusions and Outlook Acknowledgements References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: 9783319464251 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses in detail on all ecologically important aspects of the Kongsfjorden system such as the marine and atmospheric environment including long-term monitoring, Ecophysiology of individual species, structure and function of the ecosystem, ecological processes and biological communities. The contributed articles include review articles and research articles that have a wider approach and bring the current research up-to-date. This book will form a baseline for future work.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 562 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319464251 , 978-3-319-46425-1
    ISSN: 2468-5712 , 2468-5720
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology 2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 The ecosystem of Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop and Christian Wiencke Part I. Atmospheric conditions 2 The atmosphere above Ny-Ålesund : climate and global warming, ozone and surface UV radiation / Marion Maturilli, Inger Hanssen-Bauer, Roland Neuber, Markus Rex, and Kåre Edvardsen Part II. Oceanography, sea ice and underwater light regime 3 The Kongsfjorden Transect : seasonal and inter-annual variability in hydrography / Vigdis Tverberg, Ragnheid Skogseth, Finlo Cottier, Arild Sundfjord, Waldemar Walczowski, Mark E. Inall, Eva Falck, Olga Pavlova, and Frank Nilsen 4 Changes in sea-ice extent and thickness in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard (2003-2016) / Olga Pavlova, Sebastian Gerland, and Haakon Hop 5 The underwater light climate in Kongsfjorden and its ecological implications / Alexey K. Pavlov, Eva Leu, Dieter Hanelt, Inka Bartsch, Ulf Karsten, Stephen R. Hudson, Jean-Charles Gallet, Finlo Cottier, Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, Marion Maturilli, Piotr Kowalczuk, Sławomir Sagan, Justyna Meler, and Mats A. Granskog Part III. Pelagic production, phytoplankton and zooplankton 6 Phytoplankton seasonal dynamics in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard and the adjacent shelf / Else N. Hegseth, Philipp Assmy, Józef M. Wiktor, Józef Wiktor Jr., Svein Kristiansen, Eva Leu, Vigdis Tverberg, Tove M. Gabrielsen, Ragnheid Skogseth, and Finlo Cottier 7 Zooplankton in Kongsfjorden (1996-2016) in relation to climate change / Haakon Hop, Anette Wold, Mikko Vihtakari, Malin Daase, Slawomir Kwasniewski, Marta Gluchowska, Silke Lischka, Friedrich Buchholz and Stig Falk-Petersen Part IV. Benthic microbes, macroalgae and fauna 8 Living on cold substrata : new insights and approaches in the study of microphytobenthos ecophysiology and ecology in Kongsfjorden / Ulf Karsten, Iris Schaub, Jana Woelfel, Duygu S. Sevilgen, Carolin Schlie, Burkhard Becker, Angela Wulff, Martin Graeve, and Heiko Wagner 9 Biodiversity of benthic macro- and microalgae from Svalbard with special focus on Kongsfjorden / Stein Fredriksen, Ulf Karsten, Inka Bartsch, Jana Woelfel, Miriam Koblowsky, Rhena Schumann, Siri Røang Moy, Robert S. Steneck, Józef M. Wiktor, Haakon Hop, and Christian Wiencke 10. Kelps and environmental changes in Kongsfjorden : Stress perception and responses / Kai Bischof, Christian Buschbaum, Stein Frederiksen, Francisco J. L. Gordillo, Sandra Heinrich, Carlos Jiménez, Cornelius Lütz, Markus Molis, Michael Y. Roleda, Max Schwanitz, and Christian Wiencke 11. Ecological drivers of and responses by Arctic benthic communities, with an emphasis on Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Markus Molis, Frank Beuchel, Jürgen Laudien, Maria Włodarska-Kowalczuk, and Christian Buschbaum Part V. Arctic fjord ecosystem model and autonomous marine observatories. 12. Outline of an Arctic fjord ecosystem model for Kongsfjorden-Krossfjorden, Svalbard / Pedro Duarte, Jan Marcin Weslawski, and Haakon Hop 13. Autonomous marine observatories in Kongsfjorden, Svalbard / Haakon Hop, Finlo Cottier, and Jørgen Berge Part VI. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic 14. Kongsfjorden as harbinger of the future Arctic : knowns, unknowns and research priorities / Kai Bischof, Peter Convey, Pedro Duarte, Jean-Pierre Gattuso, Maria Granberg, Haakon Hop, Clara Hoppe, Carlos Jiménez, Leonid Lisitsyn, Brezo Martinez, Michael Y. Roleda, Peter Thor, Józef M. Wiktor, and Geir Wing Gabrielsen
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: 9783319730165 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on the worldwide threats to mangrove forests and the management solutions currently being used to counteract those hazards. Designed for the professional or specialist in marine science, coastal zone management, biology, and related disciplines, this work will appeal to those not only working to protect mangrove forests, but also the surrounding coastal areas of all types. Examples are drawn from many different geographic areas, including North and South America, India, and Southeast Asia. Subject areas covered include both human-induced and natural impacts to mangroves, intended or otherwise, as well as the efforts being made by coastal researchers to promote restoration of these coastal fringing forests. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 724 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319730165 , 978-3-319-73016-5
    ISSN: 2211-0577 , 2211-0585
    Series Statement: Coastal research library Volume 25
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Natural Mangrove Systems 1 Australian Mangroves: Their Distribution and Protection / I. D. Cresswell and V. Semeniuk 2 The Dynamics of Expanding Mangroves in New Zealand / Erik M. Horstman, Carolyn J. Lundquist, Karin R. Bryan, Richard H. Bulmer, Julia C. Mullarney, and Debra J. Stokes 3 Mangrove Forests of the Persian Gulf and the Gulf of Oman / Alireza Salehipour Milani 4 Current Status of Mangrove Wetlands in Sinaloa: A Biological Corridor Along the Eastern Margin of the Gulf of California, México / Marlenne Manzano-Sarabia, Olivia Millán-Aguilar, Francisco Flores-Cárdenas, Lidia Rodríguez-Arredondo, Mayra I. Grano-Maldonado, and Mario Nieves-Soto 5 Geospatial Assessment of Spatio-Temporal Changes in Mangrove Vegetation of Pichavaram Region, Tamil Nadu, India / M. Vani and P. Rama Chandra Prasad Part II Threats, Vulnerability, and Impacts 6 Natural Threats and Impacts to Mangroves Within the Coastal Fringing Forests of India / Ashis Kr. Paul, Amrit Kamila, and Ratnadip Ray 7 An Assessment of Vulnerability and Adaptation of Coastal Mangroves of West Africa in the Face of Climate Change / Isaac Boateng 8 Historical Losses of Mangrove Systems in South America from Human-Induced and Natural Impacts / Daniel Gorman 9 Australian Mangroves: Anthropogenic Impacts by Industry, Agriculture, Ports, and Urbanisation / V. Semeniuk and I. D. Cresswell 10 Determining the Influence of Urbanization on Mangrove Zones of Northeastern Brazil: Characterization of Ceará State Coastal Zone Organic Matter Inputs / Stéphane Jean Louis Mounier, Rozane Valente Marins, and Luiz Drude de Lacerda 11 Vulnerability of Mangrove Forests and Wetland Ecosystems in the Sundarbans Natural World Heritage Site (Bangladesh) / Shafi Noor Islam, Sandra Reinstädtler, and Albrecht Gnauck Part III Pollution and Contamination by Hydrocarbons and Heavy Metals 12 The Impact of Oil and Gas Exploration: Invasive Nypa Palm Species and Urbanization on Mangroves in the Niger River Delta, Nigeria / Aroloye O. Numbere 13 Oil-Related Mangrove Loss East of Bonny River, Nigeria / Erich R. Gundlach 14 Sediment Hydrocarbons in Former Mangrove Areas, Southern Ogoniland, Eastern Niger Delta, Nigeria / David I. Little, Kay Holtzmann, Erich R. Gundlach, and Yakov Galperin 15 Heavy Metal Distribution and Accumulation from Natural and Anthropogenic Sources in Tropical Mangroves of India and Bangladesh / Prabhat Ranjan, Karuna Rao, Alok Kumar, and A. L. Ramanathan Part IV Assessment Techniques, Ecosystem Design, and Management Strategies 16 Ecosystem Design: When Mangrove Ecology Meets Human Needs / Martin Zimmer 17 Towards Sustainability and Protection of Threatened Coastal Ecosystems: Management Strategies for a Rare Stone Mangrove in Gorda Beach, Armação dos Búzios, Brazil / Marcelo Obraczka, Kátia Leite Mansur, and Gerson Cardoso da Silva, Jr. 18 Assessment and Management Strategies of Mangrove Forests Alongside the Mangsalut River Basin (Brunei Darussalam, on the Island of Borneo) / Shafi Noor Islam, Nurin Hidayati Hj Abd Rahman, Sandra Reinstädtler, and Mohd Nur Azri Bin Aladin 19 Mangrove Establishment in an Artificially Constructed Estuarine Channel, Sungei Api-Api, Singapore / Suzanna Ramos and Patrick A. Hesp 20 Interaction of Mangroves, Coastal Hydrodynamics, and Morphodynamics Along the Coastal Fringes of the Guianas / Erik A. Toorman, Edward Anthony, Pieter G. E. F. Augustinus, Antoine Gardel, Nicolas Gratiot, Oudho Homenauth, Nicolas Huybrechts, Jaak Monbaliu, Kene Moseley, and Sieuwnath Naipal 21 The Beneficial Effects of Mangrove Forest to Sea Defence Structures / Henk Jan Verhagen 22 Remote Sensing of Mangrove Forests: Current Techniques and Existing Databases / Stuart E. Hamilton, Gustavo A. Castellanos-Galindo, Marco Millones-Mayer, and Mara Chen 23 Urban Mangrove Biology and Ecology: Emergent Patterns and Management Implications / Benjamin Branoff 24 High-Throughput Techniques As Support for Knowledge-Based Spatial Conservation Prioritization in Mangrove Ecosystems / Véronique Helfer and Martin Zimmer Part V Conservation, Rehabilitation, and Governance 25 Mangrove Concessions: An Innovative Strategy for Community Mangrove Conservation in Ecuador / Fausto Vinicio López Rodríguez 26 Conserving Mangroves for Their Blue Carbon: Insights and Prospects for Community-Based Mangrove Management in Southeast Asia / Dixon T. Gevaña, Leni D. Camacho, and Juan M. Pulhin 27 Mangrove Habitats in São Tomé and Príncipe (Gulf of Guinea, Africa): Conservation and Management Status / R. Haroun, A. Herrero Barrencua, and A. D. Abreu 28 The Success of Hydrological Rehabilitation in Mangrove Wetlands Using Box Culverts Across Coastal Roads in Northern Yucatán (SE, México) / Claudia Teutli-Hernández and Jorge A. Herrera-Silveira 29 Mangroves on the Brazilian Amazon Coast: Uses and Rehabilitation / Marcus E. B. Fernandes, Francisco Pereira Oliveira, and Indira A. L. Eyzaguirre 30 Mangrove Restoration and Mitigation After Oil Spills and Development Projects in East Africa and the Middle East / David I. Little 31 Environmental Governance As a Framework for Mangrove Sustainability on the Brazilian Amazon Coast / Indira A. L. Eyzaguirre and Marcus E. B. Fernandes Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030045890 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Population genomics has revolutionized various disciplines of biology including population, evolutionary, ecological and conservation genetics, plant and animal breeding, human health, medicine and pharmacology by allowing to address novel and long-standing questions with unprecedented power and accuracy. It employs large-scale or genome-wide genetic information and bioinformatics to address various fundamental and applied aspects in biology and related disciplines, and provides a comprehensive genome-wide perspective and new insights that were not possible before. These advances have become possible due to the development of new and low-cost sequencing and genotyping technologies and novel statistical approaches and software, bioinformatics tools, and models. Population genomics is tremendously advancing our understanding the roles of evolutionary processes, such as mutation, genetic drift, gene flow, and natural selection, in shaping up genetic variation at individual loci and across the genome and populations; improving the assessment of population genetic parameters or processes such as adaptive evolution, effective population size, gene flow, admixture, inbreeding and outbreeding depression, demography, and biogeography; resolving evolutionary histories and phylogenetic relationships of extant, ancient and extinct species; understanding the genomic basis of fitness, adaptation, speciation, complex ecological and economically important traits, and disease and insect resistance; facilitating forensics, genetic medicine and pharmacology; delineating conservation genetic units; and understanding the genetic effects of resource management practices, and assisting conservation and sustainable management of genetic resources. This Population Genomics book discusses the concepts, approaches, applications and promises of population genomics in addressing most of the above fundamental and applied crucial aspects in a variety of organisms from microorganisms to humans. The book provides insights into a range of emerging population genomics topics including population epigenomics, landscape genomics, seascape genomics, paleogenomics, ecological and evolutionary genomics, biogeography, demography, speciation, admixture, colonization and invasion, genomic selection, and plant and animal domestication. This book fills a vacuum in the field and is expected to become a primary reference in Population Genomics world-wide
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVII, 822 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783030045890 , 978-3-030-04589-0
    ISSN: 2364-6764 , 2364-6772
    Series Statement: Population Genomics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Population Genomics: Advancing Understanding of Nature / Gordon Luikart, Marty Kardos, Brian K. Hand, Om P. Rajora, Sally N. Aitken, and Paul A. Hohenlohe Part II Methods Genotyping and Sequencing Technologies in Population Genetics and Genomics / J. A. Holliday, E. M. Hallerman, and D. C. Haak Computational Tools for Population Genomics / Jarkko Salojärvi Population and Evolutionary Genetic Inferences in the Whole-Genome Era: Software Challenges / Alexandros Stamatakis Part III Concepts and Approaches Population Epigenomics: Advancing Understanding of Phenotypic Plasticity, Acclimation, Adaptation and Diseases / Ehren R. V. Moler, Abdulkadir Abakir, Maria Eleftheriou, Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Lara C. Lewis, Alexey Ruzov, Amy V. Whipple, and Om P. Rajora Landscape Genomics: Understanding Relationships Between Environmental Heterogeneity and Genomic Characteristics of Populations / Niko Balkenhol, Rachael Y. Dudaniec, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Jeremy S. Johnson, David M. Cairns, Gernot Segelbacher, Kimberly A. Selkoe, Sophie von der Heyden, Ian J. Wang, Oliver Selmoni, and Stéphane Joost Paleogenomics: Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA and Population and Evolutionary Genomic Inferences / Tianying Lan and Charlotte Lindqvist Genome-Wide Association Studies and Heritability Estimation in the Functional Genomics Era / Dunia Pino Del Carpio, Roberto Lozano, Marnin D. Wolfe, and Jean-Luc Jannink Genomic Selection / Elisabeth Jonas, Freddy Fikse, Lars Rönnegård, and Elena Flavia Mouresan Part IV Population, Evolutionary and Ecological Genetics Applications and Inferences Population Genomics Provides Key Insights in Ecology and Evolution / Paul A. Hohenlohe, Brian K. Hand, Kimberly R. Andrews, and Gordon Luikart Inferring Demographic History Using Genomic Data / Jordi Salmona, Rasmus Heller, Martin Lascoux, and Aaron Shafer Advancing Biogeography Through Population Genomics / Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Om P. Rajora, Keith D. Gaddis, and David M. Cairns Adaptation Without Boundaries: Population Genomics in Marine Systems / Marjorie F. Oleksiak Population Genomics of Speciation and Admixture / Nicola J. Nadeau and Takeshi Kawakami Population Genomics of Colonization and Invasion / Shana R. Welles and Katrina M. Dlugosch Population Genomics of Crop Domestication: Current State and Perspectives / Philippe Cubry and Yves Vigouroux Population Genomics of Animal Domestication and Breed Development / Samantha Wilkinson and Pamela Wiener Population Genomics of Domestication and Breed Development in Canines in the Context of Cognitive, Social, Behavioral, and Disease Traits / Kristopher J. L. Irizarry and Elton J. R. Vasconcelos Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: 9783319904375 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book offers a collection of papers presented in the International Conference on Geomagnetism, Paleomagnetism and Rock Magnetism held in Kazan (Russia) in October 2017. Papers in this book are dedicated to the study of the geomagnetic field through most of the Earth's history as well as planetary and meteorite magnetism, and magnetic signatures of terrestrial impact craters. Recent studies, summaries, and reviews include: 1 - theory of the geomagnetic field, its generation and variations; 2 - experimental data on the geomagnetic field changes; 3 - studies of rock magnetism; 4 - paleotectonic reconstructions and paleoceanography; 5 - magnetostratigraphy; 6 - extraterrestrial magnetism. Summary reports and reviews will be presented by the world’s leading experts in the field of geomagnetic studies. Such workshops held by Academic Council have become traditional. They are always attended by leading professionals from Russia, CIS and non-CIS countries. In addition to discussion sessions focused on recent studies and findings, lectures on some basic concepts of geomagnetism will be delivered by leading Russian and foreign scientists
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 534 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319904375 , 978-3-319-90437-5
    ISSN: 2364-9119 , 2364-9127
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Paleomagnetism 1 Results of Paleomagnetic and Geochronological Studies of Sedimentary Rocks from Kema and Silasa Formations of the Sikhote-Alin Orogen / M. V. Arkhipov, A. Yu. Peskov, A. N. Didenko, S. Otoh, A. V. Kudymov, M. Nagata, Y. Kouchi and K. Yamamoto 2 Late Paleozoic Remagnetization: Evaluation of the Sequence of Folding in the South Urals / Inessa Golovanova, Konstantin Danukalov and Raushaniya Sal’manova 3 Paleomagnetic Directions Distortion Caused by Viscous-Plastic Deformations Estimated from Anisotropy of Magnetic Susceptibility (Case Study of Berriasian Clays from East Crimea) / V. A. Grishchenko and A. Yu. Guzhikov 4 Carboniferous of the Russian Platform: Paleomagnetic Data / A. G. Iosifidi, V. A. Mikhailova, V. V. Popov, E. S. Sergienko, A. V. Danilova, N. M. Otmas and A. V. Zhuravlev 5 Evidence for the Existence of the Gothenburg and Mono Lake Excursions Based on Paleomagnetic Data from Baunt Lake Sediments (Northern Transbaikalia) / M. A. Krainov, E. V. Bezrukova, A. A. Shchetnikov and A. Yu. Peskov 6 Intrusions of the Kulumbe River Valley, NW Siberian Traps Province: Paleomagnetism, Magnetic Fabric and Geochemistry / A. V. Latyshev, N. A. Krivolutskaya, P. S. Ulyahina, Ya. V. Bychkova and B. I. Gongalsky 7 Paleomagnetism of Basalts from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and the Bouvet Triple Junction / V. I. Maksimochkin and A. N. Tselebrovskiy 8 Archaeomagnetic Studies of the Material of the Archaeological Monument Dmitrievskaya Sloboda II of the Second Millennium B.C / O. V. Pilipenko, I. E. Nachasova, S. K. Gribov and O. V. Zelentsova Part II Rock and Environmental Magnetism 9 Influence of Magnetostatic Interaction on Magnetic Characteristics of Decay Products of Nanodisperse Titanomagnetites / S. V. Anisimov, L. L. Afremov and I. G. Iliushin 10 An Estimate of the Remanent Magnetization in the Case of a Ferromagnet Transformation Accompanied by a Change in the Curie Temperature / V. I. Belokon, E. V. Chibiriak and O. I. Dyachenko 11 A 13,000-Yr Record of Environmental Change from Tschuchye Lake in Northeast Yakutia / S. S. Burnatny, A. N. Naumov and Yu. A. Korzun 12 Comparison of the Porosity Determination on the Whole Core and Petrophysical Samples / A. V. Fattakhov, V. E. Kosarev, D. L. Melnikova, V. D. Skirda and A. V. Starovoytov 13 Magnetic Properties of Soils from the Volga-Kama Forest-Steppe / L. A. Fattakhova, L. R. Kosareva and A. A. Shinkarev 14 Magnetic Properties of Artificial CRM Created on Titanomagnetite-Bearing Oceanic Basalts / S. K. Gribov, V. P. Shcherbakov and N. A. Aphinogenova 15 Blocking Temperature and Hysteresis Characteristics of Nanoparticles of Oxidated Magnetite / Ilia Iliushin and Leonid Afremov 16 Low-Temperature Magnetic Properties and Magnetic Mineralogy of the Ropruchey Sill (Russian Karelia) / Andrei Kosterov, Elena S. Sergienko, Petr V. Kharitonskii, Svetlana Yu. Yanson and Irina A. Vasilieva 17 Preliminary Magnetic Investigation of Samples from Reference Permian-Triassic Sequence, Kemerovo Region, Russia / Dilyara Kuzina, Lina Kosareva, Ilmir Gilmetdinov, Radmir Aupov, Vladimir Silantiev, Vladimir Davydov, Irina Dogadina and Natalia Kuzmina 18 Magnetic Properties and Concentration of Heavy Metals in Soils of the Krasnyi Kut Town (Saratov, Russia) / M. V. Reshetnikov, A. S. Sheshnev, E. S. Sokolov and S. D. Shkodin 19 Rock-Magnetism and Granulometry of Late Palaeolithic Sites in the Tunka Rift Valley (Pribaikalie) as a Tool for Reconstruction of Sedimentary Environment / G. G. Matasova, A. A. Shchetnikov, I. A. Filinov, A. Yu. Kazansky, G. A. Vorobyeva, N. E. Berdnikova, E. O. Rogovskoy, E. A. Lipnina, I. M. Berdnikov and L. V. Lbova 20 Application of Methods of Rocks Magnetism for Determination of Criteria of Perspectiveness of Ore-Formation / J. H. Minasyan 21 Rock Magnetic Properties of Pleistocene Tephras from the Polovinka Section of the Central Kamchatka Depression / A. N. Naumov, S. S. Burnatny, P. S. Minyuk and A. G. Zubov 22 Basalts of the Zhom-Bolok Lava River as a Possible Sources of Metallic Iron in Sediments of Local Lakes: Thermomagnetic and Microprobe Justification / D. M. Pechersky, A. Yu. Kazansky, A. Kozlovsky, G. P. Markov, A. A. Shchetnikov and V. A. Tselmovich Part III Magnetostratigraphy 23 Magnetostratigraphy of the Reference Sections of the Cisuralian Series (Permian System) / Yu. P. Balabanov, R. Kh. Sungatullin, G. M. Sungatullina, L. R. Kosareva, M. S. Glukhov, P. G. Yakunina, A. O. Zhernenkov, V. V. Antonenko and A. A. Сhurbanov 24 General Magnetostratigraphic Scale: Present Status and Outlook of Development / A. Yu. Guzhikov 25 Existence of the Reversal Polarity Zones in Turonian-Coniacian from the Lower Volga (Russia): New Data / A. A. Guzhikova, A. Yu. Guzhikov, E. M. Pervushov, I. P. Ryabov and A. M. Surinskiy 26 Magnetostratigraphy of the Key Loess-Palaesol Sequence at Roxolany (Western Black Sea Region) / D. V. Hlavatskyi and V. G. Bakhmutov 27 Magnetic Polarity Stratigraphy of the Upper Cenozoic Deposits of Near-Sea Dagestan (Russia) and the Age of the Early Paleolithic Site Rubas-1 / A. Yu. Kazansky, A. A. Anoikin, A. P. Derevianko, G. G. Matasova and V. Yu. Bragin 28 Magnetic Stratigraphy of the Bazhenov Suite of Western Siberia and the Surrounding Deposits / A. G. Manikin, V. A. Grishchenko, A. Yu. Guzhikov and V. V. Kolpakov Part IV Extraterrestrial Magnetism 29 Metallic Iron in the Planets Interior: Generalization of Thermomagnetic and Microprobe Results / D. M. Kuzina and D. M. Pechersky 30 Magnetic Properties of Tektite-like Impact Glasses from Zhamanshin Astrobleme, Kazakhstan / Vyacheslav A. Starunov, Andrei Kosterov, Elena S. Sergienko, Svetlana Yu. Yanson, Gennady P. Markov, Petr V. Kharitonskii, Aleksandr S. Sakhatskii, Irina E. Lezova and Evgenii V. Shevchenko 31 Background Magnetic Component of Holocene Cosmic Dust Allocated from Peat / V. A. Tselmovich and A. Yu. Kurazhkovskii Part V Geomagnetic Field and Magnetic Surveys 32 Preliminary Results of the Geohistorical and Paleomagnetic Analysis of Marine Magnetic Anomalies in the Northwestern Indian Ocean / S. A. Ivanov and S. A. Merkuriev 33 Geomagnetic Variations for Axial Dipole Hypothesis and Dynamo Parameters / S. V. Starchenko 34 Simple Estimations for Planetary Convection Turbulence and Dynamo Magnetism from Optimized Scaling and Observations / S. V. Starchenko 35 MHD Sources, 1600-2005 Evolution and 1900-2005 Probabilistic Time Analysis for Logarithmic Time-Derivatives of Geomagnetic Spherical Harmonics / S. V. Starchenko and S. V. Yakovleva 36 Unmanned Airborne Magnetic Survey Technologies: Present and Future / Tsirel Vadim, Parshin Alexander, Ancev Vasily and Kapshtan Dmitry
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: 9789400706682 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is the first comprehensive science-based textbook on the biology and ecology of the Baltic Sea, one of the world’s largest brackish water bodies. The aim of this book is to provide students and other readers with knowledge about the conditions for life in brackish water, the functioning of the Baltic Sea ecosystem and its environmental problems and management. It highlights biological variation along the unique environmental gradients of the brackish Baltic Sea Area (the Baltic Sea, Belt Sea and Kattegat), especially those in salinity and climate. The first part of the book presents the challenges for life processes and ecosystem dynamics that result from the Baltic Sea’s highly variable recent geological history and geographical isolation. The second part explains interactions between organisms and their environment, including biogeochemical cycles, patterns of biodiversity, genetic diversity and evolution, biological invasions and physiological adaptations. In the third part, the subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem - the pelagic zone, the sea ice, the deep soft sea beds, the phytobenthic zone, the sandy coasts, and estuaries and coastal lagoons - are treated in detail with respect to the structure and function of communities and habitats and consequences of natural and anthropogenic constraints, such as climate change, discharges of nutrients and hazardous substances. Finally, the fourth part of the book discusses monitoring and ecosystem-based management to deal with contemporary and emerging threats to the ecosystem’s health.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxi, 683 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789400706682 , 978-94-007-0668-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Baltic Sea environment 1 Brackish water as an environment / Hendrik Schubert, Dirk Schories, Bernd Schneider, and Uwe Selig 2 Why is the Baltic Sea so special to live in? / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm and Elinor Andrén Part II Ecological processes in the Baltic Sea 3 Biogeochemical cycles / Bernd Schneider, Olaf Dellwig, Karol Kuliński, Anders Omstedt, Falk Pollehne, Gregor Rehder, and Oleg Savchuk 4 Patterns of biodiversity / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 5 Biological invasions / Sergej Olenin, Stephan Gollasch, Maiju Lehtiniemi, Mariusz Sapota, and Anastasija Zaiko 6 Genetic diversity and evolution / Risto Väinölä and Kerstin Johannesson 7 Physiological adaptations / Hendrik Schubert, Irena Telesh, Mikko Nikinmaa, and Sergei Skarlato Part III Subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem 8 The pelagic food web / Agneta Andersson, Timo Tamminen, Sirpa Lehtinen, Klaus Jürgens, Matthias Labrenz, and Markku Viitasalo 9 Life associated with Baltic Sea ice / David N. Thomas, Hermanni Kaartokallio, Letizia Tedesco, Markus Majaneva, Jonna Piiparinen, Eeva Eronen-Rasimus, Janne-Markus Rintala, Harri Kuosa, Jaanika Blomster, Jouni Vainio, and Mats A. Granskog 10 Deep soft seabeds / Urszula Janas, Erik Bonsdorff, Jan Warzocha, and Teresa Radziejewska 11 The phytobenthic zone / Hans Kautsky, Georg Martin, and Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 12 Sandy coasts / Teresa Radziejewska, Jonne Kotta, and Lech Kotwicki 13 Estuaries and coastal lagoons / Hendrik Schubert and Irena Telesh Part IV Monitoring and ecosystem-based management of the Baltic Sea 14 Biological indicators / Michael L. Zettler, Alexander Darr, Matthias Labrenz, Sigrid Sagert, Uwe Selig, Ursula Siebert, and Nardine Stybel 15 Bio-optical water quality assessment / Susanne Kratzer, Piotr Kowalczuk, and Sławomir Sagan 16 Chemical pollution and ecotoxicology / Kari K. Lehtonen, Anders Bignert, Clare Bradshaw, Katja Broeg, and Doris Schiedek 17 Ecosystem health / Maria Laamanen, Samuli Korpinen, Ulla Li Zweifel, and Jesper H. Andersen 18 Ecosystem goods, services and management / Jan Marcin Węsławski, Eugeniusz Andrulewicz, Christoffer Boström, Jan Horbowy, Tomasz Linkowski, Johanna Mattila, Sergej Olenin, Joanna Piwowarczyk, and Krzysztof Skóra Subject index Taxonomy index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: 9789811019500 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This contributed volume presents the latest research and state-of-the-art approaches in the study of microalgae. It describes in detail technologies for the cultivation of marine, freshwater and extremophilic algae, as well as phototrophic biofilms, cyanobacterial mats and periphytons, including the media requirements and growth rates of different types of algae. The second part of the book is dedicated to the biotechnological applications of algal biomass and secondary metabolites produced by these organisms, and critically discusses topics such as algae-based biofuels and CO2 sequestration. In addition, it reviews the prospects and challenges of algal bioremediation of domestic and industrial wastewaters, including the use of planktonic and self-immobilized algae systems in wastewater treatment, explaining their merits and drawbacks. Lastly, it highlights research methods and approaches related to the production of high-value products and bioactive compounds.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 326 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811019500 , 978-981-10-1950-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Event-Based Control Systems for Microalgae Culture in Industrial Reactors / A. Pawlowski, J.L. Guzmán, M. Berenguel, F.G. Acién and S. Dormido Dynamic Modeling of Microalgal Production in Photobioreactors / I. Fernández, J.L. Guzmán, M. Berenguel and F.G. Acién Generation and Harvesting of Microalgae Biomass for Biofuel Production / Md. Asraful Alam, Zhongming Wang and Zhenhong Yuan Microalgae-Based Biorefineries as a Promising Approach to Biofuel Production / Jorge Alberto Vieira Costa, Luiza Moraes, Juliana Botelho Moreira, Gabriel Martins da Rosa, Adriano Seizi Arruda Henrard and Michele Greque de Morais Microalgae Mixotrophic Growth: Opportunity for Stream Depurationand Carbon Recovery / Giuliana D’Imporzano, Salati Silvia, Veronesi Davide, Scaglia Barbara and Adani Fabrizio Sustainable Utilization of Marine Algae Biomass for Environmental Bioremediation / Laura Bulgariu and Dumitru Bulgariu Selective Metal Ion Homeostasis in Cyanobacteria / Lee Hudek and M. Leigh Ackland Bioadsorption of Heavy Metals / Aridane G. González, Oleg S. Pokrovsky, J. Magdalena Santana-Casiano and Melchor González-Dávila Wastewater Treatment Using Phototrophic–Heterotrophic Biofilms and Microbial Mats / J. Paniagua-Michel Algae as Source of Food and Nutraceuticals / Katarzyna Godlewska, Agnieszka Dmytryk, Łukasz Tuhy and Katarzyna Chojnacka Algae as Source of Pharmaceuticals / Agnieszka Dmytryk, Łukasz Tuhy and Katarzyna Chojnacka Production of Primary and Secondary Metabolites Using Algae / Milagros Rico, Aridane G. González, Magdalena Santana-Casiano, Melchor González-Dávila, Norma Pérez-Almeida and Miguel Suarez de Tangil
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Call number: 9783319256436 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a useful guide for researchers in ecology and earth science interested in the use of accelerator mass spectrometry technology. The development of research in radiocarbon measurements offers an opportunity to address the human impact on global carbon cycling and climate change. Presenting radiocarbon theory, history, applications, and analytical techniques in one volume builds a broad outline of the field of radiocarbon and its emergent role in defining changes in the global carbon cycle and links to climate change. Each chapter presents both classic and cutting-edge studies from different disciplines involving radiocarbon and carbon cycling. The book also includes a chapter on the history and discovery of radiocarbon, and advances in radiocarbon measurement techniques and radiocarbon theory. Understanding human alteration of the global carbon cycle and the link between atmospheric carbon dioxide levels and climate remains one of the foremost environmental problems at the interface of ecology and earth system science. Many people are familiar with the terms ‘global warming’ and ‘climate change’, but fewer are able to articulate the science that support these hypotheses. This book addresses general questions such as: what is the link between the carbon cycle and climate change; what is the current evidence for the fate of carbon dioxide added by human activities to the atmosphere, and what has caused past changes in atmospheric carbon dioxide? How can the radiocarbon and stable isotopes of carbon combined with other tools be used for quantifying the human impact on the global carbon cycle?
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 315 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319256436 , 978-3-319-25643-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Radiocarbon and the Global Carbon Cycle / E.A.G. Schuur, S.E. Trumbore, E.R.M. Druffel, J.R. Southon, A. Steinhof, R.E. Taylor and J.C. Turnbull 2 Radiocarbon Dating: Development of a Nobel Method / R.E. Taylor 3 Radiocarbon Nomenclature, Theory, Models, and Interpretation: Measuring Age, Determining Cycling Rates, and Tracing Source Pools / S.E. Trumbore, C.A. Sierra and C.E. Hicks Pries 4 Radiocarbon in the Atmosphere / J.C. Turnbull, H. Graven and N.Y. Krakauer 5 Radiocarbon in the Oceans / E.R.M. Druffel, S.R. Beaupré and L.A. Ziolkowski 6 Radiocarbon in Terrestrial Systems / E.A.G. Schuur, M.S. Carbone, C.E. Hicks Pries, F.M. Hopkins and S.M. Natali 7 Paleoclimatology / J.R. Southon, R. De Pol-Holz and E.R.M. Druffel 8 Accelerator Mass Spectrometry of Radiocarbon / Axel Steinhof 9 Preparation for Radiocarbon Analysis / S.E. Trumbore, X. Xu, G.M. Santos, C.I. Czimczik, S.R. Beaupré, M.A. Pack, F.M. Hopkins, A. Stills, M. Lupascu and L. Ziolkowski
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: 9783319350950 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides the proceedings of the 13th International Conference of Meteorology, Climatology and Atmospheric Physics (COMECAP 2016) that is held in Thessaloniki from 19 to 21 September 2016. The Conference addresses fields of interest for researchers, professionals and students related to the following topics: Agricultural Meteorology and Climatology, Air Quality (Indoor and Outdoor), Applied Meteorology and Climatology, Applications of Meteorology in the Energy sector, Atmospheric Physics and Chemistry, Atmospheric Radiation, Atmospheric Boundary layer, Biometeorology and Bioclimatology, Climate Dynamics, Climatic Changes, Cloud Physics, Dynamic and Synoptic Μeteorology, Extreme Events, Hydrology and Hydrometeorology, Mesoscale Meteorology, Micrometeorology-Urban Microclimate, Remote Sensing- Satellite Meteorology and Climatology, Weather Analysis and Forecasting. The book includes all papers that have been accepted after peer review for presentation in the conference
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXXI, 1259 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319350950 , 978-3-319-35095-0
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Meteorology The Influence of WRF Parameterisation Schemes on High Resolution Simulations Over Greece / I. Tegoulias, S. Kartsios, I. Pytharoulis, S. Kotsopoulos and Theodore S. Karacostas Assessing the Sensitivity of COSMO/GR Atmospheric Model to Effectively Simulate the Influence of Diabatic Heating on Eastern Mediterranean Explosive Cyclogenesis Under Different Parameterizations of the Model Physics / J. Kouroutzoglou, E. Avgoustoglou, H.A. Flocas, M. Hatzaki, P. Skrimizeas, A. Lalos, K. Keay and I. Simmonds Evaluation of WRF Parameterization Schemes During Heat-Wave Events Over the Greater Area of South–East Mediterranean / C. Giannaros, D. Melas and T.M. Giannaros A Study of an Extreme Hot Weather Event in Greece with the WRF-ARW Atmospheric Model / G. Emmanouil, D. Vlachogiannis, A. Sfetsos, S. Karozis and A. Tasopoulou Lightning Forecasting in Europe: Results Obtained from One Year of Operational Simulations / T.M. Giannaros, V. Kotroni and K. Lagouvardos Numerical Simulations and Observational Study of a Mesoscale Convective System in France, During the HyMeX—SOP1 Using the WRF Model /1 S. Dafis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni, T.M. Giannaros and A. Bartzokas Design and Evaluation of Sensitivity Tests of COSMO Model Over the Mediterranean Area / E. Avgoustoglou, A. Voudouri, P. Khain, F. Grazzini and J.M. Bettems Comparison and Validation of WRF Model Physics Parameterizations Over the Domain of Greece / N. Politi, P.T. Nastos, A. Sfetsos, D. Vlachogiannis, N.R. Dalezios, N. Gounaris, M.R. Cardoso and M.M.P. Soares Severe Weather Events and Sea Level Variability Over the Mediterranean Sea: The WaveForUs Operational Platform / Y. Krestenitis, I. Pytharoulis, Theodore S. Karacostas, Y. Androulidakis, C. Makris, K. Kombiadou, I. Tegoulias, V. Baltikas, S. Kotsopoulos and S. Kartsios The Implementation of a Dust Wet Deposition Scheme in the WRF-CHEM Model / K. Tsarpalis, A. Papadopoulos and P. Katsafados Temperature Seasonal Predictability of the WRF Model / G. Varlas, P. Katsafados and A. Papadopoulos Numerical Modeling of a Tornado Event at Skala, Lakonia, Peloponnese in September 2015 / M.P. Mylonas, P.T. Nastos and Ioannis T. Matsangouras Towards Predictability Limit: Advancing the Deterministic Skill of Ensembles / I. Kioutsioukis Marine Boundary Layer Offshore and Coastal Coupled Simulations / C. Stathopoulos, G. Galanis and G. Kallos Observational and Numerical Study of a Tornado Outbreak in Attica and Euboea / A. Lampiris, S. Dafis and G. Papavasileiou The Effect of Surface Heterogeneity on the Vertical Structure of the Saharan Convective Boundary Layer / G. Papangelis, M. Tombrou and J. Kalogiros Numerical Study of the Medicane of November 2014 / I. Pytharoulis, Ioannis T. Matsangouras, I. Tegoulias, S. Kotsopoulos, Theodore S. Karacostas and P.T. Nastos Numerical Modeling Analysis of Tornadoes Using the COSMO.GR Model Over Greece / Ioannis T. Matsangouras, E. Avgoustoglou, F. Gofa, I. Pytharoulis, P.T. Nastos and H.W. Bluestein Performance of RegCM4 Model During Heat Waves—A Case Study for China / D.K. Papanastasiou, X. Huang, A. Poupkou, X. Pu, P. Zanis, T. Wang and D. Melas The Role of Heat Extinction Depth Concept to Fire Behavior: An Application to WRF-SFIRE Model / S. Kartsios, Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis and A.P. Dimitrakopoulos Impacts of Observational Data Assimilation on Operational Forecasts / A. Voudouri, E. Avgoustoglou and P. Kaufmann Comparative Forecasts of a Local Area Model (WRF) in Summer for Cyprus / F. Tymvios, D. Charalambous, J. Lelieveld and S. Michaelides Implementation of a Hybrid Surface Layer Parameterization Scheme for the Coupled Atmosphere-Ocean Wave System WEW / P. Katsafados, G. Varlas, A. Papadopoulos and G. Korres Development and Implementation of a Soil Moisture Perturbation Method for EPS Initial Conditions / P. Louka, F. Gofa, C. Marsigli and A. Montani The Impact of Cyclone Xaver on Hydropower Potential in Norway . . . 175 I. Cheliotis, G. Varlas and K. Christakos Heavy Convective Rainfall Forecast Over Paraguay Using Coupled WRF-Cloud Model / V. Spiridonov, J. Baez and B. Telenta The Heat Health Warning System of DWD—Concept and Lessons Learned / A. Matzarakis Impact of Storm Seeding to Hailstone Features in Central Macedonia / D. Foris and V. Foris Validating SAF NWC Products Over the Greek Area / A. Karagiannidis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni and T.M. Giannaros Use of Global Precipitation Measurement’s Satellite Data for the Study of a Mesoscale Convective System /D. Mitropoulos and H. Feidas Flash Flood Risk and Vulnerability Analysis in Urban Areas: The Case of October 22, 2015, in Attica, Greece / K. Papagiannaki, V. Kotroni, K. Lagouvardos and A. Bezes The First Joint Hydro-Meteo Warnings in Croatia During Heavy Rainfall Period in October 2015 / P. Mutic, T. Jurlina, T. Vujnovic, D. Oskorus, N. Strelec-Mahovic and T. Renko A Total Weighted Least Squares Method for the Determination of the Meteoric Water Line of Precipitation for Hydrological Purposes / A.A. Argiriou, V. Salamalikis and E. Dotsika Storm Characteristics Over Central Macedonia and Thessaly and Their Relation to Atmospheric Parameters / E. Chatzi Radar Climatology of Supercell Thunderstorms in Northern and Central Greece / M. Christodoulou and M. Sioutas Comparison of Physically and Image Based Atmospheric Correction Methods for Sentinel-2 Satellite Imagery / G. Lantzanakis, Z. Mitraka and N. Chrysoulakis First Rains as Extreme Events Influencing Marine Primary Production / D. Kotta, D. Kitsiou and P. Kassomenos Hail Characteristics and Cloud Seeding Effect for Hail Suppression in Central Macedonia, Greece / M. Sioutas Satellite Rainfall Error Analysis with the Use of High-Resolution X-Band Dual-Polarization Radar Observations Over the Italian Alps / M.N. Anagnostou, J. Kalogiros, E. Nikolopoulos, Y. Derin, E.N. Anagnostou and M. Borga The DAPHNE Conceptual Model for Designing a Precipitation Enhancement Project in Thessaly, Greece / Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis, I. Tegoulias, D. Bampzelis, S. Kartsios, S. Kotsopoulos, P. Zanis, E. Katragkou and K. Tympanidis Watershed Size, an Alternative or a Misguided Parameter for River’s Waterpower? Implementation in Macedonia, Greece / G. Grimpylakos, K. Albanakis and Theodore S. Karacostas Survey of the Severe Hailstorms During Summer 2014 in the Northern Part of Greece / P. Fragkouli, A. Tyraski and K. Lagouvardos Assessment of the Thermal Comfort Conditions in a University Campus Using a 3D Microscale Climate Model, Utilizing Mobile Measurements / P.T. Nastos, K.P. Moustris, I. Charalampopoulos, I.K. Larissi and Athanasios G. Paliatsos Diurnal Distribution of Storm Characteristics in Central Macedonia During the Warm Season of the Year Using a C-Band Weather Radar / D. Bampzelis and Theodore S. Karacostas Rain Enhancement Feasibility Potential of Orographic Clouds Over Northern Greece / K. Tympanidis, Theodore S. Karacostas and D. Bampzelis A Preliminary Study on the Effect of Rainfall Events on Human Thermal Comfort Under Hot Weather Conditions / I. Charalampopoulos and I. Tsiros One Day-Ahead Prognosis of Energy Demand Using Artificial Intelligence and Biometeorological Indices / D. Zafirakis, K.P. Moustris, D.H. Alamo and R.J. Nebot Medina The Effect of Rainfall Intensity on the Flood Generation of Mountainous Watersheds (Chalkidiki Prefecture, North Greece) / A. Kastridis and D. Stathis Air Temperature Estimation Over the Ainos Mountain, Kefallinia Island Using Linear Regression Analysis / S. Maniatis, A. Kamoutsis, A. Chronopoulou-Sereli and P.T. Nastos Dust Over the Area of the East Mediterranean: The Severe Dust Event of the Period 7–12 September 2015. Synoptic and Dynamic Analysis / K. Nicolaides and F. Tymvios On the Dynamics Underlying the Emergence of Coherent Structures in Barotropic Turbulence / N.A. Bakas, N.C. Constantinou and P.J. Ioannou Structure and Stability of Low Amplitude Jet Equilibria in Barotropic Turbulence / N.C. Constantinou, P.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Call number: 9783319261942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book deals with the most striking landscapes and landforms of Italy. Attention is given to landform diversity and landscape evolution through time which has been controlled by very diverse geological conditions and dramatic climate changes that have characterized the Italian peninsula and islands since the end of the last glaciation. In addition, various examples of human impact on the landscape are presented. Landscapes and Landforms of Italy contains more than thirty case studies of a multitude of Italian geographical landmarks. The topics and sites described in this book range from the Alpine glaciers to the Etna and Vesuvius volcanoes, taking into account the most representative fluvial, coastal, gravity-induced, karst and structural landscapes of the country. Chapters on the geomorphological landmarks of the cities of Rome and Venice are also included. The book provides the readers with the opportunity to explore the variety of Italian landscapes and landforms through informative texts illustrated with several color maps and photos. This book will be relevant to scientists, scholars and any readers interested in geology, physical geography, geomorphology, landscape tourism, geoheritage and environmental protection
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 539 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319261942 , 978-3-319-26194-2
    ISSN: 2213-2104 , 2213-2090
    Series Statement: World geomorphological landscapes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction to the Landscapes and Landforms of Italy (Mauro Soldati) -- Part I: Physical Environment -- Chapter 2. The Great Diversity of Italian Landscapes and Landforms: Their Origin and Human Imprint (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 3. Outline of the Geology of Italy (Alfonso Bosellini) -- Chapter 4. The Climate of Italy (Simona Fratianni) -- Chapter 5. Morphological Regions of Italy (Paola Fredi) -- Part II: Landscapes and Landforms. Chapter 6. The Glaciers of the Valle d’Aosta and Piemonte Regions: Records of Present and Past Environmental and Climate Changes (Marco Giardino) -- Chapter 7. Landscapes of Northern Lombardy: From the Glacial Scenery of Upper Valtellina to the Prealpine Lacustrine Environment of Lake Como (Irene Bollati) -- Chapter 8. The Adamello-Presanella and Brenta Massifs, Central Alps: Contrasting High-mountain Landscapes and Landforms (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 9. Large Ancient Landslides in Trentino, Northeastern Alps, as Evidence of Post-glacial Dynamics (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 10. The Dolomite Landscape of the Alta Badia (Northeastern Alps): A Remarkable Record of Geological and Geomorphological History (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 11. The Vajont Valley (Eastern Alps): A Complex Landscape Deeply Marked by Landsliding (Alessandro Pasuto) -- Chapter 12. Karst Landforms in Friuli Venezia Giulia: From Alpine to Coastal Karst (Franco Cucchi) -- Chapter 13. The Tagliamento River: The Fluvial Landscape and Long-term Evolution of a Large Alpine Braided River (Nicola Surian).-Chapter 14. Lake Garda: An Outstanding Archive of Quaternary Geomorphological Evolution (Carlo Baroni) -- Chapter 15. Geomorphological Processes and Landscape Evolution of the Lagoon of Venice (Aldino Bondesan) -- Chapter16. The Po Delta Region: Depositional Evolution, Climate Change and Human Intervention Through the Last 5,000 Years (Marco Stefani) -- Chapter 17. Landscapes and Landforms Driven by Geological Structures in the Northwestern Apennines (Luisa Pellegrini) -- Chapter 18. Fingerprints of Large-scale Landslides in the Landscape of the Emilia Apennines (Giovanni Bertolini) -- Chapter 19. Mud Volcanoes in the Emilia-Romagna Apennines: Small Landforms of Outstanding Scenic and Scientific Value (Doriano Castaldini) -- Chapter 20. The Outstanding Terraced Landscape of the Cinque Terre Coastal Slopes (Eastern Liguria) (Pierluigi Brandolini) -- Chapter 21. Tuscany Hills and Valleys: Uplift, Exhumation, Valley Downcutting and Relict Landforms (Mauro Coltorti) -- Chapter 22. Landscapes and Landforms of the Duchy of Urbino in Italian Renaissance Paintings (Olivia Nesci) -- Chapter 23. Rocky Cliffs Joining Velvet Beaches: The Northern Marche Coast (Daniele Savelli) -- Chapter 24. The Typical Badlands Landscapes Between the Tyrrhenian Sea and the Tiber River (Maurizio Del Monte) -- 25. The Tuff Cities: A ‘Living Landscape’ at the Border of Volcanoes in Central Italy (Claudio Margottin) -- Chapter 26. A Route of Fire in Central Italy: The Latium Ancient Volcanoes (Paola Fredi) -- Chapter 27. Relief, Intermontane Basins and Civilization in the Umbria-Marche Apennines: Origin and Life by Geological Consent (Marta Della Seta) -- Chapter 28. The Terminillo, Gran Sasso and Majella Mountains: The ‘Old Guardians’ of the Tyrrhenian and Adriatic Seas (Tommaso Piacentini) -- Chapter 29. Aeternae Urbis Geomorphologia - Geomorphology of Rome, Aeterna Urbs (Maurizio Del Monte) -- Chapter 30. Granite Landscapes of Sardinia: Long-term Evolution of Scenic Landforms (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 31. The Coastal Dunes of Sardinia: Landscape Response to Climate and Sea Level Changes (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 32. The Terrestrial and Submarine Landscape of the Tremiti Archipelago, Adriatic Sea (Enrico Miccadei) -- Chapter 33. Vesuvius and Campi Flegrei: Volcanic History, Landforms and Impact on Settlements (Pietro P.C. Aucelli) -- Chapter 34. Sorrento Peninsula and Amalfi Coast: The Long-term History of an Enchanting Promontory (Aldo Cinque) -- Chapter 35. The Coastal Landscape of Cilento (Southern Italy): A challenge for Protection and Tourism Valorisation (Alessio Valente) -- Chapter 36. The Salento Peninsula (Apulia, Southern Italy): A Water-shaped Landscape Without Rivers (Giuseppe Mastronuzzi) -- Chapter 37. The Landscape of the Aspromonte Massif: A Geomorphological Open-air Laboratory (Gaetano Robustelli) -- Chapter 38. Volcanic Landforms and Landscapes of the Aeolian Islands (Southern Tyrrhenian Sea, Sicily): Implications for Hazard Evaluation (Federico Lucchi) -- Chapter 39. Geomorphology of the Capo San Vito Peninsula (NW Sicily): An Example of Tectonically and Climatically Controlled Landscape (Valerio Agnesi) -- Chapter 40. Landforms and Landscapes of Mount Etna (Sicily): Relationships Between a Volcano, its Environment and Human Activity (Stefano Branca) -- Chapter 41. Pantelleria Island (Strait of Sicily): Volcanic History and Geomorphological Landscape (Silvio G. Rotolo) -- Part III: Geoheritage -- Chapter 42. Geoheritage in Italy (Maria Cristina Giovagnoli) -- Chapter 43. Geomorphodiversity in Italy: Examples from the Dolomites, Northern Apennines and Vesuvius (Mario Panizza) -- Chapter 44. Goethe’s Italian Journey and the Geological Landscape (Paola Coratza) -- Chapter 45. Wine Landscapes of Italy (Vincenzo Amato) -- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: 9783319474298 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This compelling volume provides a broad and accessible overview on the rapidly developing field of social neuroscience. A major goal of the volume is to integrate research findings on the neural basis of social behavior across different levels of analysis from rodent studies on molecular neurobiology to behavioral neuroscience to fMRI imaging data on human social behavior.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 429 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319474298 , 978-3-319-47429-8
    ISSN: 1866-3389 , 1866-3370
    Series Statement: Current topics in behavioral neurosciences volume 30
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Social Behavior in Rodents Conspecific Interactions in Adult Laboratory Rodents: Friends or Foes? / Michael Lukas and Trynke R. de Jong Recognizing Others: Rodent’s Social Memories / Judith Camats Perna and Mario Engelmann Social Odors: Alarm Pheromones and Social Buffering / Yasushi Kiyokawa Acoustic Communication in Rats: Effects of Social Experiences on Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Socio-affective Signals / Markus Wöhr, K. Alexander Engelhardt, Dominik Seffer, A. Özge Sungur and Rainer K.W. Schwarting From Play to Aggression: High-Frequency 50-kHz Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Play and Appeasement Signals in Rats / Theresa M. Kisko, Markus Wöhr, Vivien C. Pellis and Sergio M. Pellis The Psycho-Neurology of Cross-Species Affective/Social Neuroscience: Understanding Animal Affective States as a Guide to Development of Novel Psychiatric Treatments / Jaak Panksepp Social Reward and Empathy as Proximal Contributions to Altruism: The Camaraderie Effect / Garet P. Lahvis A Social Reinforcement Learning Hypothesis of Mutual Reward Preferences in Rats / Julen Hernandez-Lallement, Marijn van Wingerden, Sandra Schäble and Tobias Kalenscher Part II Social Behavior in Humans A Plea for Cross-species Social Neuroscience / Christian Keysers and Valeria Gazzola Models, Mechanisms and Moderators Dissociating Empathy and Theory of Mind / Philipp Kanske, Anne Böckler and Tania Singer Reward: From Basic Reinforcers to Anticipation of Social Cues / Lena Rademacher, Martin Schulte-Rüther, Bernd Hanewald and Sarah Lammertz Human Cooperation and Its Underlying Mechanisms / Sabrina Strang and Soyoung Q. Park The Social Neuroscience of Interpersonal Emotions / Laura Müller-Pinzler, Sören Krach, Ulrike M. Krämer and Frieder M. Paulus Deconstructing Anger in the Human Brain Gadi Gilam and Talma Hendler On the Control of Social Approach–Avoidance Behavior: Neural and Endocrine Mechanisms / Reinoud Kaldewaij, Saskia B.J. Koch, Inge Volman, Ivan Toni and Karin Roelofs Mapping Social Interactions: The Science of Proxemics / Cade McCall Part III Clinical Implications Genetic Animal Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Jan C. Schroeder, Dominik Reim, Tobias M. Boeckers and Michael J. Schmeisser Treatment Approaches in Rodent Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Susanna Pietropaolo, Wim E. Crusio and Francesca R. D’amato Neuroimaging-Based Phenotyping of the Autism Spectrum / Boris C. Bernhardt, Adriana Di Martino, Sofie L. Valk and Gregory L. Wallace Current Practice and Future Avenues in Autism Therapy / L. Poustka and I. Kamp-Becker The Social Context Network Model in Psychiatric and Neurological Diseases / Sandra Baez, Adolfo M. García and Agustín Ibanez Social-Cognitive Deficits in Schizophrenia Daniela Mier and Peter Kirsch The Programming of the Social Brain by Stress During Childhood and Adolescence: From Rodents to Humans / Stamatina Tzanoulinou and Carmen Sandi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 978331956354 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents all Malacostracan crustaceans occurring in the Baltic Sea in water salinity from 2 to 15 psu. The Baltic sea is very special due to its low salinity and characteristic fauna. For each of the 58 species the systematic position, the origin and distribution in European waters are given, and the environmental preferences, the role in the food web and human economy described. The book describes the history of Baltic sea and the occurrence of crustaceans in its history against the terms of hydrological conditions, explaining why in the Baltic sea only part of all marine crustaceans occur. The book is richly illustrated with photographs and beautiful pictures of animals specifically prepared for this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 199 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karte
    ISBN: 9783319563541 , 978-3-319-56354-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Crustaceans in the History of the Baltic Sea 2 The Baltic Sea: A Living Environment 2.1 Salinity 2.2 Temperature 2.3 Stagnation 2.4 Oxygenation 2.5 Bottom Sediments 2.6 The Impact of Human Activities 3 The Szczecin Lagoon and Pomeranian Bay 4 The Gulf of Gdan´ sk and Vistula Lagoon 5 The Gulf of Riga 6 The Gulf of Finland 7 The Gulf of Bothnia 8 General Characteristics of Malacostraca 9 Species Accounts 9.1 Mysidacea 9.1.1 Mysis mixta 9.1.2 Mysis relicta 9.1.3 Neomysis integer 9.1.4 Hemimysis anomala 9.1.5 Praunus flexuosus 9.1.6 Praunus inermis 9.2 Cumacea 9.2.1 Diastylis rathkei 9.3 Tanaidacea 9.3.1 Heterotanais oerstedi 9.4 Isopoda 9.4.1 Saduria entomon 9.4.2 Idotea chelipes 9.4.3 Idotea balthica 9.4.4 Idotea granulosa 9.4.5 Jaera albifrons 9.4.6 Jaera ischiosetosa 9.4.7 Jaera syei 9.4.8 Jaera praehirsuta 9.4.9 Lekanesphaera hookeri 9.4.10 Lekanesphaera rugicauda 9.4.11 Eurydice pulchra 9.4.12 Cyathura carinata 9.4.13 Asellus aquaticus aquaticus 9.5 Amphipoda 9.5.1 Hyperia galba 9.5.2 Gammarus locusta 9.5.3 Gammarus duebeni 9.5.4 Gammarus zaddachi 9.5.5 Gammarus oceanicus 9.5.6 Gammarus inequicauda 9.5.7 Gammarus salinus 9.5.8 Gammarus tigrinus 9.5.9 Pontogammarus robustoides 9.5.10 Obesogammarus crassus 9.5.11 Dikerogammarus haemobaphes 9.5.12 Dikerogammarus villosus 9.5.13 Chaetogammarus ischnus 9.5.14 Chaetogammarus stoerensis 9.5.15 Calliopius laeviusculus 9.5.16 Melita palmata 9.5.17 Melita nitida 9.5.18 Monoporeia affinis 9.5.19 Pontoporeia femorata 9.5.20 Bathyporeia pilosa 9.5.21 Leptocheirus pilosus 9.5.22 Talitrus saltator 9.5.23 Talorchestia deshayesii 9.5.24 Orchestia cavimana 9.5.25 Platorchestia platensis 9.5.26 Corophium crassicorne 9.5.27 Corophium lacustre 9.5.28 Corophium volutator 9.5.29 Corophium multisetosum 9.5.30 Chelicorophium curvispinum 9.5.31 Dyopedos monacanthus 9.6 Decapoda 9.6.1 Crangon crangon 9.6.2 Palaemon adspersus 9.6.3 Palaemon elegans 9.6.4 Palaemon macrodactylus 9.6.5 Palaemonetes varians 9.6.6 Rhithropanopeus harrisii 9.6.7 Eriocheir sinensis 9.6.8 Carcinus maenas 9.6.9 Orconectes limosus 9.6.10 Pacifastacus leniusculus Further Reading 10 Non-native Crustaceans 11 Function and Importance of Crustaceans Glossary Literature
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: 9783319601878 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The purpose of this textbook is to enable a Neuroscientist to discuss the structure and functions of the brain at a level appropriate for students at many levels of study including undergraduate, graduate, dental or medical school level. It is truer in neurology than in any other system of medicine that a firm knowledge of basic science material, that is, the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the nervous system, enables one to readily arrive at the diagnosis of where the disease process is located and to apply their knowledge at solving problems in clinical situations. The authors have a long experience in teaching neuroscience courses at the first or second year level to medical and dental students and to residents in which clinical information and clinical problem solving are integral to the course.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 689 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9783319601878 , 978-3-319-60187-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1 Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1.1 The Neuron 1.2 The Nervous System 1.2.1 Peripheral Nervous System (Fig. 1.3) 1.2.2 Central Nervous System Bibliography 2 Neurocytology: Cells of the CNS 2.1 The Neuron 2.1.1 Dendrites 2.1.2 Soma 2.1.3 Golgi Type I and II Neurons 2.1.4 Dendritic Spines (Fig. 2.2) 2.1.5 Nucleus 2.1.6 Neuronal Cytoskeleton 2.1.7 Microtubules and Axoplasmic Flow 2.1.8 Neurofibrillary Tangles 2.2 Synapse 2.2.1 Synaptic Structure 2.2.2 Synaptic Types 2.2.3 Synaptic Transmission 2.2.4 Neurotransmitters (Table 2.3) 2.2.5 Modulators of Neurotransmission 2.2.6 Synaptic Vesicles (Fig. 2.16) (Table 2.4) 2.2.7 Effectors and Receptors 2.3 Supporting Cells of the Central Nervous System 2.3.1 Astrocytes (Figs. 2.6 and 2.14; Table 2.7) 2.3.2 Oligodendrocytes (Fig. 2.9) 2.3.3 Endothelial Cells 2.3.4 Mononuclear Cells: Monocytes and Microglia 2.3.5 Ependymal Cells (Fig. 2.20) 2.3.6 Supporting Cells in the Peripheral Nervous System 2.4 Response of the Nervous System to Injury 2.4.1 Degeneration 2.5 Regeneration 2.5.1 Peripheral Nerve Regeneration 2.5.2 Regeneration in the Central Nervous System 2.5.3 Neurogenesis in the Adult Brain Stem 2.5.4 Nerve Growth Factors (NGF) 2.5.5 Glial Response to Injury 2.6 Blood–Brain Barrier 2.6.1 Blood–Brain Barrier (Fig. 2.24) 2.6.2 Extracellular Space Specific References 3 Neuroembryology and Congenital Malformations 3.1 Formation of the Central Nervous System 3.2 Histogenesis 3.2.1 Repair of Damaged Nervous System 3.2.2 Growth Cone Guidance 3.2.3 Programmed Cell Death (PCD): Apoptosis 3.2.4 Neuronal Death 3.2.5 Development of Blood Vessels in the Brain 3.2.6 Ventricular System 3.2.7 Formation of Peripheral Nervous System 3.2.8 Spinal Cord Differentiation 3.3 Brain Differentiation 3.3.1 Rhombencephalon (Hindbrain) 〉 Pons, Medulla, and Cerebellum 3.3.2 Mesencephalon 〉 Adult Midbrain 3.3.3 Prosencephalon 〉 Cerebral Hemispheres and Diencephalon 3.3.4 Diencephalon 3.3.5 Cranial Nerves 3.3.6 Telencephalon 3.3.7 Primary Sulci 3.3.8 Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.4 Prenatal Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.5 Changes in the Cortical Architecture as a Function of Postnatal Age 3.6 Abnormal Development 3.6.1 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in Growth and Migration with Incomplete Development of the Brain 3.6.2 Genetically Linked Migration Disorders 3.6.3 Environmentally Induced Migration Disorder: Fetal Alcohol Syndrome 3.6.4 Malformations Resulting from Chromosomal Trisomy and Translocation 3.6.5 Malformations Resulting from Defective Fusion of Dorsal Structures 3.6.6 Malformations Characterized by Excessive Growth of Ectodermal and Mesodermal Tissue Affecting the Skin, Nervous System, and Other Tissues 3.6.7 Cutaneous Angiomatosis with Associated Malformations of the Central Nervous System 3.6.8 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in the Ventricular System Bibliography 4 Spinal Cord 4.1 Gross Anatomy 4.1.1 Spinal Cord: Structure and Function 4.1.2 Nerve Roots 4.1.3 Gray Matter 4.2 Interneurons 4.3 Central Pattern Generators 4.4 Segmental Function 4.4.1 Motor/Ventral Horn Cells 4.4.2 Sensory Receptors 4.4.3 Stretch Receptors 4.5 Nociception and Pain 4.5.1 Modulation of Pain Transmission 4.6 White Matter Tracts 4.6.1 Descending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.2 Ascending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.3 The Anterolateral Pathway 4.7 Upper and Lower Motor Neurons Lesions 4.7.1 Upper Motor Neuron Lesion (UMN) 4.7.2 Lower Motor Neuron Lesion 4.8 Illustrative Spinal Cord Case Histories 4.9 Illustrative Non-spinal Cord Cases with Involvement of Specific Peripheral Nerves: Case Histories 4.8–4.10 4.10 Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Bibliography 5 Brain Stem: Gross Anatomy 5.1 Gross Anatomical Divisions 5.1.1 Sites of Transition 5.2 Relationship of Regions in the Brain to the Ventricular System: Fig. 5.2 5.3 Gross Anatomy of Brain Stem and Diencephalon 5.3.1 Anterior Surface of Gross Brain Stem: Fig. 5.3 5.3.2 Posterior Surface of Brain Stem and Diencephalon: Fig. 5.4 5.4 Arterial Blood Supply to the Brain Stem and Diencephalon (Fig. 5.5) 5.4.1 Medulla 5.4.2 Pons 5.4.3 Midbrain 5.4.4 Diencephalon Bibliography 6 Brain Stem Functional Localization 6.1 Introduction to the Brain Stem 6.2 Differences Between the Spinal Cord and Brain Stem 6.3 Functional Localization in Brain Stem Coronal Sections and an Atlas of the Brain Stem 6.3.1 Medulla 6.3.2 Pons-Blood Supply: Basilar Artery and Its Branches 6.3.3 Midbrain Blood Supply: Basila Arrteraynd Posterio Crerebral Arteries 6.4 Midbrain Tectum 6.5 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6 Superior Colliculus 6.6.1 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6.2 Blood Supply: Posterior Cerebral Arteries 6.7 Superior Colliculus Tectum 6.8 Superior Colliculus Tegmentum 6.8.1 Superior ColliculusVentricular Zone 6.9 Functional Centers in the Brain Stem 6.9.1 Reticular Formation 6.9.2 Respiration Centers 6.9.3 Cardiovascular Centers 6.9.4 Deglutition 6.9.5 Vomiting 6.9.6 Emetic Center 6.9.7 Coughing 6.9.8 Taste 6.10 Localiozation of Dysfunction in the Cranial Nerves Associated with the Eye (Table 6.8) 6.11 Localization of Disease Processes in the Brain Stem 6.11.1 Exercise to Identify the Tracts and Nuclei in the Brain Stem (Figs. 6.10–6.14) Bibliography 7 The Cranial Nerves 7.1 How the Cranial Nerves Got Their Numbers 7.2 Functional Organization of Cranial Nerves 7.3 The Individual Cranial Nerves 7.3.1 Cranial Nerve I, Olfactory (Fig. 7.4), Special Sensory/Special Visceral Afferent 7.3.2 Cranial Nerve II, Optic (Fig. 7.5), Special Somatic Sensory 7.3.3 Cranial Nerve III, Oculomotor (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor (Somatic and Parasympathetic, Only III) 7.3.4 Cranial Nerve IV, Trochlear (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.5 Cranial Nerve VI, Abducens (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.6 Cranial Nerve V, Trigeminal (Fig. 7.7), Mixed Nerve (Sensory and Motor but No Parasympathetic) 7.3.7 Cranial Nerve VII, Facial (Fig. 7.8), Mixed Nerve (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic) 7.3.8 Cranial Nerve VIII, Vestibulocochlear (Fig. 7.9), Pure Special Somatic Sensory 7.4 Auditory Pathway 7.4.1 Cranial Nerve IX, Glossopharyngeal (Fig. 7.13), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic): Nerve to Third Pharyngeal Arch 7.4.2 Cranial Nerve X, Vagus (Fig. 7.14), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic), and Longest Cranial Nerve 7.4.3 Cranial Nerve XI, Spinal Accessory (Fig. 7.15), Pure Motor: Somatic and Visceral 7.4.4 Cranial Nerve XII, Hypoglossal (Fig. 7.16): Pure Motor Nerve 7.5 Cranial Nerve Dysfunction 7.6 Cranial Nerve Case Histories Bibliography 8 Diencephalon 8.1 Overview 8.2 Functional Organization of Thalamic Nuclei (Table 8.1) 8.2.1 Sensory and Motor Relay Nuclei: The Ventrobasal Complex and Lateral Nucleus 8.2.2 Limbic Nuclei: The Anterior, Medial, Lateral Dorsal, Midline, and Intralaminar Nuclei (Fig. 8.4) 8.2.3 Specific Associational: Polymodal/Somatic Nuclei, the Pulvinar Nuclei (Fig. 8.5) 8.2.4 Special Somatic Sensory Nuclei: Vision and Audition, the Lateral Geniculate and Medial Geniculate Nuclei of the Metathalamus (Fig. 8.5): The Special Somatic Sensory Cranial Nerves Are Cranial Nerves II and VIII 8.2.5 Nonspecific Associational 8.3 White Matter of the Diencephalon 8.4 Relationship Between the Thalamus and the Cerebral Cortex (Figs. 8.7 and 8.8) 8.5 Subthalamus (Fig. 8.3) 8.6 Thalamic Atlas Figs. 8.10, 8.11, and 8.12 8.7 Level: Midbrain, Diencephalic Junction (Fig. 8.10) 8.8 Level: Midthalamus (Fig. 8.11) 8.9 Level: Anterior Tubercle of Thalamus (Fig. 8.12) Bibliography 9 Hypothalamus, Neuroendocrine System, and Autonomic Nervous System 9.1 Hypothalamus 9.1.1 Hypothalamic Nuclei 9.1.2 Afferent Pathways 9.1.3 Efferent Pathways (Fig. 9.6) 9.1.4 Functional Stability 9.2 Neuroendocrine System, the Hypothalamus, and Its Relation to the Hypophysis 9.2.1 Hypophysis Cerebri 9.2.2 Hypothalamic–Hypophyseal Portal System 9.2.3 Hypophysiotrophic Area 9.2.4 Hormones Produced by Hypothalamus 9.2.5 Hormones Produced in Adenohypophysis (Fig. 9.12) 9.2.6 Case 9.1 9.2.7 Hypothalamus and the Autono
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: 9783319650586 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited collection of works by leading climate scientists and philosophers introduces readers to issues in the foundations, evaluation, confirmation, and application of climate models. It engages with important topics directly affecting public policy, including the role of doubt, the use of satellite data, and the robustness of models. Climate Modelling provides an early and significant contribution to the burgeoning Philosophy of Climate Science field that will help to shape our understanding of these topics in both philosophy and the wider scientific context. It offers insight into the reasons we should believe what climate models say about the world but addresses the issues that inform how reliable and well-confirmed these models are. This book will be of interest to students of climate science, philosophy of science, and of particular relevance to policy makers who depend on the models that forecast future states of the climate and ocean in order to make public policy decisions.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxiii, 497 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319650586 , 978-3-319-65058-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Elisabeth A. Lloyd and Eric Winsberg Part I Confirmation and Evidence 2 The Scientific Consensus on Climate Change: How DoWe Know We’re Not Wrong? / Naomi Oreskes 3 Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 4 Fact Sheet for “Consistency of Modeled and ObservedTemperature Trends in the Tropical Troposphere” / Ben Santer, Peter Thorne, Leo Haimberger, Karl Taylor, Tom Wigley, John Lanzante, Susan Solomon, Melissa Free, Peter Gleckler, Phil Jones, Tom Karl, Steve Klein, Carl Mears, Doug Nychka, Gavin Schmidt, Steve Sherwood, and Frank Wentz 5 Consistency of Modeled and Observed TemperatureTrends in the Tropical Troposphere / B.D. Santer, P.W. Thorne, L. Haimberger, K.E. Taylor, T.M.L. Wigley, J.R. Lanzante, S.Solomon, M. Free, P.J. Gleckler, P.D. Jones, T.R. Karl, S.A. Klein, C. Mears, D. Nychka, G.A. Schmidt, S.C. Sherwood, and F.J. Wentz 6 The Role of “Complex” Empiricism in the Debates About Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 7 Reconciling Climate Model/Data Discrepancies: The Case of the ‘Trees That Didn’t Bark’ / Michael E. Mann 8 Downscaling of Climate Information / L.O. Mearns, M. Bukovsky, S.C. Pryor, and V. Magaña Part II Uncertainties and Robustness 9 The Significance of Robust Climate Projections / Wendy S. Parker 10 Building Trust, Removing Doubt? Robustness Analysis and Climate Modeling / Jay Odenbaugh Part III Climate Models as Guides to Policy 11 Climate Model Confirmation: From Philosophy to Predicting Climate in the Real World / Reto Knutti 12 Uncertainty in Climate Science and Climate Policy / Jonathan Rougier and Michel Crucifix 13 Communicating Uncertainty to Policymakers: The Ineliminable Role of Values / Eric Winsberg 14 Modeling Climate Policies: The Social Cost of Carbon and Uncertainties in Climate Predictions / Mathias Frisch 15 Modeling Mitigation and Adaptation Policies to Predict Their Effectiveness: The Limits of Randomized Controlled Trials / Alexandre Marcellesi and Nancy Cartwright Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: 9783319578224 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents a collection of contributions that were published in "Pure and Applied Geophysics - pageoph" and which deals with the major earthquake that hit Illapel, Chile on September 16, 2015 with magnitude 8.3, and associated trans-oceanic tsunami. The subducting Nazca plate beneath the Andes caused this major earthquake, generating strong shaking, permanent deformation, free oscillations of the Earth, and tsunamis. This event occurred in the flat-angle subducting segment of the plate.The generated tsunami spread throughout the entire Pacific Ocean and was recorded by numerous coastal tide gauges and open-ocean DART stations. All articles give an up-to-date account of research in one of the most active seismic zones worldwide. An introductory article by Kenji Satake rounds this collection off.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 335 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: previously published in Pure and Applied Geophysics (PAGEOPH)
    ISBN: 9783319578224 , 978-3-319-57822-4
    ISSN: 2504-3625 , 2504-3633
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Review of Source Models of the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake and Insights from Tsunami Data / Kenji Satake and Mohammad Heidarzadeh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1450-5 Rapidly Estimated Seismic Source Parameters for the 16 September 2015 Illapel, Chile Mw 8 3 Earthquake / Lingling Ye, Thorne Lay, Hiroo Kanamori and Keith D. Koper, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1202-y Rupture Process During the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake: Zigzag-Along-Dip Rupture Episodes / Ryo Okuwaki, Yuji Yagi, Rafael Aránguiz, Juan González and Gabriel González, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1271-6 Imaging Rupture Process of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake Using the US Seismic Array / Bo Li and Abhijit Ghosh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1323-y Interseismic Coupling, Megathrust Earthquakes and Seismic Swarms Along the Chilean Subduction Zone (38°–18°S) / M. Métois, C. Vigny and A. Socquet, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1280-5 Low-Frequency Centroid Moment Tensor Inversion of the 2015 Illapel Earthquake from Superconducting-Gravimeter Data / Eliška Zábranová and Ctirad Matyska, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1252-9 Coseismic Fault Slip of the September 16, 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel, Chile Earthquake Estimated from InSAR Data / Yingfeng Zhang, Guohong Zhang, Eric A. Hetland, Xinjian Shan, Shaoyan Wen and Ronghu Zuo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1266-3 Analysis of the Illapel Mw = 8 3 Thrust Earthquake Rupture Zone Using GOCE-Derived Gradients / Orlando Álvarez, Agustina Pesce, Mario Gimenez, Andres Folguera, Santiago Soler and Wenjin Chen, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1376-y Chile2015: Lévy Flight and Long-Range Correlation Analysis of Earthquake Magnitudes in Chile / Maria P. Beccar-Varela, Hector Gonzalez-Huizar, Maria C. Mariani, Laura F. Serpa and Osei K. Tweneboah, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1334-8 Time-Based Network Analysis Before and After the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake 2015 Chile / Denisse Pastén, Felipe Torres, Benjamín Toledo, Víctor Muñoz, José Rogan and Juan Alejandro Valdivia, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1335-7 Chilean Earthquakes: Aquifer Responses at the Russian Platform / Alina Besedina, Evgeny Vinogradov, Ella Gorbunova and Igor Svintsov, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1256-5 Ionospheric Plasma Response to Mw 8 3 Chile Illapel Earthquake on September 16, 2015 / C. D. Reddy, Mahesh N. Shrivastava, Gopi K. Seemala, Gabriel González and Juan Carlos Baez, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1282-3 Remote Sensing of Atmospheric and Ionospheric Signals Prior to the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake, Chile 2015 / Mohammad Reza Mansouri Daneshvar and Friedemann T. Freund, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1366-0 Chile2015: Induced Magnetic Fields on the Z Component by Tsunami Wave Propagation / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat and M. T. A. H. Muella, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1279-y First Report on Seismogenic Magnetic Disturbances over Brazilian Sector / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat, M. T. A. H. Muella and P. R. Fagundes, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1455-0 The 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami from the Post-Tsunami Survey and Numerical Modeling Perspectives / Rafael Aránguiz, Gabriel González, Juan González, Patricio A. Catalán, Rodrigo Cienfuegos, Yuji Yagi, Ryo Okuwaki, Luisa Urra, Karla Contreras, Ian Del Rio and Camilo Rojas, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1225-4 Field Survey of the 2015 Chile Tsunami with Emphasis on Coastal Wetland and Conservation Areas / Manuel Contreras-López, Patricio Winckler, Ignacio Sepúlveda, Adolfo Andaur-Álvarez, Fernanda Cortés-Molina, Camila J. Guerrero, Cyntia E. Mizobe, Felipe Igualt, Wolfgang Breuer, José F. Beyá, Hernán Vergara and Rodrigo Figueroa-Sterquel, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1235-2 A Study of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake and Tsunami: Numerical and Analytical Approaches / Mauricio Fuentes, Sebastián Riquelme, Gavin Hayes, Miguel Medina, Diego Melgar, Gabriel Vargas, José González and Angelo Villalobos, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1305-0 Real-Time Assessment of the 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami and Implications for Near-Field Forecast / Liujuan Tang, Vasily V. Titov, Christopher Moore and Yong Wei, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1226-3 . Comparison Between Tsunami Signals Generated by Different Source Models and the Observed Data of the Illapel 2015 Earthquake / Ignacia Calisto, Matthew Miller and Iván Constanzo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1253-8 Tsunami Characteristics Along the Peru–Chile Trench: Analysis of the 2015 Mw8 3 Illapel, the 2014 Mw8 2 Iquique and the 2010 Mw8 8 Maule Tsunamis in the Near-field / R. Omira, M. A. Baptista and F. Lisboa, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1277-0 Tsunami Penetration in Tidal Rivers, with Observations of the Chile 2015 Tsunami in Rivers in Japan / Elena Tolkova, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1229-0
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: 9783319713892 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the practice of sustainability through a diverse range of case studies spanning across varied fields and areas of expertise. It provides a clear indication as to the contemporary state of sustainability in a time faced by issues such as global climate change, challenges of environmental justice, economic globalization and environmental contamination. The Palgrave Handbook of Sustainability explores three broad themes: Environmental Sustainability, Social Sustainability and Economic Sustainability. The authors critically explore these themes and provide insight into their linkages with one another to demonstrate the substantial efforts currently underway to address the sustainability of our planet. This handbook is an important contribution to the best practises on sustainability, drawn from many different examples across the fields of engineering, geology, anthropology, sociology, biology, chemistry and religion.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliv, 871 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319713892 , 978-3-319-71389-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Sustainability Definitions, Historical Context, and Frameworks / Sandra J. Garren and Robert Brinkmann Part I Environment 2 Sustainability and Natural Landscape Stewardship: A US Conservation Case Study / Johanna Kovarik 3 Policy Design for Sustainability at Multiple Scales: The Case of Transboundary Haze Pollution in Southeast Asia / Ishani Mukherjee 4 Sustainable Water Resources Management: Groundwater Depletion / Brian F. Thomas and Aimee C. Gibbons 5 America’s Path to Drinking Water Infrastructure Inequality and Environmental Injustice: The Case of Flint, Michigan / Adrienne L. Katner, Kelsey Pieper, Yanna Lambrinidou, Komal Brown, Wilma Subra, and Marc Edwards 6 Sustainable Renewable Energy: The Case of Burlington, Vermont / Sandra J. Garren 7 Greenhouse Gas Management: A Case Study of a Typical American City / Rachel M. Krause and J. C. Martel 8 Air Pollution and Greenhouse Gas Emissions in China: An Unsustainable Situation in Search of a Solution / Haakon Vennemo and Kristin Aunan 9 Waste Management Outlook for the Middle East / Salman Zafar 10 The Sustainability of Vicuña Conservation in Bolivia / Melissa Grigione, Lisa F. Daugherty, Rurik List, Jonathan Rushton, and Ronald Sarno 11 The Efficacy of Small Closures: A Tale of Two Marine Protected Areas in Canada / Ryan Stanley, Corey Morris, Paul Snelgrove, Anna Metaxas, and Pierre Pepin Part II Equity 12 Urban Social Sustainability: The Case Study of Nottingham, UK / Jenni Cauvain 13 Methods for Integrated Sustainability Assessment: The Case of Small Holder Farming in Karnataka, South India / Sheetal Patil and Seema Purushothaman 14 Japanese Women and Antinuclear Activism After the Fukushima Accident / Heidi Hutner 15 Emerging Social Movements for Sustainability: Understanding and Scaling Up Upcycling in the UK / Kyungeun Sung, Tim Cooper, and Sarah Kettley 16 Urban Vulnerability of Waste Workers in Nigerian Cities: The Case of Aba, Nigeria / Thaddeus Chidi Nzeadibe and Friday Uchenna Ochege 17 Designing Personal Sustainability into Organizational Culture: The Case of Burning Man / Morgan C. Benton and Nicole M. Radziwill 18 Political Leadership and Sustainability in Africa: Margaret Kenyatta / Jo-Ansie van Wyk 19 Environmental Law / Yumiko Nakanishi 20 Brownfield Redevelopment: Recycling the Urban Environment / Elizabeth Strom 21 Methodology for Selection of Sustainability Criteria: A Case of Social Housing in Peru / Daniel R. Rondinel-Oviedo and Christopher Schreier-Barreto 22 Treehugger Organic Farm: Visions for Small-Scale, Sustainable Agriculture in Broward, Florida / Thelma I. Velez Part III Economy 23 Economic Development and Sustainability: A Case Study from Long Island, New York / Robert Brinkmann 24 Sustainable Business / Deborah Rigling Gallagher 25 Contributing to Competitiveness in Retailing by Engaging in Sustainability: The Case of Migros / Thomas Rudolph, Kristina Kleinlercher, Marc Linzmajer, and Cornelia Diethelm 26 Environmental Purchasing in the City of Phoenix / Nicole Darnall, Lily Hsueh, Justin M.Stritch, and Stuart Bretchneider 27 The Dual Promise of Green Jobs: Sustainability and Economic Equity / Ellen Scully-Russ 28 Is Ecotourism Sustainable? A Case Study from Sri Lanka / Rathnayake Mudiyanselage Wasantha Rathnayake 29 Green Building and Sustainability: Diffusing Green Building Approaches in the UK and Germany / Kirstie O’Neill and David Gibbs 30 Green Universities: The Example of Western Kentucky University / Leslie A. North and Christian N. Ryan 31 Events, Festivals, and Sustainability: The Woodford Folk Festival, Australia / Kirsten Holmes and Judith Mair 32 We’d Like Our Clothes Back Please! Partnering with Consumers to Achieve Sustainability Goals / Diane M. Phillips and Jason Keith Phillips 33 Green IT: Hofstra University’s Information Technology Upgrades Created Unplanned Sustainable “Green Benefits” by Increasing Efficiency and Reducing Costs / Margaret Linehan and Catherine Fisher Part IV Regional and Local Examples 34 Sustainability in North America: The Canadian Experience / Mark Roseland and Maria Spiliotopoulou 35 African Sustainability and Global Governance / Timothy M. Shaw 36 Urban Sustainability in India: Evolution, Challenges and Opportunities / Shrimoyee Bhattacharya 37 Sustainability in Africa: The Service Delivery Issues of Zimbabwe / Innocent Chirisa, Liaison Mukarwi, and Abraham R. Matamanda 38 Sustainable Transportation in Mexico / Nora Munguia and Velazquez Luis 39 Sustainability in Small States: Luxembourg as a Post-suburban Space Under Growth Pressure in Need of a Cross-National Sustainability / Constance Carr 40 Florida’s Growth Management Experience: From Top-Down Direction to Laissez Faire Land Use / Aaron Deslatte 41 Planning for City Sustainability: GreenWorks Orlando Case Study / Christopher V. Hawkins 42 ZukunftGestalten@MUAS: Designing the Future at Munich University of Applied Science / Sascha Zinn and Ralf Isenmann 43 Sustainable Transportation Planning in the BosWash Corridor / Michelle R. Oswald Beiler 44 State-Sponsored Sustainability Within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi / Charles A. Matz III Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: 9783662554760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive introduction to the theory of equatorially-confined waves and currents in the ocean. Among the topics treated are inertial and shear instabilities, wave generation by coastal reflection, semiannual and annual cycles in the tropic sea, transient equatorial waves, vertically-propagating beams, equatorial Ekman layers, the Yoshida jet model, generation of coastal Kelvin waves from equatorial waves by reflection, Rossby solitary waves, and Kelvin frontogenesis. A series of appendices on midlatitude theories for waves, jets and wave reflections add further material to assist the reader in understanding the differences between the same phenomenon in the equatorial zone versus higher latitudes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-662-55476-0 , 9783662554760
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 An Observational Overview of the Equatorial Ocean 1.1 The Thermocline: The Tropical Ocean as a Two-Layer Model 1.2 Equatorial Currents 1.3 The Somali Current and the Monsoon 1.4 Deep Internal Jets 1.5 The El Niño/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 1.6 Upwelling in the Gulf of Guinea 1.7 Seasonal Variations of the Thermocline 1.8 Summary References 2 Basic Equations and Normal Modes 2.1 Model 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.3 Separation of Variables 2.4 Lamb’s Parameter, Equivalent Depths, Kelvin Phase Speeds and All that 2.5 Vertical Modes and Layer Models 2.6 Nondimensionalization References 3 Kelvin, Yanai, Rossby and Gravity Waves 3.1 Latitudinal Wave Modes: An Overview 3.2 Latitudinal Wave Modes: Structure and Spatial Symmetries 3.3 Dispersion Relations: Exact and Approximate Frequencies 3.4 Analytic Approximations to Equatorial Wave Frequencies 3.4.1 Explicit Formulas 3.4.2 Long Wave Series 3.5 Separation of Time Scales 3.6 Forced Waves 3.7 How the Mixed-Rossby Gravity Wave Earned Its Name 3.8 Hough-Hermite Vector Basis 3.8.1 Introduction 3.8.2 Inner Product and Orthogonality 3.8.3 Orthonormal Basis Functions 3.9 Applications of the Hough-Hermite Basis: Linear Initial-Value Problems 3.10 Initialization Through Hough-Hermite Expansion 3.11 Energy Relationships 3.12 The Equatorial Beta-Plane as the Thin Limit of the Nonlinear Shallow Water Equations on the Sphere References 4 The “Long Wave” Approximation & Geostrophy 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Quasi-Geostrophy 4.3 The “Meridional Geostrophy”, “Low Frequency” or “Long Wave” Approximation 4.4 Boundary Conditions 4.5 Frequency Separation of Slow [Rossby/Kelvin] and Fast [Gravity] Waves 4.6 Initial Value Problems in an Unbounded Ocean, Linearized About a State of Rest, in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7.1 The Method of Images 4.7.2 Dilated Images 4.7.3 Zonal Velocity 4.8 Forced Problems in the Long Wave Approximation References 5 The Equator as Wall: Coastally Trapped Waves and Ray-Tracing 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Coastally-Trapped Waves 5.3 Ray-Tracing For Coastal Waves 5.4 Ray-Tracing on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 5.5 Coastal and Equatorial Kelvin Waves 5.6 Topographic and Rotational Rossby Waves and Potential Vorticity References 6 Reflections and Boundaries 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Reflection of Midlatitude Rossby Waves from a Zonal Boundary 6.3 Reflection of Equatorial Waves from a Western Boundary 6.4 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary 6.5 The Meridional Geostrophy/Long Wave Approximation and Boundaries 6.6 Quasi-normal Modes: Definition and Other Weakly Non-existent Phenomena 6.7 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Derivation 6.8 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Discussion 6.9 High Frequency Quasi-free Equatorial Oscillations 6.10 Scattering and Reflection from Islands References 7 Response of the Equatorial Ocean to Periodic Forcing 7.1 Introduction 7.2 A Hierarchy of Models for Time-Periodic Forcing 7.3 Description of the Model and the Problem 7.4 Numerical Models: Reflections and “Ringing” 7.5 Atlantic Versus Pacific 7.6 Summary References 8 Impulsive Forcing and Spin-Up 8.1 Introduction 8.2 The Reflection of the Switched-On Kelvin Wave 8.3 Spin-Up of a Zonally-Bounded Ocean: Overview 8.4 The Interior (Yoshida) Solution 8.5 Inertial-Gravity Waves 8.6 Western Boundary Response 8.7 Sverdrup Flow on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 8.8 Spin-Up: General Considerations 8.9 Equatorial Spin-Up: Details 8.10 Equatorial Spin-Up: Summary References 9 Yoshida Jet and Theories of the Undercurrent 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Wind-Driven Circulation in an Unbounded Ocean: f-Plane 9.3 The Yoshida Jet 9.4 An Interlude: Solving Inhomogeneous Differential Equations at Low Latitudes 9.4.1 Forced Eigenoperators: Hermite Series 9.4.2 Hutton–Euler Acceleration of Slowly Converging Hermite Series 9.4.3 Regularized Forcing 9.4.4 Bessel Function Explicit Solution for the Yoshida Jet 9.4.5 Rational Approximations: Two-Point Padé Approximants and Rational Chebyshev Galerkin Methods 9.5 Unstratified Models of the Undercurrent 9.5.1 Theory of Fofonoff and Montgomery (1955) 9.5.2 Model of Stommel (1960) 9.5.3 Gill (1971) and Hidaka (1961) References 10 Stratified Models of Mean Currents 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Modal Decompositions for Linear, Stratified Flow 10.3 Different Balances of Forces 10.3.1 Bjerknes Balance 10.4 Forced Baroclinic Flow in the “Bjerknes” Approximation 10.4.1 Other Balances 10.5 The Sensitivity of the Undercurrent to Parameters 10.6 Observations of Subsurface Countercurrents (Tsuchiya Jets) 10.7 Alternate Methods for Vertical Structure with Viscosity 10.8 McPhaden’s Model of the EUC and SSCC’s: Results 10.9 A Critique of Linear Models of the Continuously-Stratified, Wind-Driven Ocean References 11 Waves and Beams in the Continuously Stratified Ocean 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Equatorial Beams: A Theoretical Inevitability 11.1.2 Slinky Physics and Impedance Mismatch, or How Water Can Be as Reflective as Silvered Glass 11.1.3 Shallow Barriers to Downward Beams 11.1.4 Equatorial Methodology 11.2 Alternate Form of the Vertical Structure Equation 11.3 The Thermocline as a Mirror 11.4 The Mirror-Thermocline Concept: A Critique 11.5 The Zonal Wavenumber Condition for Strong Excitation of a Mode 11.6 Kelvin Beams: Background 11.7 Equatorial Kelvin Beams: Results References 12 Stable Linearized Waves in a Shear Flow 12.1 Introduction 12.2 UðyÞ: Pure Latitudinal Shear 12.3 Neutral Waves in Flow Varying with Both Latitude and Height: Numerical Studies 12.4 Vertical Shear and the Method of Multiple Scales References 13 Inertial Instability, Pancakes and Deep Internal Jets 13.1 Introduction: Stratospheric Pancakes and Equatorial Deep Jets 13.2 Particle Argument 13.2.1 Linear Inertial Instability 13.3 Centrifugal Instability: Rayleigh’s Parcel Argument 13.4 Equatorial Gamma-Plane Approximation 13.5 Dynamical Equator 13.6 Gamma-Plane Instability 13.7 Mixed Kelvin-Inertial Instability 13.8 Summary References 14 Kelvin Wave Instability: Critical Latitudes and Exponentially Small Effects 14.1 Proxies and the Optical Theorem 14.2 Six Ways to Calculate Kelvin Instability 14.2.1 Power Series for the Eigenvalue 14.2.2 Hermite-Padé Approximants 14.2.3 Numerical Methods 14.3 Instability for the Equatorial Kelvin Wave in the Small Wavenumber Limit 14.3.1 Beyond-All-Orders Rossby Wave Instability 14.3.2 Beyond-All-Orders Kelvin Wave Instability in Weak Shear in the Long Wave Approximation 14.4 Kelvin Instability in Shear: The General Case References 15 Nonmodal Instability 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Couette and Poiseuille Flow and Subcritical Bifurcation 15.3 The Fundamental Orr Solution 15.4 Interpretation: The “Venetian Blind Effect” 15.5 Refinements to the Orr Solution 15.6 The “Checkerboard” and Bessel Solution 15.6.1 The “Checkerboard” Solution 15.7 The Dandelion Strategy 15.8 Three-Dimensional Transients 15.9 ODE Models and Nonnormal Matrices 15.10 Nonmodal Instability in the Tropics 15.11 Summary References 16 Nonlinear Equatorial Waves 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Weakly Nonlinear Multiple Scale Perturbation Theory 16.2.1 Reduction from Three Space Dimensions to One 16.2.2 Three Dimensions and Baroclinic Modes 16.3 Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.4 Dispersion and Waves 16.4.1 Derivation of the Group Velocity Through the Method of Multiple Scales 16.5 Integrability, Chaos and the Inverse Scattering Method 16.6 Low Order Spectral Truncation (LOST) 16.7 Nonlinear Equatorial Kelvin Waves 16.7.1 Physics of the One-Dimensional Advection (ODA) Equation: ut + cux + buux = 0 16.7.2 Post-Breaking: Overturning, Taylor Shock or “Soliton Clusters”? 16.7.3 Viscous Regularization of Kelvin Fronts: Burgers’ Equation And Matched Asymptotic Perturbation Theory 16.8 Kelvin-Gravity Wave Shortwave Resonance: Curving Fronts and Undulations 16.9 Kelvin Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.10 Corner Waves and the Cnoidal-Corner-Breaking Scenario 16.11 Rossby Solitary Waves 16.12 Antisymmetr
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: 9783319671222 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In this handbook social science researchers who focus on sustainability present and discuss their findings, including empirical work, case studies, teaching and learning innovations, and applied projects. As such, the book offers a basis for the dissemination of information, ideas and experiences acquired in the execution of research projects, especially initiatives which have influenced behavior, decision-making, or policy. Furthermore, it introduces methodological approaches and projects which aim to offer a better understanding of sustainability across society and economic sectors. This multidisciplinary overview presents the work of researchers from across the spectrum of the social sciences. It stimulates innovative thinking on how social sciences influence sustainable development and vice-versa
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 485 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319671222 , 978-3-319-67122-2
    Series Statement: World sustainability series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Exploring the Connections: Sustainability and Social Science Research Interplays of Sustainability, Resilience, Adaptation and Transformation / Jennifer L. Johnson, Laura Zanotti, Zhao Ma, David J. Yu, David R. Johnson, Alison Kirkham and Courtney Carothers Using Meta-Analysis in the Social Sciences to Improve Environmental Policy / Alexander Maki, Mark A. Cohen and Michael P. Vandenbergh Integrating Social Science Research to Advance Sustainability Education / Christine Jie Li, Martha C. Monroe and Tracey Ritchie Inclusive Sustainability: Environmental Justice in Higher Education / Flora Lu, Rebecca Hernandez Rosser, Adriana Renteria, Nancy Kim, Elida Erickson, Anna Sher and Lisa O’Connor Connective Methodologies: Visual Communication Design and Sustainability in Higher Education / Denielle Emans and Kelly M. Murdoch-Kitt The Teaching Green Building: Five Theoretical Perspectives / Laura B. Cole Blockchain for Good? Digital Ledger Technology and Sustainable Development Goals / Richard Adams, Beth Kewell and Glenn Parry Part II Research and Behavioral Interventions Psychological Distance and Response to Human Versus Non-Human Victims of Climate Change / Christie Manning, Hannah Mangas, Elise Amel, Hongyi Tang, Laura Humes, Rowena Foo, Vera Sidlova and Kelly Cargos Bridging the Gap Between Policy and Action in Residential Graywater Recycling / L. Bell Organizational Characteristics in Residential Rental Buildings: Exploring the Role of Centralization in Energy Outcomes / Elizabeth Hewitt Re-shuffling the Deck on Environmental Sustainability: Using a Card Sort to Uncover Perceived Behavioral Categories, Effort, and Impact in a College Environment / Casey G. Franklin and Abram Alebiosu Wind Energy and Rural Community Sustainability / Sarah Mills Achieving a Climate-Neutral Campus: A Psychological Analysis of the Participation Process with the Stage Model of Participation / Stefan Zimmermann, Thomas Bäumer and Patrick Müller Sustainability and Civic Engagement: A Communications Engagement and Education Plan / Madhavi Venkatesan, Jordan Remy and Andrew Sukeforth A Sustainable Touristic Place in Times of Crisis? The Case of Empuriabrava—A Superdiverse Mediterranean Resort / Dawid Wladyka and Ricard Morén-Alegret Social Justice and Sustainability Efforts in the U.S.-Mexico Transborder Region / Sylvia Gonzalez-Gorman Envisioning and Implementing Sustainable Bioenergy Systems in the U.S. South / John Schelhas, Sarah Hitchner and J. Peter Brosius Living Well and Living Green: Participant Conceptualizations of Green Citizenship / Erin Miller Hamilton, Meaghan L. Guckian and Raymond De Young Part III Methods and Evaluation Strategies Cognitive Mapping as Participatory Engagement in Social Science Research on Sustainability / Meaghan L. Guckian, Erin Miller Hamilton and Raymond De Young The Impact of Status and Brainstorming in Participation in Small Group Deliberations / Sandra Rodegher Promoting Participation in a Culture of Sustainability Web Survey / Heather M. Schroeder, Andrew L. Hupp and Andrew D. Piskorowski Use of Email Paradata in a Survey of Sustainability Culture / Andrew L. Hupp, Heather M. Schroeder and Andrew D. Piskorowski Innovative Instructional Module Uses Evaluation to Enhance Quality / Martha C. Monroe, Annie Oxarart, Tracey Ritchie and Christine Jie Li From Sustainable Cities to Sustainable People—Changing Behavior Towards Sustainability with the Five A Planning Approach / Petra Stieninger Hurtado Sustainability Knowledge and Attitudes - Assessing Latent Constructs / Adam Zwickle and Keith Jones Sustainability Literacy and Cultural Assessments / John Callewaert A Conceptual Framework for Designing, Embedding and Monitoring a University Sustainability Culture / Richard Adams, Stephen Martin and Katy Boom Epilogue
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: 9783319645995 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book sheds new light on the limits of adaptation to anthropogenic climate change. The respective chapters demonstrate the variety of and interconnections between factors that together constitute the constraints on adaptation. The book pays special attention to evidence that illustrates how and where such limits have become apparent or are in the process of establishing themselves, and which indicates future trends and contexts that might prove helpful in understanding adaptation limits. In particular, the book provides an overview of the most important challenges and opportunities regarding adaptation limits at different temporal, jurisdictional, and spatial scales, while also highlighting case studies, projects and best practices that show how they may be addressed. The book presents innovative multi-disciplinary research and gathers evidence from various countries, sectors and regions, the goal being to advance our understanding of the limits to adaptation and ways to overcome or modify them
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319645995 , 978-3-319-64599-5
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction: Limits to Adaptation / Johanna Nalau and Walter Leal Filho Part I Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Asia 2 Strategies and Barriers to Adaptation of Hazard-Prone Rural Households in Bangladesh / G. M. Monirul Alam, Khorshed Alam, Shahbaz Mushtaq, Most Nilufa Khatun and Walter Leal Filho 3 Governance Limits to Adaptation in Cambodia’s Health Sector / Daniel Gilfillan 4 Land-Based Strategic Model by Integrating Diverse Policies for Climate Change Adaptation in Nepal / Adish Khezri, Arbind Man Tuladhar and Jaap Zevenbergen 5 Climate Change and Migration in Bangladesh: Empirically Derived Lessons and Opportunities for Policy Makers and Practitioners / Johannes Luetz Part II Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Africa 6 Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Zimbabwe: Insights, Experiences and Lessons / Nelson Chanza 7 Pastoralists Shifting Strategies and Perceptions of Risk: Post-crisis Recovery in Damergou, Niger / Karen Marie Greenough 8 Political Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Practices: Insights from the Johannesburg Case / Karen Hetz 9 Constraints and Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Efforts in Nigeria / Idowu O. Ologeh, Joshua B. Akarakiri and Francis A. Adesina 10 Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change: Suitability of Banana Crop Production to Future Climate Change Over Uganda / Geoffrey Sabiiti, Joseph Mwalichi Ininda, Laban Ayieko Ogallo, Jully Ouma, Guleid Artan, Charles Basalirwa, Franklin Opijah, Alex Nimusiima, Saul Daniel Ddumba, Jasper Batureine Mwesigwa, George Otieno and Jamiat Nanteza 11 Local Adaptation to Climate Extremes in Domboshawa: Opportunities and Limitations / Vincent Itai Tanyanyiwa and Rejoice Madobi Part III Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Australia, North-America and Europe 12 The Limits of Imagination / Liese Coulter 13 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal East Arctic Ecosystems: Complexity and Challenges of Monitoring and Evaluation / Moktar Lamari, Line Poulin-Larivière and Johann L. Jacob 14 Limits to Adaptation on Climate Change in Bosnia and Herzegovina: Insights and Experiences / Goran Trbic, Davorin Bajic, Vladimir Djurdjevic, Vladan Ducic, Raduska Cupac, Đorđe Markez, Goran Vukmir, Radoslav Dekić and Tatjana Popov Part IV Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in the Pacific Region 15 Climate Change Adaptation Limits in Small Island Developing States / Stacy-ann Robinson 16 Limits to Coastal Adaptation in Samoa: Insights and Experiences / Richard Crichton and Miguel Esteban 17 Limits to Capital Works Adaptation in the Coastal Zones and Islands: Lessons for the Pacific / Brendan Mackey and Daniel Ware 18 A ‘Cost Barrier’ Perspective to Adaptation on a Coral Triangle Initiative (CTI) and Mangrove Rehabilitation Projects (MRP) in Solomon Islands / Michael Otoara Ha’apio, Walter Leal Filho and Morgan Wairiu 19 Customary Land and Climate Change Induced Relocation: A Case Study of Vunidogoloa Village, Vanua Levu, Fiji / Dhrishna Charan, Manpreet Kaur and Priyatma Singh 20 Limits to Adapting to Climate Change Through Relocations in Papua-New Guinea and Fiji / Dalila Gharbaoui and Julia Blocher 21 Atoll Habitability Thresholds / Mark H. N. Stege 22 Conclusions: Overcoming the Limits to Adaptation / Walter Leal Filho and Johanna Nalau
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: 9789811058011 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book contains seven parts. The first part deals with some aspects of rainfall analysis, including rainfall probability distribution, local rainfall interception, and analysis for reservoir release. Part 2 is on evapotranspiration and discusses development of neural network models, errors, and sensitivity. Part 3 focuses on various aspects of urban runoff, including hydrologic impacts, storm water management, and drainage systems. Part 4 deals with soil erosion and sediment, covering mineralogical composition, geostatistical analysis, land use impacts, and land use mapping. Part 5 treats remote sensing and geographic information system (GIS) applications to different hydrologic problems. Watershed runoff and floods are discussed in Part 6, encompassing hydraulic, experimental, and theoretical aspects. Water modeling constitutes the concluding Part 7. Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT), Xinanjiang, and Soil Conservation Service-Curve Number (SCS-CN) models are discussed. The book is of interest to researchers and practitioners in the field of water resources, hydrology, environmental resources, agricultural engineering, watershed management, earth sciences, as well as those engaged in natural resources planning and management. Graduate students and those wishing to conduct further research in water and environment and their development and management find the book to be of value
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 731 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811058011 , 978-981-10-5801-1
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library 81
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Rainfall Analysis Rainfall Probability Distribution Analysis in Selected Lateral Command Area of Upper Krishna Project (Karnataka), India / N. K. Rajeshkumar, P. Balakrishnan, G. V. Srinivas Reddy, B. S. Polise Gowdar and U. Satishkumar Analyzing Rainfall and Reservoir Release Pattern for Ajwa Reservoir: A Case Study / Pushkar Sharma and Sanskriti Mujumdar Preliminary Investigations on Localized Rainfall Interception Losses Under Real Field Observations / M. L. Gaur and Saket Kumar Probabilistic Estimation of Design Daily Runoff from Bamhani Watershed, India / Sarita Gajbhiye Meshram and Vijay P. Singh Part II Evapotranspiration Development of Generalized Higher-Order Neural Network-Based Models for Estimating Pan Evaporation / Sirisha Adamala, N. S. Raghuwanshi and Ashok Mishra Sensitivity Analysis of FAO-56 Penman–Monteith Reference Evapotranspiration Estimates Using Monte Carlo Simulations / Gicy M. Kovoor and Lakshman Nandagiri Quantification of Error in Estimation of Reference Crop Evapotranspiration by Class A Pan Evaporimeter and Its Correction / S. Praharaj, P. K. Mohanty and B. C. Sahoo Part III Urban Runoff Spatial and Temporal Analyses of Impervious Surface Area on Hydrological Regime of Urban Watersheds / Tauseef A. Ansari and Y. B. Katpatal An Assessment of Hydrological Impacts Due to Changes in the Urban Sprawl in Bhopal City and its Peripheral Urban-Rural Fringe / L. Patel, S. Goyal and T. Thomas Simulation of Urban Drainage System Using Disaggregated Rainfall Data / Vinay Ashok Rangari, K. Veerendra Gopi, N. V. Umamahesh and Ajey Kumar Patel Investigation of Drainage for Structures, Lithology and Priority (Flood and Landslide) Assessment Using Geospatial Technology, J&K, NW Himalaya / Umair Ali and Syed Ahmad Ali Hydrologic Design Parameters Database for Water Harvesting Structures in Madhya Pradesh / Ramadhar Singh, Karan Singh and D. M. Bhandarkar Application of Storm Water Management Model to an Urban Catchment / V. Swathi, K. Srinivasa Raju and Ajit Pratap Singh Part IV Soil Erosion and Sediment A Study of Erosional Depositional Activity and Land Use Mapping of Majuli River Island Using Landsat Data / Dipsikha Devi, Nilutpal Phukan and Bibhash Sarma Study of Soil Erosion and Deposition Around an Island in a Natural Stream / Snigdhadip Ghosh, Saptarshi Das and Vijay Kumar Dwivedi Impact Assessment of Alternate Land Cover and Management Practices on Soil Erosion: A Case Study / T. R. Nayak, R. K. Jaiswal, R. V. Galkate and T. Thomas Geostatistical Analysis of River Sedimentation Behavior in Kerala State / Mathew K. Jose, T. Chandramohan, B. K. Purandara and B. Venkatesh Study of Mineralogical Composition of Sediment in Brahmaputra River in Urban Stretch of Guwahati City, Assam, India / Mamata Das and Triptimoni Borah Part V Remote Sensing and GIS Applications Hypsometric Analysis for Assessing Erosion Status of Watershed Using Geographical Information System / S. K. Sharma, S. Gajbhiye, S. Tignath and R. J. Patil Assessment of Different Bathymetry Statistical Models Using Landsat-8 Multispectral Images / Omar Makboul, Abdelazim Negm, Saleh Mesbah and Mohamed Mohasseb Estimation of Minimum and Maximum Air Temperature Using MODIS Remote Sensing Imagery and Geographical Information System (GIS) / P. Sardhara Bharatkumar, P. Dholariya Jay, M. K. Tiwari and M. L. Gaur A RS and GIS Approaches for the Estimation of Runoff and Soil Erosion in SA-13 Watershed / H. N. Bhange and V. V. Deshmukh Rainwater Harvesting Structure Site Suitability Using Remote Sensing and GIS / B. K. Gavit, R. C. Purohit, P. K. Singh, Mahesh Kothari and H. K. Jain Land Surface Temperature Estimation Using Remote Sensing Data / Vijay Solanky, Sangeeta Singh and S. K. Katiyar Watershed Prioritization of Wardha River Basin, Maharashtra, India Using Morphometric Parameters: A Remote Sensing and GIS-Based Approach / B. S. Manjare, S. Khan, S. A. Jawadand and M. A. Padhye Flood Assessment of Lolab Valley from Watershed Characterization Using Remote Sensing and GIS Techniques / Mannan Bashir Wani, Syed Ahmad Ali and Umair Ali Delineation of Paleochannels in Periyar River Basin of Kerala Using Remote Sensing and Electrical Resistivity Methods / C. P. Priju, Jiby Francis, P. R. Arun and N. B. Narasimha Prasad Application of EO-1 Hyperion Data for Mapping and Discrimination of Agricultural Crops / H. Ramesh and P. P. Soorya Geomatica-Based Approach for Automatic Extraction of Lineaments from ASTER-GDEM Data, in Part of Al-Rawdah, Shabwah, Southeast Yemen / Mohammed Sultan Alshayef and Akram Javed Part VI Watershed Runoff and Floods Morpho-Mathematical Analysis of Bharar River Basin District Chhatarpur-Central India / Pradeep Kumar Jain Application of Principal Component Analysis for Grouping of Morphometric Parameters and Prioritization of Watershed / Sarita Gajbhiye Meshram and S. K. Sharma Velocity Distribution in Vortex Chamber at High Water Abstraction Ratio / Mohammad Athar and Shivani Srotriya Performance Appraisal of Friction Factor Estimators / Abhishek Mishra, Aditya Deshpande and Bimlesh Kumar Experimental Investigations of Wave Height Attenuation by Submerged Artificial Vegetation / Beena Mary John, I. Mohit Babu, Kiran G. Shirlal and Subba Rao Developing Rating Curves for Nubia Lake, Sudan, Using RS/GIS / Mohamed Elsahabi, Abdelazim Negm and Kamal Ali A Spreadsheet Approach for Prediction of Rating Curve Parameters / Mohammad Muzzammil, Javed Alam and Mohammad Zakwan Experimental Study on Role of Emergent Artificial Coastal Vegetation in Controlling Wave Run Up / Beena Mary John, R. T. Arun Vignesh, Kiran G. Shirlal and Subba Rao Development of Regional Soil Water Retention (SWR) Characteristics / R. K. Jaiswal, T. Thomas, R. V. Galkate, S. Singh and J. V. Tyagi Revision of Empirical Coefficients of Commonly Used Flood Formulae Using Flow Data from Karnataka Rivers / T. Chandramohan, Mathew K. Jose, B. K. Purandara and B. Venkatesh Reservoir Inflow Forecasting Using Extreme Learning Machines / Mukesh Kumar Tiwari and Sanjeet Kumar Quantifying Discontinuity, Connectivity, Variability, and Hierarchy in Overland Flow Generation: Comparison of Different Modeling Methods / Xuefeng Chu Nondimensional UH-Based Smoothing of S-Curve-Derived UH Oscillations / P. R. Patil, S. K. Mishra, Nayan Sharma and Vijay P. Singh Fuzzy-Based Comprehensive Evaluation of Environmental Flow Alteration / Kairong Lin, Fan Zhang, Qiang Zhang, Xinjun Tu and Yang Hu Part VII Watershed Modeling Spatial Characters of a Tropical River Basin, South-West Coast of India / Girish Gopinath, N. Ramisha, Ajith G. Nair and N. P. Jesiya Streamflow Estimation Using SWAT Model Over Seonath River Basin, Chhattisgarh, India / Sabyasachi Swain, Mani Kant Verma and M. K. Verma Revisiting the Soil Conservation Service Curve Number Method / S. K. Mishra, Vijay P. Singh and P. K. Singh Hydrological Impacts of Rejuvenating Degraded Hilly Watershed in Shivalik Region / A. K. Tiwari and V. K. Bhatt Modeling of a River Basin Using SWAT Model / B. Venkatesh, T. Chandramohan, B. K. Purandara, Mathew K. Jose and P. C. Nayak Performance of the Xinanjiang Model / A. Ahirwar, M. K. Jain and M. Perumal
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: 9783319728742 (e-books)
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate change is one of the greatest challenges of our time. As such, both the Fifth Assessment Report (AR5) released by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and the 25th Conference of the Parties (COP 25) recommendations call for action not only from government, but also from various stakeholders. Apart from the knowledge offered by modeling and forecasts, which allows the readers to understand the problem and how it is likely to develop in the future, the book highlights approaches, methods and tools that can help readers cope with the social, economic and political problems posed by climate change. In other words, the book’s goal is to accelerate developments in the field of climate change adaptation. This book gathers papers presented at the “2nd World Symposium on Climate Change Adaptation”, a joint initiative by the University of Coimbra (Portugal), the Research and Transfer Centre “Sustainable Development and Climate Change Management” at Hamburg University of Applied Sciences (Germany), and the International Climate Change Information Programme (ICCIP). The book is truly interdisciplinary, covering various key areas in the field of climate change adaptation. Its focus is on “integrative approaches to implementing climate change adaptation”, and is expected to contribute to the further development of this fast-growing field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 589 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319728742 , 978-3-319-72874-2
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Climate Change Governance and Policy Decentralized Governance and Climate Change Adaptation: Working Locally to Address Community Resilience Priorities / Erin Martin, Christopher Perine, Veronique Lee and Jeff Ratcliffe Using the Open Standards-Based Framework for Planning and Implementing Ecosystem-Based Adaptation Projects in the High Mountainous Regions of Central Asia / Paul Schumacher, Tobias Garstecki, Bunafsha Mislimshoeva, John Morrison, Benedikt Ibele, Corey Lesk, Salamat Dzhumabaeva, Umed Bulbulshoev and Shaun Martin Understanding Climate Change Adaptation: The Role of Citizens’ Perceptions and Appraisals About Extreme Weather Events / Samuel Domingos, Rui Gaspar, João Marôco and Rita Beja Diffusion of Climate Change Adaptation Policies Among Local Governments in Sub-Saharan Africa: Conceptual Review / Issah Justice Musah-Surugu, Albert Ahenkan, Justice Nyigmah Bawole and Samuel Antwi Darkwah The Politics and Governance of Negative Emissions Technologies / Klaus Radunsky Vulnerability Here, There, and Everywhere: What Happened to Ghana’s Decentralized Climate Change Adaptation Policy? / Issah Justice Musah-Surugu, Albert Ahenkan, Justice Nyigmah Bawole and Antwi Samuel Darkwah Part II Climate Change Adaptation, Resilience and Disaster Risk Management Effect of a Drought on Cork Growth Along the Production Cycle / Carla Leite, Vanda Oliveira, Alexandra Lauw and Helena Pereira Ozone Layer Depletion, Climate Change, Risks and Adaptation / Aliaksandr Krasouski and Siarhei Zenchanka Embedding Adaptation into Development Planning and Decision Making Process at the Municipal Levels in Mozambique / Luís Artur, Casimiro António, Olanda Bata, Felisberto Afonso and Gilberto Muai Promoting Private Sector Engagement in Climate Change Adaptation and Flood Resilience—A Case Study of Innovative Approaches Applied by MSMEs in Mumbai, India / Caroline Schaer and Archana Pantakar Can Young Olive Plants Overcome Heat Shock? / Márcia Araújo, Conceição Santos and Maria Celeste Dias Microclimatic Adaptations That Occurred in Urban Area in the Brazilian Cerrado Between the Years 2011–2012 and 2016 / Diana Carolina Jesus de Paula, Natallia Sanches e Souza, Marta Cristina de Jesus Albuquerque Nogueira and Flávia Maria de Moura Santos Part III Social Perceptions and Socio-cultural Dimensions of Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation Outlining Community Perceptions of Climate Change in Local Adaptation Strategies Development: The Case of ClimAdaPT.Local / Luísa Schmidt, Adriana Ferreira Alves, Susana Valente and João Morais Mourato Attitudes, Ability and Willingness: Rethinking Split-Incentives of Non-domestic Building Tenure to Overcome Energy Inertia / Kay Emblen-Perry Environmental Justice and Climate Change Adaptation in the Context of Risk Society / Maria Eduarda Medeiros da Silveira, Solange Buchele de S. Thiago, Larissa Pereira Cipoli Ribeiro, Ana Clara Medeiros da Silveira, José Baltazar Salgueirinho Osório de Andrade Guerra, Jéssica Garcia and Sthefanie Aguiar da Silva Fish Farmers’ Perceptions, Impacts and Adaptation on/of/to Climate Change in Africa (The Case of Egypt and Nigeria) / M. L. Adeleke, D. Al-Kenawy, A. M. Nasr-Allah, S. Murphy, G. O. El-Naggar and M. Dickson Environmental Migrations Without Environmental Migrants? Perceptions and Policies on Environmental and Mobility Issues / Inês Vieira Can 3D Visualizations Really Convince Small Island Coastal Communities About the True Risks of Sea Level Rise? / Attard Claudia, Galdies Charles and Conrad Elisabeth Overview of Contextual Factors When Designing and Implementing Climate Risk Communication with Rural Communities in the Global South / Elvis Modikela Nkoana Part IV Food Security and Climate Change: Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change Improving Water Productivity in Irrigated Agriculture: Challenges from Climate Change and New Water Resources Paradigms / José Manuel Gonçalves and Isabel Pedroso de Lima Promoting Sustainability Through Agro-industrial Waste Valorisation / Micael Silva, Patrícia Marques, Luís Coelho, Hartmut Nestler, Paula Castro and Cristina Galhano Are Increases in Maize Production in Malawi Due to Favourable Climate or the Farm Input Subsidy Program (FISP)? / Floney P. Kawaye and Michael F. Hutchinson Would Rainfed Agriculture Be the Right Option Under Climate Change Scenarios? A Case Study from Centro Region of Portugal / Albano Figueiredo, Carolina Alves, Joaquim Patriarca, Andreia Saavedra Cardoso, Paula Castro and João Loureiro Impact of the Light Microclimate on Photosynthetic Activity of Grape Berry (Vitis vinifera): Insights for Radiation Absorption Mitigations’ Measures / Andreia Garrido, Richard Breia, João Serôdio and Ana Cunha Is It Possible to Completely Adapt Agriculture Production to the Effects of Climate Variability and Change in Central Argentina? New Approaches in Face of New Challenges / Mónica B. Wehbe, Roberto A. Seiler, Marta G. Vinocur and Ivan E. Tarasconi Coffee Responses to Drought, Warming and High [CO 2 ] in a Context of Future Climate Change Scenarios / José Nobre Semedo, Weverton P. Rodrigues, Danielly Dubberstein, Madlles Q. Martins, Lima D. Martins, Isabel P. Pais, Ana P. Rodrigues, António E. Leitão, Fábio L. Partelli, Eliemar Campostrini, Marcelo A. Tomaz, Fernando H. Reboredo, Paula Scotti-Campos, Ana I. Ribeiro-Barros, Fernando C. Lidon, Fábio M. DaMatta and José C. Ramalho How Can Global Change Affect Insect Population Dynamics in Mediterranean Ecosystems? A Case Study with Pine Shoot Beetle and Pine Processionary Moth / Teresa Maria Vasconcelos and Isabel Maria Duarte Part V Technological approaches to Climate Change Adaptation/Innovative Approaches towards Low Carbon Economics Urban Agriculture Practices as Initiatives for Mitigation and Adaptation to Climate Change: Possibilities for Urban Farms in a South American City / Ana Valquiria Jonck, João Marcelo Pereira Ribeiro, Issa Ibrahim Berchin, Francesca Chaher Perini and José Baltazar Salgueirinho Osório de Andrade Guerra Climate Adaptation Practices in Building Constructions: Progress and Limitations in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania / Elinorata Mbuya, Nathalie Jean-Baptiste and Alphonce G. Kyessi Irrigation Water-Saving Technologies to Adapt to Global Changes in the Yellow River Basin, China: A Hetao Case Study / Qingfeng Miao, Haibin Shi, José Manuel Gonçalves and Luis Santos Pereira Emission Trading Schemes and Carbon Markets in the NDCs: Their Contribution to the Paris Agreement / Veronica Caciagli Adaptation Technologies in Water Sector Demanded by Developing Countries and the Potential of Technology Transfer of SMEs in South Korea / Ho-Sik Chon, Huncheol Im and SeJin An Erratum to: Promoting Private Sector Engagement in Climate Change Adaptation and Flood Resilience—A Case Study of Innovative Approaches Applied by MSMEs in Mumbai, India 7 Caroline Schaer and Archana Pantakar
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    facet.materialart.12
    [Berlin] : Springer
    Call number: 9783642254406 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book focusses on atmospheric processes, which directly affect human environments within the lowest 100–1000 meters of the atmosphere over regions of only a few kilometres in extent. The book is the translation into English of the third edition of the German book “Applied Meteorology – Micrometeorological Methods”. It presents, with selected examples, the basics of micrometeorology applied to disciplines such as biometeorology, agrometeorology, hydrometeorology, technical meteorology, environmental meteorology, and biogeosciences. The important issues discussed in this book are the transport processes and fluxes between the atmosphere and the underlying surface. Vegetated and heterogeneous surfaces are special subjects. The author covers the areas of theory, measurement techniques, experimental methods, and modelling all in ways that can be used independently in teaching, research, or practical applications.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 362 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: second edition
    ISBN: 9783642254406 , 978-3-642-25440-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 General Basics 1.1 Micrometeorology 1.2 Atmospheric Scales 1.3 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 1.4 Energy Balance at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.1 Net Radiation at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.2 Ground Heat Flux and Ground Heat Storage 1.4.3 Turbulent Fluxes 1.5 Water Balance Equation References 2 Basic Equations of Atmospheric Turbulence 2.1 Equation of Motion 2.1.1 Navier-Stokes Equation of Mean Motion 2.1.2 Turbulent Equation of Motion 2.1.3 Closure Techniques 2.2 Equation of the Turbulence Kinetic Energy 2.3 Flux-Gradient Similarity 2.3.1 Profile Equations for Neutral Stratification 2.3.2 Integration of the Profile Equation—Roughness and Zero-Plane Displacement 2.3.3 Monin-Obukhov’s Similarity Theory 2.3.4 Bowen-Ratio Similarity 2.4 Flux-Variance Similarity 2.5 Turbulence Spectrum 2.6 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 2.6.1 Mixed Layer Height 2.6.2 Resistance Law 2.6.3 Integral Turbulence Characteristics References 3 Specifics of the Near-Surface Turbulence 3.1 Properties of the Underlying Surface 3.1.1 Roughness—Additional Remarks 3.1.2 Zero-Plane Displacement—Additional Remarks 3.1.3 Profiles in Plant Canopies 3.2 Internal Boundary Layers 3.2.1 Definition 3.2.2 Experimental Findings 3.2.3 Thermal Internal Boundary Layer 3.2.4 Blending-Height Concept 3.2.5 Practical Relevance of Internal Boundary Layers 3.3 Obstacles 3.4 Footprint 3.4.1 Definition 3.4.2 Footprint Models 3.4.3 Application of Footprint Models 3.5 High Vegetation 3.5.1 Behaviour of Meteorological Parameters in a Forest 3.5.2 Counter Gradient Fluxes—Coherent Structures 3.5.3 Roughness Sublayer—Mixing Layer 3.5.4 Coupling Between the Atmosphere and Plant Canopies 3.6 Advection 3.7 Conditions Under Stable Stratification 3.8 Energy Balance Closure References 4 Experimental Methods for Estimating the Fluxes of Energy and Matter 4.1 Profile Method 4.1.1 Profile Method with Two Measurement Heights 4.1.2 Profile Measurements with Several Measurement Heights 4.1.3 Power-Law 4.2 Eddy-Covariance Method 4.2.1 General Basics 4.2.2 Basics in Measurement Technique 4.2.3 Applicable Correction Methods 4.2.4 Corrections in Question 4.2.5 Quality Assurance 4.2.6 Overall Evaluation 4.3 Flux-Variance Relations 4.4 Accumulation Methods 4.4.1 Eddy-Accumulations-Method (EA) 4.4.2 Relaxed Eddy-Accumulation Method (REA) 4.4.3 Disjunct Eddy-Covariance Method (DEC) 4.4.4 Surface Renewal Method 4.5 Fluxes of Chemical Substances References 5 Modeling of the Energy and Matter Exchange 5.1 Energy Balance Methods 5.1.1 Determination of the Potential Evaporation 5.1.2 Determination of the Actual Evaporation 5.1.3 Determination from Routine Weather Observations 5.2 Hydrodynamical Multilayer Models 5.3 Resistance Approach 5.4 Modelling of Water Surfaces 5.5 Boundary Layer Modelling 5.5.1 Prognostic Models for the Mixed Layer Height 5.5.2 Parametrization of the Wind Profile in the Boundary Layer 5.6 Modeling in Large-Scale Models 5.7 Large-Eddy Simulation 5.8 Area Averaging 5.8.1 Simple Area Averaging Methods 5.8.2 Complex Area-Averaging Methods 5.8.3 Model Coupling References 6 Measurement Technique 6.1 Data Collection 6.1.1 Principles of Digital Data Collection 6.1.2 Signal Sampling 6.1.3 Transfer Function 6.1.4 Inertia of a Measurement System 6.2 Measurement of Meteorological Elements 6.2.1 Radiation Measurements 6.2.2 Wind Measurements 6.2.3 Temperature and Humidity Measurements 6.2.4 Precipitation Measurements 6.2.5 Remote Sensing Methods 6.2.6 Other Measurement Techniques 6.3 Quality Assurance 6.3.1 Measurement Planning 6.3.2 Quality Control 6.3.3 Intercomparison of Measurement Devices References 7 Microclimatology 7.1 Climatological Scales 7.2 Generation of Local Climates 7.2.1 Small-Scale Changes of Climate Elements 7.2.2 Local Climate Types 7.3 Microclimate Relevant Circulations 7.3.1 Land-Sea Wind Circulation 7.3.2 Mountain-Valley Circulation 7.4 Local Cold-Air Flows 7.5 Land Use Changes and Local Climate 7.5.1 Changes of Surface Roughness 7.5.2 Changes of the Evaporation 7.5.3 Change of the Albedo 7.5.4 Degradation 7.6 Microclimatological Measurements References 8 Applied Meteorology 8.1 Examples of Applied Meteorological Applications 8.1.1 Distribution of Air Pollution 8.1.2 Meteorological Conditions of Wind Energy Use 8.1.3 Sound Propagation in the Atmosphere 8.1.4 Human Biometeorology 8.2 Perspectives of the Applied Meteorology References Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: 9783319746692 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides important insight on a range of issues focused on three themes; what new climate change information is being developed, how that knowledge is communicated and how it can be usefully applied across international, regional and local scales. There is increasing international investment and interest to develop and communicate updated climate change information to promote effective action. As change accelerates and planetary boundaries are crossed this information becomes particularly relevant to guide decisions and support both proactive adaptation and mitigation strategies. Developing new information addresses innovations in producing interdisciplinary climate change knowledge and overcoming issues of data quality, access and availability. This book examines effective information systems to guide decision-making for immediate and future action. Cases studies in developed and developing countries illustrate how climate change information promotes immediate and future actions across a range of sectors.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 219 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319746692 , 978-3-319-74669-2
    ISSN: 2352-0701 , 2352-0698
    Series Statement: Springer Climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Developing Climate Change Information 1 Science and Knowledge Production for Climate Change Adaptation: Challenges and Opportunities / Silvia Serrao-Neumann and Anne Coudrain 2 Science and Evidence-Based Climate Change Policy: Collaborative Approaches to Improve the Science–Policy Interface / Edward A. Morgan and Gabriela Marques Di Giulio 3 Conceptual Analysis of Climate Change in the Light of Society-Environment Relationships: Observatories Closer to Both Systems and Societies / Mireille Fargette, Maud Loireau, Nabil Ben Khatra, Habiba Khiari and Thérèse Libourel 4 Rethinking IPCC Expertise from a Multi-actor Perspective / Maud H. Devès, Michel Lang, Paul-Henri Bourrelier and François Valérian 5 Computational Constraint Models for Decision Support and Holistic Solution Design / Carmen Gervet Part II Communicating Climate Change Information 6 Uncertainty and Future Planning: The Use of Scenario Planning for Climate Change Adaptation Planning and Decision / Silvia Serrao-Neumann and Darryl Low Choy 7 Future Climate Narratives: Combining Personal and Professional Knowledge to Adapt to Climate Change / Liese Coulter 8 Integrating Research and Practice in Emerging Climate Services—Lessons from Other Transdisciplinary Dialogues / Susanne Schuck-Zöller, Carina Brinkmann and Simone Rödder 9 Communicating Climate Information: Traveling Through the Decision-Making Process / Ghislain Dubois, Femke Stoverinck and Bas Amelung 10 Transforming Climate Change Policymaking: From Informing to Empowering the Local Community / Michael Howes 11 Resilience and Vulnerability Assessment as the Basis for Adaptation Dialogue in Information-Poor Environments: A Cambodian Example / Chris Jacobson, Stacy Crevello, Chanseng Nguon and Chanthan Chea Part III Applying Climate Change Information: Case Studies 12 Scalable Interactive Platform for Geographic Evaluation of Sea-Level Rise Impact Combining High-Performance Computing and WebGIS Client / Agnès Tellez-Arenas, Robin Quique, Faïza Boulahya, Gonéri Le Cozannet, François Paris, Sylvestre Le Roy, Fabrice Dupros and François Robida 13 Coral Reef Monitoring Coping with Climate Change, Toward a Socio-ecological System Perspective / Gilbert David and Jean-Pascal Quod 14 The Experience of the Brazilian Climate and Health Observatory: Seeking Interaction Between Organizations and Civil Society / Renata Gracie, Diego Ricardo Xavier, Sandra de Souza Hacon, Vanderlei Matos, Heglaucio da Silva Barros, Maria de Fátima de Pina and Christovam Barcellos Part IV Conclusion 15 Informing Decisions with Climate Change Information / Liese Coulter and Anne Coudrain Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: 9789401772426 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive compilation of conceptual perspectives, methodological approaches and empirical insights of inter- and transdisciplinary sustainability science. Written by an international team of authors from leading sustainability institutions, the textbook covers key perspectives and topics of the scientific discourse on sustainable development. More than two decades after conceptualizing sustainability as societal guiding vision and regulative idea the necessity of concretizing and realizing sustainability in societal praxis is bigger than ever. Sharply improved individual and societal sustainable decision-making and action is necessary for a better future of humankind and the planet. On that account problem- and solution-oriented perspectives and competencies are crucial. The different chapters assemble an encompassing view of essential foundations and specific areas of research and action in sustainability science and practice. The textbook aims at fostering the further establishment of sustainability science in higher education and to enable the next generation of sustainability experts to tackle the challenging and exciting topic of sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 367 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9789401772426 , 978-94-017-7242-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Harald Heinrichs, Arnim Wiek, Pim Martens, and Gerd Michelsen 2 Sustainable Development – Background and Context / Gerd Michelsen, Maik Adomßent, Pim Martens, and Michael von Hauff 3 Transformational Sustainability Research Methodology / Arnim Wiek and Daniel J. Lang 4 Green and Sustainable Chemistry / Klaus Kümmerer and James Clark 5 Sustainability and Ecosystems / Henrik von Wehrden, Goddert von Oheimb, David J. Abson, and Werner Härdtle 6 Sustainability Assessment of Technologies / Sjouke Beemsterboer and René Kemp 7 Corporate Sustainability Management / Stefan Schaltegger, Erik G. Hansen, and Heiko Spitzeck 8 Sustainable Development in Economics / Michael von Hauff 9 Sustainable Development and Law / Marjan Peeters and Thomas Schomerus 10 Finance and Sustainability / Olaf Weber 11 Sustainability: Politics and Governance / Harald Heinrichs and Frank Biermann 12 Sustainability Communication / Daniel Fischer, Gesa Lüdecke, Jasmin Godemann, Gerd Michelsen, Jens Newig, Marco Rieckmann, and Daniel Schulz 13 Sustainability and Science Policy / Uwe Schneidewind, Mandy Singer-Brodowksi, and Karoline Augenstein 14 Justice and Sustainability / Sonja Klinsky and Aaron Golub 15 Sustainability Ethics / Nils Ole Oermann and Annika Weinert 16 Ocean Space and Sustainability / Jan H. Stel 17 Sustainable Landscape Development / Michael Stauffacher and Pius Krütli 18 Sustainable Development and Material Flows / Beatrice John, Andreas Möller, and Annika Weiser 19 Sustainable Energy Systems / Stefan Lechtenböhmer and Lars J. Nilsson 20 Sustainability and Health / Maud M.T.E. Huynen and Pim Martens 21 Mobility and Sustainability / Aaron Golub 22 International Development and Sustainability / Rimjhim M. Aggarwal 23 Tourism and Sustainability / David Manuel-Navarrete 24 Consumption and Sustainability / John Harlow, Michael J. Bernstein, Bastien Girod, and Arnim Wiek 25 Climate Change: Responding to a Major Challenge for Sustainable Development / Pim Martens, Darryn McEvoy, and Chiung Ting Chang 26 Art and Sustainability / Heather Sealy Lineberry and Arnim Wiek 27 Teaching and Learning in Sustainability Science / Matthias Barth 28 Education for Sustainable Development / Niko Roorda and Han van Son 29 Problem-Based and Project-Based Learning for Sustainable Development / Ron Cörvers, Arnim Wiek, Joop de Kraker, Daniel J. Lang, and Pim Martens 30 Science for Sustainability – A Societal and Political Perspective / Günther Bachmann
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319992174 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: A non-technical (but serious) treatment of those parts of Earth history leading up to human history, as well as some pre-historical aspects of humanity. Many “events” in Earth’s history necessarily preceded the emergence of human beings (and intelligence). Geology has provided us with a great deal of information about these various steps on the way to intelligent life, and how and why they were important. Some of these events were on a cosmic scale (no universe - no life!), some were planetological/astronomical (no Earth - no life), some were essentially chemical (how did life emerge in the primordial ocean and why do we have oxygen in the atmosphere?), and some were details of evolutionary history (how did life colonize the land and how did mammals develop?). In this book an enthusiastic professor of geosciences presents a broad introduction from the Big Bang to the present and into the future, lucidly explaining aspects from various disciplines to interested, non-specialist readers.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 85 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319992174 , 978-3-319-99217-4
    Series Statement: Springer-praxis books in popular science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 In the beginning….and somewhat later 3 How to make a habitable planet 4 Prebiotic chemical synthesis 5 The Origin of Life 6 Interlude 7 Photosynthesis: The Game Changer 8 The Rise of Oxygen and the origin of the Eukaryotic Cell 9 Earliest plants and animals 10 The Cambrian Explosion and emergence of “modern” body plans 11 The end of the Ordovician and the colonization of the land 12 The Permian extinction and rise of the dinosaurs 13 End of Cretaceous extinction: The end of the dinosaurs 14 The rise of mammals, the Genus Homo, and the ongoing extinction event 15 Conclusion Appendix 1. Analysis of tRNA sequences, searching for matches to modern protein amino acid sequences Appendix 2. Calculating the probability of the formation of the first protocell Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: 9783319514123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook deals with the most important items in Marine Geology, including some pioneer work. The list of topics has grown greatly in the last few decades beyond the items identified by Eugen Seibold as central and now includes prominently such things as methane and climate change; that is, the carbon cycle and the Earth system as a whole. Relevant geophysical, geochemical, sedimentological and paleontological methods are shortly described. They should allow the reader to comment on new results about plate tectonics, marine sedimentation from the coasts to the deep sea, climatological aspects, paleoceanology and the use of the sea floor. The text tries to transmit to the reader excitement of marine geological research both aboard and in modern laboratories. Basic mineralogical, geochemical, biological and other relevant data and a detailed list of books and symposia are given in an Appendix. This Introduction builds on the third edition of “The Sea Floor” by E. Seibold and W.H. Berger. While much of the original text was written by Seibold, a considerable portion of the material presented in this edition is new, taking into account the recent great shift in marine geological research, some of it with great relevance to human concerns arising in a rapidly changing world.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 268 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 29 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9783319514123 , 978-3-319-51412-3
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Basins 3 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Margins 4 Sources and Composition of Marine Sediments 5 Effects of Waves and Currents 6 Sea-Level Processes and Effects of Sea-Level Change 7 Productivity of the Ocean and Implications 8 Benthic Organisms and Environmental Reconstruction 9 Imprint of Climate Zonation on Marine Sediments 10 Deep-Sea Sediments: Patterns and Processes 11 Geologic History of the Sea: The Ice-Age Ocean 12 Cenozoic History from Deep-Ocean Drilling 13 Cretaceous Environments and Deep-Ocean Drilling 14 Resources from the Ocean Floor 15 Problems Ahead Appendix Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: 9783319500799 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book describes and analyses necessities for a more resource-efficient world. It discusses solutions for a more sustainable use of natural resources, addressing decision-makers and experts from the fields of policy development, industry, academia, civil society, and the media. The book presents strategies, concrete ways and examples of achieving more sustainable resource use in practice. Following on from two previous titles published on Factor X by the Umweltbundesamt (German Environment Agency), entitled “Factor X: Policy, Strategies and Instruments for a Sustainable Resource Use” (2013) and “Factor X: Re-source - Designing the Recycling Society” (2014), this book further investigates how savings in natural resources and resource efficiency improvements could be achieved, focusing on good practice examples that cover different resource categories, pursue different efficiency strategies and come from different sectors, e.g. innovative products or serv ices, technology, management approaches, systemic approaches, etc. The background against which this work is done has a highly comprehensive span, from the first Declaration of the Factor X Club in the nineties, to the European Commission’s Roadmap to a Resource Efficient Europe that was published in September 2011, through to the German Federal government’s German Resource Efficiency Programme (ProgRess I and II) in 2012 and 2016, the G7 Alliance for Resource Efficiency, and most recently the development and implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG).
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 452 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319500799 , 978-3-319-50079-9
    ISSN: 1389-6970
    Series Statement: Eco-Efficiency in Industry and Science volume 32
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Challenges 1 Factor X – 25 Years – “Factor X Concept” Is Essential for Achieving Sustainable Development / Harry Lehmann, Friedrich Schmidt-Bleek, and Christopher Manstein 2 Necessities for a Resource Efficient Europe / Leida Rijnhout, Magda Stoczkiewicz, and Meadhbh Bolger 3 Global Megatrends and Resource Use – A Systemic Reflection / Ullrich Lorenz, Harald Ulrik Sverdrup, and Kristin Vala Ragnarsdottir 4 Data, Indicators and Targets for Comprehensive Resource Policies / Stephan Lutter, Stefan Giljum, and Martin Bruckner 5 The Critical Raw Materials Concept: Subjective, Multifactorial and Ever-Developing / Jan Kosmol, Felix Müller, and Hermann Keßler 6 Equitable, Just Access to Natural Resources: Environmental Narratives during Worsening Climate Crises / Patrick Bond Part II Implementation Strategies 7 Circular Economy: Origins and Future Orientations / Riina Antikainen, David Lazarevic, and Jyri Seppälä 8 Financial System, and Energy and Resource Husbandry / R. Andreas Kraemer 9 Developing Resource Competence – Anchoring Resource Conservation and Efficiency in the German Education System / Carolin Baedeker, Holger Rohn, Michael Scharp, and Jaya Bowry 10 The Way from Problem Scope Towards the Vision of a Low Resource Society – The First Working Period of the Resources Commission at the German Environment Agency (KRU) / Sascha Hermann and Christa Liedtke 11 Implementing Resource Efficiency in Europe – Overview of Policies, Instruments and Targets in 32 European Countries / Paweł Kaźmierczyk 12 The Resource Nexus and Resource Efficiency: What a Nexus Perspective Adds to the Story / Raimund Bleischwitz and Michal Miedzinski 13 Germany’s Resource Efficiency Agenda: Driving Momentum on the National Level and Beyond / Reinhard Kaiser 14 Results of Three Cost-Effective, Innovative and Transferable Resource-Efficiency Instruments for Industries in the Basque Country / Ander Elgorriaga Kunze and Ignacio Quintana San Miguel 15 The Circular Economy Package of the European Union / Joachim Wuttke 16 Saving Natural Resources Through Conversion and Constructional Densification in Urban Areas: Ecological Potentials and Limits / Daniel Reißmann and Matthias Buchert 17 The Path to Degrowth for a Sustainable Society / Serge Latouche Part III Examples of Good Practice 18 Social Innovation Repair – The R.U.S.Z Case: A Systemic Approach Contributing to the Unplanned Obsolescence of Capitalism / Sepp Eisenriegler and Greta Sparer 19 Resource Efficiency in the Building Sector / Klaus Dosch 20 Eco Efficiency and Circular Production: Cases from the Netherlands’ Eastern Region / Frank A.G. den Butter and Harry A.A.M. Webers 21 An Approach to Identify Resource Patterns on a Neighborhood Level / Magnus Österbring, Leonardo Rosado, Holger Wallbaum, and Paul Gontia 22 Strategic Business Examples from Finland: The Growth of the Smartup Industry / Tuuli Kaskinen, Satu Lähteenoja, Mikael Sokero, and Iiris Suomela 23 Circular Flanders: Adaptive Policy for a Circular Economy / Sam Deckmyn 24 The 100 Companies Project Resource Efficient Practice Cases from Producing Industry / Mario Schmidt 25 Lifestyle Material Footprint of Finnish Households – Insights, Targets, Transitions / Michael Lettenmeier 26 Construction 4.0: The LifeCycle Tower and Digitalised Timber Construction / Hubert Rhomberg 27 Protect Resources, Strengthen the Economy: Good Examples for Resource Efficiency in Industry and Handicraft Businesses / Peter Jahns 28 Chemical Leasing: A Business Model to Drive Resource Efficiency in the Supply Chain / Reinhard Joas, Veronika Abraham, and Anke Joas 29 Resource Efficiency for the Manufacturing Industries – A Holistic Approach / Werner Maass, Christof Oberender, and Martin Vogt 30 Towards a Resource Efficient and Greenhouse Gas Neutral Germany 2050 / Jens Günther, Harry Lehmann, Ullrich Lorenz, David Pfeiffer, and Katja Purr 31 Pope Francis’ Encyclical Laudato Si’ as a Catalyst for Societal Transformation? Critical Remarks and Presentation of an Inspired Exemplary Project as a Driver for Sustainability / Ulrich Bartosch, Christian Meier, and Till Weyers Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319540542 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Do you know silica, the tetrahedra of silicon and oxygen constituting the crystals of New Agers and the desiccant in a box of new shoes? It's no mere mundane mineral. As chemically reacting silicate rocks, silica set off the chain of events known as the origin of life. As biomineralized opal, it is the cell wall, skeleton, spicules, and scales of organisms ornamenting numerous lobes of the tree of life. Cryptocrystalline silica made into stone tools helped drive the evolution of our hands and our capability for complex grammar, music, and mathematics. As quartz crystals, silica is impressively electric and ubiquitous in modern technology (think sonar, radios, telephones, ultrasound, and cheap but precise watches). Silica is inescapable when we take a drink or mow the lawn and it has already started to save the Earth from the carbon dioxide we're spewing into the atmosphere. This book tells these scientific tales and more, to give dear, modest silica its due.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 201 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319540542 , 978-3-319-54054-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 A Brief Introduction to the Players 1.1 Silicon 1.2 Silica 1.3 Silicic Acid 1.4 Silicate 1.5 Silicone 2 The Origin of Life Was Brought to You in Part by Silicate Rocks 2.1 Setting the Stage 2.2 A Flight of Fancy 2.3 The Early Earth Was Not Hellacious 2.4 A Fly in the Soup 2.5 The Lost City 2.6 Generating Organic Compounds 2.7 Inventing Metabolism 2.8 The World’s Earliest Biological Carbon Fixation 2.9 Replication Further Reading 3 The Making of Humankind: Silica Lends a Hand (and Maybe a Brain) 3.1 Stone Tools and Their Makers 3.1.1 The Earliest Stone Tools 3.1.2 The Oldowan Industry and Its Practitioners 3.1.3 The Acheulean Industry and Its Practitioners 3.1.4 Neanderthals and the Levallois Technique 3.1.5 Homo sapiens 3.2 Hands and Brains 3.2.1 Give Us a Hand 3.2.2 If I Only Had a Brain Further Reading 4 Mystical Crystals of Silica 4.1 What Is a Crystal? 4.2 Pyroelectricity 4.3 Piezoelectricity 4.4 Sonar 4.5 Quartz Oscillators 4.6 But Why Is There a Piezoelectric Effect? Further Reading 5 Glass Houses and Nanotechnology 5.1 Silica-Centric Musings on the Origin of Biomineralization 5.2 The Early Fossil Record of Silica Biomineralization 5.3 Not All Biomineralization Is Silica Biomineralization 5.4 The World’s First Arms Race 5.5 How to Make a Glass House: Man Versus Nature 5.5.1 Man 5.5.2 Nature 5.6 Some Silica Biomineralizing Organisms that We Are Learning From 5.6.1 Choanoflagellates 5.6.2 Siliceous Sponges 5.6.3 Diatoms 5.7 Siliceous Nanotechnology Further Reading 6 Chicks Need Silica, Too 6.1 It’s All About the Chicks 6.2 Silicosis 6.3 The Dog Days of Silica Medical Research 6.4 Collagen 6.5 Do Human Beings Require Silica? 6.6 To Supplement or not to Supplement 6.7 Silica, Aluminum, and Alzheimer’s Disease Further Reading 7 Of Fields, Phytoliths, and Sewage 7.1 All Plants Have Silica 7.2 Opal Phytoliths 7.3 The Benefits of Opal Phytoliths and of Dissolved Silica 7.4 Is Silica an Essential Plant Nutrient? 7.5 Impact of Agriculture on the Silica Cycle 7.6 The Growing Creep of Silica Removal 7.7 Let’s Go for a Walk Through Time 7.8 Silica in Sewage 7.9 A Plea for Hardy Souls Further Reading 8 Silica, Be Dammed! 8.1 To Put It in a Nutshell 8.2 A Brief History of Human Damming, or How Long Has This Been Going on 8.3 Dams and Silica 8.4 Dams, Eutrophication, and Silica 8.5 Case Study #1: The Laurentian Great Lakes 8.6 Case Study #2: The Baltic Sea 8.7 Case Study #3: The Black Sea 8.8 The Global View Further Reading 9 The Venerable Silica Cycle 9.1 The Silica Cycle 9.2 Silicate Weathering 9.3 Getting Silica from Continent to Ocean 9.4 The Weathering of Oceanic Crust 9.5 Silica Biomineralization in the Ocean 9.6 Silica’s Return to the Mantle 9.7 The Earth’s Early Ocean Was a Tremendously Siliceous Place 9.8 Silica, Cyanobacteria, and Banded Iron Formations 9.9 And then Along Came True Silica Biomineralization Further Reading 10 Silica Saves the Day 10.1 The Goldilocks Zone 10.2 Most of Us Can Model 10.2.1 The Warmth of the Sun 10.2.2 Albedo, Which Is Not a Pasta Sauce 10.2.3 Emissivity 10.3 The Importance of Greenhouse Gases 10.4 Silicate Weathering Consumes Carbon Dioxide 10.5 The Temperature Dependence of Silicate Weathering 10.6 The Paleocene-Eocene Thermal Maximum 10.7 Enhanced Weathering Further Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319595979 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook introduces fundamental dynamics of tropical atmosphere and ocean useful for advanced graduate courses in atmospheric and climate sciences. It presents an overview of simple atmospheric and oceanic models, as well as the observed phenomena associated with major climate modes in the tropics. It provides students with an up-to-date understanding of the dynamics of tropical climate and weather phenomena. A particular focus is given to scale interactions and atmosphere-ocean interactions associated with tropical mean climate (such as ITCZ asymmetry and annual cycles), synoptic-scale variability (such as synoptic wave trains, easterly waves and tropical cyclones), intraseasonal oscillations (such as Madden-Julian Oscillation and boreal summer intraseasonal oscillation), and interannual variability (such as El Niño-Southern Oscillation and Indian Ocean Dipole). Theoretical and conceptual models are presented for better understanding of physical mechanisms behind the observational phenomena. This book aims to motivate graduate students in atmospheric sciences and oceanography by providing them with the key methods and tools necessary to conduct research.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 229 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319595979 , 978-3-319-59597-9
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Simple Dynamic Frameworks for Tropical Atmosphere and Ocean 1.1 Free Waves in an Equatorial Beta-Plane 1.2 Vertical Mode Separation in a Stratified Atmosphere 1.3 The Gill Model 1.4 The Lindzen–Nigam Model 1.5 The Cane–Zebiak Simple Coupled Atmosphere–Ocean Model 1.6 A 2.5-Layer Tropical Atmospheric Model 1.7 A 2.5-Layer Tropical Oceanic Model References 2 Roles of Air–Sea Interaction in Shaping Tropical Mean Climate 2.1 ITCZ Asymmetry 2.2 Theories 2.3 Effects of Asymmetric Land Mass and Coastal Geometry 2.4 Annual Cycle at the Equator References 3 Madden-Julian Oscillation: Observations and Mechanisms 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Observed Structure and Evolution Features 3.3 Mechanisms for Eastward Propagation 3.4 Initiation Mechanisms 3.5 Boreal Summer Intraseasonal Oscillation (BSISO) 3.6 Interactions with High-Frequency Eddies References 4 Tropical Cyclone Formation 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Precursor Synoptic Signals 4.3 Origin of Synoptic-Scale Wave Trains and Easterly Waves in WNP 4.4 Numerical Simulations of TC Genesis 4.5 MJO and ENSO Impacts 4.6 Projection of Future TC Changes Under Global Warming 4.7 Concluding Remark References 5 Dynamics of El Niño–Southern Oscillation 5.1 Observed Structure and Evolution 5.2 Instability Mechanisms 5.3 Oscillation Theories 5.4 Phase Locking to the Annual Cycle 5.5 El Niño and La Niña Amplitude Asymmetry 5.6 El Niño and La Niña Evolution Asymmetry 5.7 Modulation of Interdecadal Mean State on El Niño Behavior 5.8 Indian Ocean Dipole References 6 Monsoon Dynamics and Its Interactions with Ocean 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Theories on Tropospheric Biennial Oscillation (TBO) 6.3 Quasi-Biennial and Lower-Frequency Variability of the Monsoon 6.4 Pacific–East Asia Teleconnection 6.5 Effects of Indian Ocean and WNP SSTA on Circulation in WNP 6.6 Modulation of the Monsoon Mean Flow on El Niño Response 6.7 Inter-monsoon Relationships 6.8 Effect of Aerosol on Monsoon References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 9783319660929 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents recent developments in atmospheric sciences driven by numerical modeling which makes use of geospatial technologies and increasing computational power. It gathers examples of how geoinformatics supports meteorological, climatological and water-related studies. One of the most important features of geospatial technologies is that they provide methods and tools which may be utilized in real time or near real time in order to monitor and predict atmospheric processes. This is particularly crucial in areas where dynamics of atmospheric phenomena is considerable and causes difficulties in accurate forecasting. One of such areas is the transitional zone between oceanic and continental features of the mid-latitude climate. Good examples of investigations into the transitional zone come from Poland and its neighboring countries. The topical volume provides the reader with a selection of papers on physically-based and data-based modelling of weather-related phenomena over Poland. This main theme of the topical volume is extended to cover case studies on the use of geoinformatics in atmospheric studies in other regions at a range of spatial scales.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 274 Seiten) , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319660929 , 978-3-319-66092-9
    ISSN: 2504-3625 , 2504-3633
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Geoinformatics and Atmospheric Science: Introduction / Tomasz Niedzielski and Krzysztof Migała Biweekly Sea Surface Temperature over the South China Sea and its association with the Western North Pacific Summer Monsoon / B. H. Vaid North Equatorial Indian Ocean Convection and Indian Summer Monsoon June Progression: a Case Study of 2013 and 2014 / Ramesh Kumar Yadav and Bhupendra Bahadur Singh Sensitivity Study of Cloud Cover and Ozone Modeling to Microphysics Parameterization / Kinga Wałaszek, Maciej Kryza, Mariusz Szymanowski, Małgorzata Werner and Hanna Ojrzyńska High-Resolution Dynamical Downscaling of ERA-Interim Using the WRF Regional Climate Model for the Area of Poland Part 1: Model Configuration and Statistical Evaluation for the 1981–2010 Period / Maciej Kryza, Kinga Wałaszek, Hanna Ojrzyńska, Mariusz Szymanowski, Małgorzata Werner and Anthony J. Dore High-Resolution Dynamical Downscaling of ERA-Interim Using the WRF Regional Climate Model for the Area of Poland Part 2: Model Performance with Respect to Automatically Derived Circulation Types / Hanna Ojrzyńska, Maciej Kryza, Kinga Wałaszek, Małgorzata Werner, Małgorzata Werner and Anthony J. Dore Aerosol-Radiation Feedback and PM10 Air Concentrations Over Poland / Małgorzata Werner, Maciej Kryza, Carsten Ambelas Skjøth, Kinga wałaszek, Anthony J. Dore, Hanna Ojrzyńska and Jan Kapłon 2 The Relevance of Surface Roughness Data Qualities in Diagnostic Modeling of Wind Velocity in Complex Terrain: A Case Study from the Śnieżnik Massif (SW Poland) / Kacper Jancewicz and Mariusz Szymanowski The Role of Auxiliary Variables in Deterministic and Deterministic-Stochastic Spatial Models of Air Temperature in Poland / Mariusz Szymanowski and Maciej Kryza Spatial Interpolation of Ewert’s Index of Continentality in Poland / Mariusz Szymanowski, Piotr Bednarczyk, Maciej Kryza and Marek Nowosad Geospatial Predictive Modelling for Climate Mapping of Selected Severe Weather Phenomena Over Poland: A Methodological Approach / Ewelina Walawender, Jakub P. Walawender and Zbigniew Ustrnul Geocomputation and Spatial Modelling for Geographical Drought Risk Assessment: A Case Study of the Hustopeče Area, Czech Republic / Aleš Ruda, Jaromír Kolejka and Kateřina Batelková The Use of Geospatial Technologies in Flood Hazard Mapping and Assessment: Case Study from River Evros / Angeliki Mentzafou, Vasiliki Markogianni and Elias Dimitriou Regional L-Moment-Based Flood Frequency Analysis in the Upper Vistula River Basin, Poland / A. Rutkowska, M. Żelazny, S. Kohnová, M. Łyp and K. Banasik GNSS Vertical Coordinate Time Series Analysis Using Single-Channel Independent Component Analysis Method / Wei Peng, Wujiao Dai, Rock Santerre, Changsheng Cai and Cuilin Kuang
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 9783319543376 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This highly interdisciplinary book studies historical famines as an interface of nature and culture. It will bring together researchers from the natural and social sciences as well as the humanities. With reference to recent interdisciplinary concepts (disaster studies, vulnerability studies, environmental history) it will examine, how the dominant opposition of natural and cultural factors can be overcome. Such an integrated approach includes the "archives of nature" as well as "archives of man". It challenges deterministic models of human-environment interaction and replaces them with a dynamic, historicising approach. As a result it provides a fresh perspective on the entanglement of climate and culture in past societies.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 269 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319543376 , 978-3-319-54337-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Famines: At the Interface of Nature and Society / Dominik Collet and Maximilian Schuh Part II Interdisciplinary Approaches 2 The European Mortality Crises of 1346–52 and Advent of the Little Ice Age / Bruce M.S. Campbell 3 Combining Written and Tree-Ring Evidence to Trace Past Food Crises: A Case Study from Finland / Heli Huhtamaa Part III Socionatural Entanglements 4 Two Decades of Crisis: Famine and Dearth During the 1480s and 1490s in Western and Central Europe / Chantal Camenisch 5 Climate and Famines in the Czech Lands Prior to AD 1500: Possible Interconnections in a European Context / Rudolf Brázdil, Oldřich Kotyza and Martin Bauch 6 Food Insecurity and Political Instability in the Southern Red Sea Region During the ‘Little Ice Age,’ 1650–1840 / Steven Serels Part IV Coping 7 The Role of Climate and Famine in the Medieval Eastern Expansion / Andreas Rüther 8 Famines in Late Medieval and Early Modern Italy: A Test for an Advanced Economy / Guido Alfani 9 Bread for the Poor: Poor Relief and the Mitigation of the Food Crises of the 1590s and the 1690s in Berkel, Holland / Jessica Dijkman 10 Educationalizing Hunger. Dealing with the Famine of 1770/71 in Zurich / Andrea De Vincenti Part V Perceiving and Remembering 11 Starvation Under Carolingian Rule. The Famine of 779 and the Annales Regni Francorum / Stephan Ebert 12 Staging the Return to Normality. Socio-cultural Coping Strategies with the Crisis of 1816/1817 / Maren Schulz 13 Remembering Hunger. Museums and the Material Culture of Famine / Andrea Fadani
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: 9783319679853 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: You hold in your hands the most original guide to understanding the oil and gas world - from exploration and production to the related economics and geopolitics. Tim Daley has spent years travelling the world and living as an expatriate in a quest to secure resources and meet humanity’s energy demands. After several decades in the hydrocarbon business, he was keen to write a book about his experiences in an easily accessible language, enabling everyone to grasp the technicalities involved in evaluating the resources that lie beneath our feet. If you want to learn how hydrocarbons are discovered and produced, Tim’s explanations have the added colour of vivid descriptions of the sites discussed and allow you to meet some of the most important characters in the industry, and to gain new insights into this global industry. In addition, the depictions of key events and locations add an element of national politics and travelogue feel. This book is intended for all members of the general public interested in how hydrocarbon resources are discovered, providing a concise account of how oil geologists view the subsurface, and illustrated by the author’s personal experiences in countries around the world. The book will also be of interest to ex-oil industry workers, allow geologists to compare the author’s experiences to their own, and provide non-geologists essential insights into how the oil is won. Written in an informal style, it makes for a relaxing yet informative reading experience.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 231 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319679853 , 978-3-319-67985-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Rocks Work 2 Oil Play 3 Drilling Reflections 4 Interpretation in Time 5 New Adventures 6 The Field of Prospects 7 Gas on Tap 8 The Price of Oil Glossary
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 9783319704791 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This comprehensive handbook provides a unique overview of the theory, methodologies and best practices in climate change communication from around the world. It fosters the exchange of information, ideas and experience gained in the execution of successful projects and initiatives, and discusses novel methodological approaches aimed at promoting a better understanding of climate change adaptation. Addressing a gap in the literature on climate change communication and pursuing an integrated approach, the handbook documents and disseminates the wealth of experience currently available in this field. Volume 3 of the handbook provides case studies from around the world, documenting and disseminating the wealth of experiences available. 
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 398 Seiten) , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    ISBN: 9783319704791 , 978-3-319-70479-1
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents In Search of New Narratives for Informed Decisions on Climate Change Crisis in the African Drylands / Aliyu Barau and Adamu Idris Tanko Assessing High School Student Perceptions and Comprehension of Climate Change / Ulisses M. Azeiteiro, P. Bacelar-Nicolau, P. T. Santos, L. Bacelar-Nicolau and F. Morgado A Sustainability Livelihood Approach (SLA) Model for Assessing Disaster Preparedness and Resilience of the People: Case Study of Cox’s Bazar Sadar Upazila in Bangladesh / Md. Mokhlesur Rahman and Weifeng Li Loving Glacier National Park Online: Climate Change Communication and Virtual Place Attachment / Salma Monani, Sarah Principato, Dori Gorczyca and Elizabeth Cooper Understanding Communication Needs: A Marikina Barangay Experience Linking Flooding to Climate Change Communication / Charlotte Kendra Gotangco and Inez Ponce de Leon Climate: The Great Maestro of Life on Earth. History, Didactics and Case Studies / Maria Rosário Bastos, Joana Gaspar de Freitas and João Pedro Cunha Ribeiro Children Communicating on Climate Change: The Case of a Summer Camp at a Greek Island / Constantina Skanavis and Aristea Kounani Communicating the IPCC: Challenges and Opportunities / Jonathan Lynn Performative Methods for Climate Change Communication in Academic Settings: Case Study of the Freiburg Scientific Theatre / Sadhbh Juárez-Bourke Watershed Discipleship: Communicating Climate Change Within a Christian Framework: A Case Study Analysis / Cherice Bock Assessment of Outdoor Workers Perception Working in Extreme Hot Climate / Haruna Musa Moda and Abdullah Alshahrani Games for Knowledge Transfer and as a Stimulus for Climate Change Mitigation in Agriculture—Lessons Learned from a Game Prototype / Anja Hansen, Kathrin Schneider and Johanna Lange Climate Impacts for German Schools—An Educational Web Portal Solution / Ines Blumenthal, Carolin Schlenther, Simon Hirsbrunner, Manfred Stock and Thomas Nocke Communicating Climate Change in a Museum Setting—A Case Study / Bettina C. Lackner, Sajeev Erangu Purath Mohankumar, Matthias Damert, Daniel Petz, Lukas Meyer, Roman Klug and Barbara Reiter Climate Change Communication in Higher Education Institutions: The Case of the North-West University in South Africa / Paola Villavicencio Calzadilla, Romain Mauger and Anél Du Plessis Traditional Ecological Knowledge as a Contribution to Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation: The Case of the Portuguese Coastal Populations / Joana Gaspar de Freitas, Maria Rosário Bastos and João Alveirinho Dias Building Carbon Literacy: How the Irish Press Normalise Public Discussion About Climate Mitigation Actions / Brenda McNally Climate Change Communication and User Engagement: A Tool to Anticipate Climate Change / Marta Terrado, Isadora Christel, Dragana Bojovic, Albert Soret and Francisco J. Doblas-Reyes Encouraging 10,000 Staff to Take Action on Sustainability: A Case Study of a Sustainability Engagement Programme in Higher Education / Lucy Millard Disseminating Climate Change: The Role of Museums in Activating the Global Public / Morien Rees and Walter Leal Filho Engaging People with Climate Change Through Museums / Henry McGhie, Sarah Mander and Ralph Underhill Considering the Role of Government in Communicating Climate Change: Lessons from the US Public Flood Insurance Program / Chad J. McGuire Istanbul’s Vulnerability to Climate Change: An Urban Sectors’ Based Assessment / Aysun Aygün and Tüzin Baycan Enhancing Intergenerational Communication Around Climate Change / Susan A. Brown and Raichael Lock
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319292793 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gives a unique insight into the current knowledge of krill population dynamics including distribution, biomass, production, recruitment, growth and mortality rates. Detailed analysis is provided on food and feeding, reproduction and krill behaviour. The volume provides an overview on the aspects of natural challenges to the species, which involve predation, parasites and the commercial exploitation of the resource and its management. A chapter on genetics shows the results of population subdivision and summarizes recent work on sequencing transcriptomes for studying gene function as part of the physiology of live krill. The focus of Chapter 4 is on physiological functions such as biochemical composition, metabolic activity and growth change with ontogeny and season; and will demonstrate which environmental factors are the main drivers for variability. Further discussed in this chapter are the bottle necks which occur in the annual life cycle of krill, and the mechanisms krill have adapted to cope with severe environmental condition.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319292793 , 978-3-319-29279-3
    ISSN: 2468-5712 , 2468-5720
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introducing Antarctic Krill Euphausia superba Dana, 1850 / Volker Siegel 2 Distribution, Biomass and Demography of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Volker Siegel and Jonathan L. Watkins 3 Age, Growth, Mortality, and Recruitment of Antarctic Krill, Euphausia superba / Christian S. Reiss 4 Physiology of Euphausia superba / Bettina Meyer and Mathias Teschke 5 Feeding and Food Processing in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba Dana) / Katrin Schmidt and Angus Atkinson 6 Reproduction and Larval Development in Antarctic Krill (Euphausia superba) / So Kawaguchi 7 Genetics of Antarctic Krill / Simon N. Jarman and Bruce E. Deagle 8 Swarming and Behaviour in Antarctic Krill / Geraint A. Tarling and Sophie Fielding 9 The Importance of Krill Predation in the Southern Ocean / Philip N. Trathan and Simeon L. Hill 10 Parasites and Diseases / Jaime Go´mez-Gutie´rrez and Jose´ Rau´l Morales-A´ vila 11 The Fishery for Antarctic Krill: Its Current Status and Management Regime / Stephen Nicol and Jacqueline Foster Glossary Subject Index Genera and Species Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: 9783319613468 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book discusses regional and international climate-change, air- pollution and human-health scenarios. The research, from both industrialized and developing countries, focuses on region-specific perspectives of climate change impacts on air pollution. After analyzing the variations of climate data over recent decades, the authors consider the different effects of climate change on air pollution and health.  As stressed by the IPCC, “pollen, smoke and ozone levels are likely to increase in a warming world, affecting the health of residents of major cities. Rising temperatures will worsen air quality through a combination of more ozone in cities, bigger wild fires and worse pollen outbreaks,” according to a major UN climate report. The report follows the World Health Organization in finding that air pollution is the world’s greatest environmental health risk, killing 7 million people in 2014  (compared to 0.4 million deaths due to malaria). Deteriorating air quality will most affect the elderly, children, people with chronic ill-health and expectant mothers. Another report suggests that more than 5.5 million people die prematurely each year due to air pollution with over half of those deaths occurring in China and India. A study on the air pollution in the USA,suggests that more than half of US population lives in areas with potentially dangerous air pollution, and about six out of 10 of the top cities for air pollution in the USA are located in the state of California. In the face of future climate change, scientists have urged stronger emission controls to avoid worsening air pollution and the associated exacerbation of health problems, especially in more populated regions of the world. It is hoped that the implementation of the Paris Climate Agreement will help minimize air pollution. Additionally the authors consider the various measures that different countries and groups of countries, like the European Union, have adopted to mitigate the problems arising from climate change and to safeguard the health of population. The book examines the increasing incidence of diseases largely caused by climate change. The countries/regions covered in this study include the USA, Northern Europe (U.K).,Southern Europe ( Italy), Canada, Australia, East Asia,  Russia, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, India, South Africa, Mexico, Brazil, Caribbean countries, and Argentina.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 430 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319613468 , 978-3-319-61346-8
    ISSN: 2352-0698 , 2352-0701
    Series Statement: Springer Climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introductory 1 Climate Change and Air Pollution: An Introduction / Rais Akhtar and Cosimo Palagiano 2 Air Quality in Changing Climate: Implications for Health Impacts / Sourangsu Chowdhury and Sagnik Dey 3 International Conferences on Sustainable Development and Climate from Rio de Janeiro to Paris / Giovanni De Santis and Claudia Bortone 4 COP21 in Paris: Politics of Climate Change / Rais Akhtar Part II Case Studies: Developed Countries/Regions 5 Climate Change Impacts on Air Pollution in Northern Europe / Ruth M. Doherty and Fiona M. O’Connor 6 The Impact of Climate Change and Air Pollution in the Southern European Countries / Cosimo Palagiano and Rossella Belluso 7 Canada: Climate Change, Air Pollution and Health / Stefania Bertazzon and Fox Underwood 8 Climate Change, Forest Fires, and Health in California / Ricardo Cisneros, Don Schweizer, Leland (Lee) Tarnay, Kathleen Navarro, David Veloz, and C. Trent Procter 9 Air Pollution and Climate Change in Australia: A Triple Burden / Colin D. Butler and James Whelan 10 Epidemiological Consequences of Climate Change (with Special Reference to Malaria in Russia) / Svetlana M. Malkhazova, Natalia V. Shartova, and Varvara A. Mironova 11 Climate Change and Projections of Temperature-Related Mortality / Dmitry Shaposhnikov and Boris Revich 12 Climate Change and Air Quality in Southeastern China: Hong Kong Study / Yun Fat Lam Part III Case Studies: Developing Countries/Regions 13 Trends and Seasonal Variations of Climate, Air Quality, and Mortality in Three Major Cities in Taiwan / Mei-Hui Li 14 Climate Change and Urban Air Pollution Health Impacts in Indonesia / Budi Haryanto 15 Climate Change and Air Pollution in Malaysia / Nasrin Aghamohammadi and Marzuki Isahak 16 Climate Change, Air Pollution, and Human Health in Bangkok / Uma Langkulsen and Desire Rwodzi 17 Climate Change, Air Pollution and Human Health in Delhi, India / Hem H. Dholakia and Amit Garg 18 Climate Change and Air Pollution in Mumbai / S. Siva Raju and Khushboo Ahire 19 Climate Change and Air Pollution in East Asia: Taking Transboundary Air Pollution into Account / Ken Yamashita and Yasushi Honda 20 Climate Change, Air Pollution and Health in South Africa / Eugene Cairncross, Aqiel Dalvie, Rico Euripidou, James Irlam, and Rajen Nithiseelan Naidoo 21 The Impact of Climate Change and Air Pollution on the Caribbean / Muge Akpinar-Elci and Olaniyi Olayinka 22 Compounding Factors: Air Pollution and Climate Variability in Mexico City / Marı´a Eugenia Ibarrara´n, Iva´n Islas, and Jose´ Abraham Ortı´nez 23 Air Pollution, Climate Change, and Human Health in Brazil / Ju´lia Alves Menezes, Carina Margonari, Rhavena Barbosa Santos, and Ulisses Confalonieri 24 Climate Change, Air Pollution, and Infectious Diseases: A New Epidemiological Scenario in Argentina / Daniel Oscar Lipp Part IV Conclusion 25 Summary and Conclusion / Rais Akhtar and Cosimo Palagiano Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-2
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 86 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I. Selected scientific and coordinating staff Research Unit 1a: The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate Boike, Julia Diekmann, Bernhard Eisen, Olaf Grosse, Guido Hellmer, Hartmut H. Herzschuh, Ulrike Humbert, Angelika Lantuit, Hugues Mollenhauer, Gesine Rex, Markus Wilhelms, Frank Research Unit lb: Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services and biogeochernical processes Boetius, Antje Bracher, Astrid Brey, Thomas Haas, Christian Kanzow, Torsten Klaas, Christine Meyer, Bettina Pörtner, Hans-Otto Richter, Claudio Rost, Björn Soltwedel, Thomas Strass, Volker H. Waite, Anya M. Research Unit 2: Fragile coasts and she!f seas Abele, Doris Boersma, Maarten Buschbaum, Christian Gerdts, Gunnar John, Uwe Kasten, Sabine Koch, Boris Wegner, K. Mathias Wiltshire, Karen Helen Research Unit 3: The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis Bijma, Jelle Jokat, Wilfried Jung, Thomas Knorr, Gregor Köhler, Peter Laepple, Thomas Lamy, Frank Lohmann, Gerrit Schlindwein, Vera Stein, Rüdiger Tiedemann, Ralf Wolf-Gladrow, Dieter Research Unit 4: Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services Bergmann, Melanie Buck, Bela H. Frickenhaus, Stephan Grosfeld, Klaus Gutow, Lars Krause, Gesche Research Unit 5: Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II Nixdorf, Uwe II. Indicators and resources 1. Indicators and resources by Research Units 2. Indicators and resources by user facilities 3. Indicators and resources by program Program PACES II "Marine, Coastal and Polar Systems" 4. Indicators for the center Ill. Definition of indicators IV. List of abbreviations Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Bremerhaven] : Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-290-2013/2016-1
    In: Status report 2013-2016 / Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Vol. 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 182 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of most commonly used abbreviations I. Helmholtz Association - Mission and Strategy II. Helmholtz Research Field Earth and Environment II.1 Overview II. 2 Programs Ill. Alfred Wegener Institute Helmholtz Centre III.1 Organization Ill. 2 Strategic partnerships and cooperation Ill. 3 Research infrastructure Ill. 4 Career development, talent management and equal opportunity Ill. 5 Knowledge and technology transfer Ill. 6 Scientific awards and appointments Ill. 7 Membership of international Boards and Committees 2013-2016 (selection) IV. Research Units IV. 1a Research Unit 1a The polar atmosphere and cryosphere in a changing climate IV. 1a.1 Mission statement IV. 1a.2 Introduction IV. 1a.3 Scientific questions IV. 1a.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1a.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1a.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1a.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1a.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1a.9 Overview of Contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1a.10 Outlook IV. 1a.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1a.12 References IV. 1b Research Unit 1b Climate interactions with polar seas, marine ecosystems and biogeochemical processes IV. 1b.1 Mission statement IV. 1b.2 Introduction IV. 1b.3 Scientific questions IV. 1b.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 1b.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 1b.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 1b.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 1b.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 1b.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 1b.10 Outlook IV. 1b.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 1b.12 References IV.2 Research Unit 2 Fragile coasts and shelf seas IV. 2.1 Mission statement IV. 2.2 Introduction IV. 2.3 Scientific questions IV. 2.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 2.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 2.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 2.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 2.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 2.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 2.10 Outlook IV. 2.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 2.12 References IV. 3 Research Unit 3 The Earth system from a polar perspective: data, modeling and synthesis IV. 3.1 Mission statement IV. 3.2 Introduction IV. 3.3 Scientific questions IV. 3.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 3.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 3.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 3.7 Leadership and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 3.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 3.9 Overview of contribution to Grand Challenges IV. 3.10 Outlook IV. 3.11 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 3.12 References IV. 4 Research Unit 4 Bridging research and society: products, tools and climate services IV. 4.1 Mission statement IV. 4.2 Introduction IV. 4.3 Scientific tasks and services IV. 4.4 Approach of the Research Unit IV. 4.5 Structure of the Research Unit IV. 4.6 Scientific outcomes IV. 4.7 Leadership of and contributions to large national and international projects and programs IV. 4.8 Career development and personnel turnover IV. 4.9 Outlook IV. 4.10 Budget, personnel and publications IV. 4.11 References IV.5 Research Unit 5 Research infrastructure - performance categories LK I and LK II IV. 5.1 Mission statement IV. 5.2 Overview IV. 5.3 Research Unit SA IV. 5.4 Research Unit 58 (LK II Infrastructure) V. Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.1 Recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate V.2 Detailed recommendations of the Helmholtz Senate for each Research Unit (not covered above) Imprint
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : maribus
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G2-15-89285
    In: World ocean review
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 151 S. , zahlr. Ill, graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783866482531
    Series Statement: World ocean review 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Chapter 1: Concepts for a better world. - What is sustainability?. - The value of nature. - Conclusion: “Sustainability” – a difficult concept to define. - Chapter 2: How the sea serves us. - The bounty of the sea. - Oceans under threat. - Conclusion: Marine ecosystem services at risk. - Chapter 3: Politics and the oceans. - On the difficulty of governing the sea. - Conclusion: The ideal of good marine policy. - Chapter 4: Hope for the oceans. - Roadmap towards a sustainable future?. - Protecting the seas is possible. - Conclusion: How marine conservation can work. - Overall conclusion. - Glossary. - Contributors. - Bibliography. - Table of figures. - Index. - Abbreviations. - Partners and Acknowledgements. - Publication details.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: AWI S1-16-89841
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the basics of processing and spectral analysis of monovariate discrete-time signals. The approach is practical, the aim being to acquaint the reader with the indications for and drawbacks of the various methods and to highlight possible misuses. The book is rich in original ideas, visualized in new and illuminating ways, and is structured so that parts can be skipped without loss of continuity. Many examples are included, based on synthetic data and real measurements from the fields of physics, biology, medicine, macroeconomics etc., and a complete set of MATLAB exercises requiring no previous experience of programming is provided. Prior advanced mathematical skills are not needed in order to understand the contents: a good command of basic mathematical analysis is sufficient. Where more advanced mathematical tools are necessary, they are included in an Appendix and presented in an easy-to-follow way. With this book, digital signal processing leaves the domain of engineering to address the needs of scientists and scholars in traditionally less quantitative disciplines, now facing increasing amounts of data.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiv, 900 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-319-25466-1
    Series Statement: Signals and Communication Technology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Chapter Summary. - 1.2 The Meaning of the Book’s Title. - 1.3 Historical Background. - 1.4 How to Read This Book. - 1.5 Further Reading. - References. - PART 1 BASIC THEORETICAL CONCEPTS. - 2 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems. - 2.1 Chapter Summary. - 2.2 Basic Definitions and Concepts. - 2.3 Discrete-Time Signals: Sequences. - 2.3.1 Basic Sequence Operations. - 2.3.2 Basic Sequences. - 2.3.3 Deterministic and Random Signals. - 2.4 Linear Time-Invariant (LTI) Systems. - 2.4.1 Impulse Response of an LTI System and Linear Convolution. - 2.4.2 An Example of Linear Convolution. - 2.4.3 Interconnections of LTI Systems. - 2.4.4 Effects of Stability and Causality Constraints on the Impulse Response of an LTI System. - 2.4.5 Finite (FIR) and Infinite (IIR) Impulse Response Systems. - 2.4.6 Linear Constant-Coefficient Difference Equation (LCCDE). - 2.4.7 Examples of LCCDE. - 2.4.8 The Solutions of an LCCDE. - 2.4.9 From the LCCDE to the Impulse Response: Examples. - 2.4.10 Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions of LTI Systems. - References. - 3 Transforms of Discrete-Time Signals. - 3.1 Chapter Summary. - 3.2 z-Transform. - 3.2.1 Examples of z-Transforms and Special Cases. - 3.2.2 Rational z-Transforms. - 3.2.3 Inverse z-Transform. - 3.2.4 The z-Transform on the Unit Circle. - 3.2.5 Selected z-Transform Properties. - 3.2.6 Transfer Function of an LTI System. - 3.2.7 Output Sequence of an LTI System. - 3.2.8 Zeros and Poles: Forms for Rational Transfer Functions. - 3.2.9 Inverse System. - 3.3 Discrete-Time Fourier Transform (DTFT). - 3.3.1 An Example of DTFT Converging in the Mean-Square Sense. - 3.3.2 Line Spectra. - 3.3.3 Inverse DTFT. - 3.3.4 Selected DTFT Properties. - 3.3.5 The DTFT of a Finite-Length Causal Sequence. - 3.4 Discrete Fourier Series (DFS). - 3.4.1 Selected DFS Properties. - 3.4.2 Sampling in the Frequency Domain and Aliasing in the Time Domain. - 3.5 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT). - 3.5.1 The Inverse DFT in Terms of the Direct DFT. - 3.5.2 Zero Padding. - 3.5.3 Selected DFT Properties. - 3.5.4 Circular Convolution Versus Linear Convolution. - 3.6 Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). - 3.7 Discrete Trigonometric Expansion. - 3.8 Appendix: Mathematical Foundations of Signal Representation. - 3.8.1 Vector Spaces. - 3.8.2 Inner Product Spaces. - 3.8.3 Bases in Vector Spaces. - 3.8.4 Signal Representation by Orthogonal Bases. - 3.8.5 Signal Representation by Standard Bases. - 3.8.6 Frames and Biorthogonal Bases. - 3.8.7 Summary and Complements. - References. - 4 Sampling of Continuous-Time Signals. - 4.1 Chapter Summary. - 4.2 Sampling Theorem. - 4.3 Reconstruction of a Continuous-Time Signal from Its Samples. - 4.4 Aliasing in the Frequency Domain and Anti-Aliasing Filter. - 4.5 The Uncertainty Principle for the Analog Fourier Transform. - 4.6 Support of a Continuous-Time Signal in the Time and Frequency Domains. - 4.7 Appendix: Analog and Digital Frequency Variables. - References. - 5 Spectral Analysis of Deterministic Discrete-Time Signals. - 5.1 Chapter Summary. - 5.2 Issues in Practical Spectral Analysis. - 5.2.1 The Effect of Windowing. - 5.2.2 The Effect of Spectral Sampling. - 5.3 Classical Windows. - 5.4 The Kaiser Window. - 5.5 Energy and Power Signals and Their Spectral Representations. - 5.6 Correlation of Deterministic Discrete-Time Signals. - 5.6.1 Correlation of Energy Signals. - 5.6.2 Correlation of Power Signals. - 5.6.3 Effect of an LTI System on Correlation Properties of Input and Output Signals. - 5.7 Wiener-Khinchin Theorem. - 5.7.1 Energy Signals and Energy Spectrum. - 5.7.2 Power Signals and Power Spectrum. - References. - PART 2 DIGITAL FILTERS. - 6 Digital Filter Properties and Filtering Implementation. - 6.1 Chapter Summary. - 6.2 Frequency-Selective Filters. - 6.3 Real-Causal-Stable-Rational (RCSR) Filters. - 6.4 Amplitude Response. - 6.5 Phase Response. - 6.5.1 Phase Discontinuities and Zero-Phase Response. - 6.5.2 Linear Phase (LP). - 6.5.3 Generalized Linear Phase (GLP). - 6.5.4 Constraints on GLP Filters. - 6.6 Digital Filtering Implementation. - 6.6.1 Direct Forms. - 6.6.2 Transposed-Direct Forms. - 6.6.3 FIR Direct and Transposed-Direct Forms. - 6.6.4 Direct and Transposed-Direct Forms for LP FIR Filters. - 6.6.5 Cascade and Parallel Forms. - 6.7 Zero-Phase Filtering. - 6.8 An Incorrect Approach to Filtering. - 6.9 Filtering After Downsampling. - 6.9.1 Theory of Downsampling. - 6.9.2 An Example of Filtering After Downsampling. - References. - 7 FIR Filter Design. - 7.1 Chapter Summary. - 7.2 Design Process. - 7.3 Specifications of Digital Filters. - 7.3.1 Constraints on the Magnitude Response. - 7.3.2 Constraints on the Phase Response. - 7.4 Selection of Filter Type: IIR or FIR?. - 7.5 FIR-Filter Design Methods and Approximation Criteria. - 7.6 Properties of GLP FIR Filters. - 7.6.1 Factorization of the Zero-Phase Response. - 7.6.2 Zeros of the Transfer Function. - 7.6.3 Another Form of the Adjustable Term. - 7.7 Equiripple FIR Filter Approximations: Minimax Design. - 7.8 Predicting the Minimum Filter Order. - 7.9 MPR Algorithm. - 7.10 Properties of Equiripple FIR Filters. - 7.11 The Minimax Method for Bandpass Filters. - References. - 8 IIR Filter Design. - 8.1 Chapter Summary. - 8.2 Design Process. - 8.3 Lowpass Analog Filters. - 8.3.1 Laplace Transform. - 8.3.2 Transfer Function and Design Parameters. - 8.4 Butterworth Filters. - 8.5 Chebyshev Filters. - 8.5.1 Chebyshev-I Filters. - 8.5.2 Chebyshev-II Filters. - 8.6 Elliptic Filters. - 8.7 Normalized and Non-normalized Filters. - 8.8 Comparison Among the Four Analog Filter Types. - 8.9 From the Analog Lowpass Filter to the Digital One. - 8.9.1 Bilinear Transformation. - 8.9.2 Design Procedure. - 8.9.3 Examples. - 8.10 Frequency Transformations. - 8.10.1 From a Lowpass to a Highpass Filter. - 8.10.2 From a Lowpass to a Bandpass Filter. - 8.10.3 From a Lowpass to a Bandstop Filter . - 8.11 Direct Design of IIR Filters. - 8.12 Appendix. - 8.12.1 Trigonometric Functions with Complex Argument. - 8.12.2 Elliptic Integrals. - 8.12.3 Jacobi Elliptic Functions. - 8.12.4 Landen-Gauss Transformation. - 8.12.5 Elliptic Rational Function. - References. - PART 3 SPECTRAL ANALYSIS. - 9 Statistical Approach to Signal Analysis. - 9.1 Chapter Summary. - 9.2 Preliminary Considerations. - 9.3 Random Variables. - 9.4 Ensemble Averages. - 9.5 Stationary Random Processes and Signals. - 9.6 Ergodicity. - 9.7 Wiener-Khinchin Theorem for Random Signals and Power Spectrum. - 9.8 Cross-Power Spectrum of Two Random Signals. - 9.9 Effect of an LTI System on a Random Signal. - 9.10 Estimation of the Averages of Ergodic Stationary Signals. - 9.10.1 General Concepts in Estimation Theory. - 9.10.2 Mean and Variance Estimation. - 9.10.3 Autocovariance Estimation. - 9.10.4 Cross-Covariance Estimation. - 9.11 Appendix: A Road Map to the Analysis of a Data Record. - References. - 10 Non-Parametric Spectral Methods. - 10.1 Chapter Summary. - 10.2 Power Spectrum Estimation. - 10.3 Periodogram. - 10.3.1 Bias. - 10.3.2 Variance. - 10.3.3 Examples. - 10.3.4 Variance Reduction by Band- and Ensemble-Averaging. - 10.4 Bartlett’s Method. - 10.5 Modified Periodogram. - 10.6 Welch’s Method. - 10.7 Blackman-Tukey Method. - 10.8 Statistical Significance of Spectral Peaks. - 10.9 MultiTaper Method. - 10.10 Estimation of the Cross-Power Spectrum of Two Random Signals. - 10.11 Use of the FFT in Power Spectrum Estimation. - 10.12 Power Spectrum Normalization. - References. - 11 Parametric Spectral Methods. - 11.1 Chapter Summary. - 11.2 Signals with Rational Spectra . - 11.3 Stochastic Models and Processes. - 11.3.1 Autoregressive-Moving Average (ARMA) Model. - 11.3.2 Autoregressive (AR) Model. - 11.3.3 Moving Average (MA) Model. - 11.3.4 How the AR and MA Modeling Approaches Are Theoretically Related. - 11.3.5 First-Order AR and MA Models: White, Red and Blue Noise. - 11.3.6 Higher-Order AR Models. - 11.4 The AR Approach to Spectral Estimation. - 11.5 AR Modeling and Linear Prediction. - 11.6
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI A6-17-90616
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxiv, 432 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 9781107118140
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Lists of figures. - List of contributors. - Preface. - 1. Challenges for ice age dynamics: a dynamical systems perspective / Michel Crucifix, Guillaume Lenoir and Takahito Mitsui. - 2. Tipping points in the climate system / Peter Ditlevsen. - 3. Atmospheric teleconnection patterns / Steven B. Feldstein and Christian L. E. Franzke. - 4. Atmospheric regimes: the link between weather and the large scale circulation / David M. Straus, Franco Molteni and Susanna Corti. - 5. Low-frequency regime transitions and predictability of regimes in a barotropic model / Balu T. Nadiga and Terence J. O'Kane. - 6. Complex network techniques for climatological data analysis / Reik V. Donner, Marc Wiedermann and Jonathan F. Donges. - 7. On inference and validation of causality relations in climate teleconnections / Illia Horenko, Susanne Gerber, Terence J. O'Kane, James S. Risbey and Didier P. Monselesan. - 8. Stochastic climate theory / Georg A. Gottwald, Daan T. Crommelin and Christian L. E. Franzke. - 9. Stochastic subgrid modelling for geophysical and three-dimensional turbulence / Jorgen S. Frederiksen, Vassili Kitsios, Terence J. O'Kane and Meelis J. Zidikheri. - 10. Model error in data assimilation / John Harlim. - 11. Long-term memory in climate: detection, extreme events, and significance of trends / Armin Bunde and Josef Ludescher. - 12. Fractional stochastic models for heavy tailed, and long-range dependent, fluctuations in physical systems / Nicholas W. Watkins. - 13. Modelling spatial extremes using Max-Stable Processes / Mathieu Ribatet. - 14. Extreme value analysis in dynamical systems: two case studies / Tamás Bódai. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: AWI Bio-17-90819
    Description / Table of Contents: The authors completed collecting and arranging plates of photomicrographs for common pollen and spores in Quaternary strata. Given China's vast territory, complex vegetation types, a variety of plants, and polen grains with similar morphology probably produced by different plant species in different regions. We have organized this book's photomicrographs of pollen grains and spores in the division of China into five regions, i.e. northwest,northern, southeast, south and southwest China. Photomicrographs of pollen grains and spores in each region are arranged by plant classification system i.e. in order of algae, bryophyte, pteridophyte, gymnosperm, and angiosperm. All 409 plates of color photomicrographs for pollen grains and spores are finally illustrated and described.
    Description / Table of Contents: 本书整理编排了我国第四纪地层常见的孢粉类型显微照相图版,按照西北、北方、东南、华南和西南五个大区编排,并对这些区域的现代植被、第四纪植被史做了简要概述,还重点叙述了各地区第四纪主要孢粉类型、特点以及常见孢粉种类的鉴定形态特征。共分三章,第一章为我国各地区现代植被和第四纪植被概述,重点叙述了古植被与古气候的演变历史;第二章介绍本图鉴中所列出的各地区主要第四纪孢粉类型及其特点,并对不同地区常见孢粉种类
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 620 Seiten , zahlreiche Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9787030505682
    Language: Chinese , Latin
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Chapter 1: Overview of modern and Quaternary vegetation in China. - 1.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Shen Caiming. - 1.1.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.1.1.1 Gobi desert and desert vegetation in eastern Xinjiang. - 1.1.1.2 Extremely arid desert and shrubland vegetation in the Qaidam Basin. - 1.1.1.3 Arid desert shrub and semi-shrub vegetation in the Hexi Corridor. - 1.1.1.4 Sylvosteppe or pine-oak forest in the transitional region between semi-humid and semi-arid monsoonal climate of temperate zone in the Loess Plateau. - 1.1.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.1.2.1 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Qinghai. - 1.1.2.2 Holocene vegetation succession of steppe/meadow in north Xizang (Tibet). - 1.1.2.3 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the Loess Plateau. - 1.1.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Xinjiang. - 1.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu and Li Chunhai. - 1.2.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.2.1.1 Coniferous and broadleaved forest and meadow of temperate zone in Northeast China. - 1.2.1.2 Oak forest of river valley, Chinese pine forest, and shrub steppe in the lower valley of Liaohe River, North China plain, southern Shanxi, and central Shaanxi plain. - 1.2.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.2.2.1 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in North China. - 1.2.2.2 Vegetation and environment since the early Pleistocene in Northeast China. - 1.3 Southeast region / Shu Junwu and Tang Lingyu. - 1.3.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.3.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.3.2.1 Vegetation succession since the mid-Pleistocene in Hubei. - 1.3.2.2 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the lower valley of the Yangtze River. - 1.3 .2.3 Forest succession since the last glaciation in southeast coast of Fujian. - 1.3.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in the central Taiwan. - 1.4 South region / Mao Limi, Tang Lingyu and Shen Cairning. - 1.4.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.4.1.1 Vegetation in the southern zone of middle subtropical evergreen broadleaved forest. - 1.4.1.2 Vegetation in the zone of south subtropical evergreen broadleaved forest. - 1.4.1.3 Tropical semi-evergreen monsoonal forest and tropical monsoonal forest. - 1.4.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.4.2.1 Vegetation in the Zhujiang delta and Chaozhou plain since the Pleistocene recorded by pollen and spores. - 1.4.2.2 Vegetation and climate since the late Pleistocene in Leizhou Peninsula and Holocene vegetation and climate in Hainan Island. - 1.4.2.3 Late Quaternary pollen and spores, vegetation and climate records in the South. - 1.4.2.4 Vegetation and climate since the late Pleistocene in Hong Kong. - 1.5 Southwest region / Shu Junwu, Tang Lingyu and Shen Caiming. - 1.5.1 Overview of modern vegetation. - 1.5.1.1 Vegetation of evergreen broadleaved forest in the Yunnan , Guizhou and western Sichuan Plateau. - 1.5.1.2 Vegetation of coniferous forest in southeast Xizang. - 1.5.2 Overview of Quaternary vegetation. - 1.5.2.1 Holocene vegetation in northwest Yunnan. - 1.5.2.2 Vegetation and monsoonal climate history since the late Pleistocene in western and south-central Yunnan. - 1.5.2.3 Holocene vegetation in western Sichuan. - 1.5.2.4 Vegetation and environment since the late Pleistocene in Guizhou. - 1.5.2.5 Vegetation and monsoonal climate history since the late Pleistocene in southeastern Xizang. - Chapter 2 Main types of Quaternary pollen and spores and their characteristics in different regions of China. - 2.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Mao Limi. - 2.1.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Northwest China. - 2.1.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Northwest China. - 2.1.2.1 Identifiable features of main Compositae pollen types. - 2.1.2.2 Identifiable features of Artemisia, Tamarix, and Zygophyllum pollen. - 2.1.2.3 Identifiable features of Rhamnus, Hippophae, and Elaeagnus pollen. - 2.1.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary spores and pollen in Northwest China. - 2.1.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Northwest China. - 2.1.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Northwest China. - 2.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu. - 2.2.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Northern China. - 2.2.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Northern China. - 2.2.2.1 Identification keys of pollen morphology for several saccate genera of Pinaceae. - 2.2.2.2 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for genera of Betulaceae. - 2.2.2.3 Identifiable features of tricolpate pollen from Salix and Cruciferae. - 2.2.2.4 Identifiable features of tricolpate pollen from Ranunculaceae and Labiatae. - 2.2.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary spores and pollen in Northern China. - 2.2.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Northern China. - 2.2.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Northern China. - 2.3 Southeast region / Tang Lingyu and Shu Junwu. - 2.3.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.2 Identifiable features of major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.2.1 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.2 Identification keys of pollen morphology for several genera of Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.3 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for several genera of Fagaceae. - 2.3.2.4 Identifiable features of pollen morphology for several genera of tropical and subtropical. - 2.3.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southeast China. - 2.3.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen types in Southeast China. - 2.3.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen types in Southeast China. - 2.4 South region / Mao Limi and Tang Lingyu. - 2.4.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.2 Identifiable features of main Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.2.1 Modern distribution and paleophytogeography of Sonneratia and its identifiable features of pollen morphology. - 2.4.2.2 Modern distribution and paleoecology significance of Rhizophoraceae and its identifiable features of pollen morphology. - 2.4.3 Photomicrographs and descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.3.1 Photomicrographs for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.4.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in South China. - 2.5 Southwest region / Tang Lingyu and Shu Junwu. - 2.5.1 Types of Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.2 Identifiable feature of main Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.2.1 Plant distribution and pollen features of Pinaceae in Southwest China. - 2.5.2.2 Identification keys of pollen morphology for Pinaceae. - 2.5.3 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - 2.5.3.1 Photomicrographs for common pollen in Southwest China. - 2.5.3.2 Descriptions of morphological features for major Quaternary pollen and spores in Southwest China. - Chapter 3 Plates and descriptions of Quaternary pollen and spores in different region of China. - 3.1 Northwest region / Tang Lingyu and Mao Limi. - Spores of the pteridophyte Plates 1-3. - Gymnosperm pollen Plates 3-10. - Angiosperm pollen Plates 11-63. - 3.2 Northern region / Tang Lingyu and Li Chunhai. - Spores of the algae Plates 1-3. - Spores of the bryophyte Plate 4. - Spores of the pteridophyte Plates 5-9. - Gymnosperm pollen Plates 9-24. - Angiosperm pollen Plates 25-63. - 3.3 Southeast region / Tang Lingyu, Zhou Zhongze and
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: AWI G5-17-90632
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 20
    Description / Table of Contents: The aim of this edited volume is to introduce the scientific community to paleoenvironmental studies of estuaries, to highlight the types of information that can be obtained from such studies, and to promote the use of paleoenvironmental studies in estuarine management. Readers will learn about the the application of different paleoecological approaches used in estuaries that develop our understanding of their response to natural and human influences. Particular attention is given to the essential steps required for undertaking a paleoecological study, in particular with regard to site selection, core extraction and chronological techniques, followed by the range of indicators that can be used. A series of case studies are discussed in the book to demonstrate how paleoecological studies can be used to address key questions, and to sustainably manage these important coastal environments in the future. This book will appeal to professional scientists interested in estuarine studies and/or paleoenvironmental research, as well as estuarine managers who are interested in the incorporation of paleoenvironmental research into their management programs.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 700 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-94-024-0988-8
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 20
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Introduction to the Application of Paleoecological Techniques in Estuaries / Kathryn H. Taffs, Krystyna M. Saunders, Kaarina Weckström, Peter A. Gell, and C. Gregory Skilbeck. - PART I ESTARIES AND THEIR MANAGEMENT. - 2 Estuary Form and Function: Implications for Palaeoecological Studies / Peter Scanes, Angus Ferguson, and Jaimie Potts. - 3 Geology and Sedimentary History of Modern Estuaries / C. Gregory Skilbeck, Andrew D. Heap, and Colin D. Woodroffe. - 4 Paleoecological Evidence for Variability and Change in Estuaries: Insights for Management / Krystyna M. Saunders and Peter A. Gell. - PART II CORING AND DATING OF ESTUARINE SEDIMENTS. - 5 Sediment Sampling in Estuaries: Site Selection and Sampling Techniques / C. Gregory Skilbeck, Stacey Trevathan-Tackett, Pemika Apichanangkool, and Peter I. Macreadie. - 6 Some Practical Considerations Regarding the Application of 210Pb and 137Cs Dating to Estuarine Sediments / Thorbjoern Joest Andersen. - 7 Radiocarbon Dating in Estuarine Environments / Jesper Olsen, Philippa Ascough, Bryan C. Lougheed, and Peter Rasmussen. - PART III TECHNIQUES FOR PALAEOENVIRONMENTAL RECONSTRUCTIONS IN ESTUARINES. - 8 Lipid Biomarkers as Organic Geochemical Proxies for the Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction of Estuarine Environments / John K. Volkman and Rienk H. Smittenberg. - 9 C/N ratios and Carbon Isotope Composition of Organic Matter in Estuarine Environments / Melanie J. Leng and Jonathan P. Lewis. - 10 Physical and Chemical Factors to Consider when Studying Historical Contamination and Pollution in Estuaries / Amanda Reichelt-Brushett, Malcolm Clark, and Gavin Birch. - 11 Diatoms as Indicators of Environmental Change in Estuaries / Kathryn H. Taffs, Krystyna M. Saunders, and Brendan Logan. - 12 Dinoflagellate Cysts as Proxies for Holocene Environmental Change in Estuaries: Diversity, Abundance and Morphology / Marianne Ellegaard, Barrie Dale, Kenneth N. Mertens, Vera Pospelova, and Sofia Ribeiro. - 13 Applications of Foraminifera, Testate Amoebae and Tintinnids in Estuarine Palaeoecology / Anupam Ghosh and Helena L. Filipsson. - 14 Ostracods as Recorders of Palaeoenvironmental Change in Estuaries / Jessica M. Reeves. - 15 Application of Molluscan Analyses to the Reconstruction of Past Environmental Conditions in Estuaries / G. Lynn Wingard and Donna Surge. - 16 Corals in Estuarine Environments: Their Response to Environmental Changes and Application in Reconstructing Past Environmental Variability / Francisca Staines-Urías. - 17 Inferring Environmental Change in Estuaries from Plant Macrofossils / John Tibby and Carl D. Sayer. - 18 Applications of Pollen Analysis in Estuarine Systems / Joanna C. Ellison. - PART IV CASE STUDIES. - 19 Palaeo-Environmental Approaches to Reconstructing Sea Level Changes in Estuaries / Brigid V. Morrison and Joanna C. Ellison. - 20 Paleoecology Studies in Chesapeake Bay: A Model System for Understanding Interactions between Climate, Anthropogenic Activities and the Environment / Elizabeth A. Canuel, Grace S. Brush, Thomas M. Cronin, Rowan Lockwood, and Andrew R. Zimmerman. - 21 Paleosalinity Changes in the Río de la Plata Estuary and on the Adjacent Uruguayan Continental Shelf over the Past 1200 Years: An Approach Using Diatoms as a Proxy / Laura Perez, Felipe García-Rodríguez, and Till J.J. Hanebuth. - 22 Application of Paleoecology to Ecosystem Restoration: A Case Study from South Florida’s Estuaries / G. Lynn Wingard. - 23 Paleolimnological History of the Coorong: Identifying the Natural Ecological Character of a Ramsar Wetland in Crisis / Peter A. Gell. - 24 Palaeoenvironmental History of the Baltic Sea: One of the Largest Brackish-water Ecosystems in the World / Kaarina Weckström, Jonathan P. Lewis, Elinor Andrén, Marianne Ellegaard, Peter Rasmussen, and Richard Telford. - Glossary. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI G7-17-91080
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xliv, 382 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781482234404
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: PIK N 456-17-91009 ; AWI A5-18-91009
    In: Geophysical monograph, 226
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 386 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 1119067847 , 9781119067849
    Series Statement: Geophysical Monograph Series ; 226
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: TITLE PAGE -- COPYRIGHT PAGE -- CONTENTS -- CONTRIBUTORS -- PREFACE -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- PART I FORCINGS OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 1 THE CHANGING EL NIÑO-SOUTHERN OSCILLATION AND ASSOCIATED CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 1.1. INTRODUCTION -- 1.2. CHANGES IN ENSO PROPERTIES -- 1.3. CHANGES IN ENSO DYNAMICS -- 1.4. CHANGES IN ENSO TELECONNECTIONS AND ASSOCIATED CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 1.5. ENSO IN THE FUTURE -- 1.6. SUMMARY -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 2 WEATHER EXTREMES LINKED TO INTERACTION OF THE ARCTIC AND MIDLATITUDES -- 2.1. INTRODUCTION -- 2.2. ARCTIC EFFECTS ON MIDLATITUDE EXTREMES -- 2.3. MIDLATITUDE EFFECTS ON ARCTIC EXTREMES -- 2.4. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 3 IMPACT OF AEROSOLS ON REGIONAL CHANGES IN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 3.1. INTRODUCTION -- 3.2. DIRECT AND INDIRECT EFFECTS OF AEROSOLS ON CLOUDS AND RADIATION -- 3.3. AEROSOL IMPACT ON REGIONAL CLIMATE CHANGE -- 3.4. Mitigation scenarios for aerosol emissions -- 3.5. AEROSOL EFFECT ON TEMPERATURE AND PRECIPITATION EXTREMES -- 3.6. FUTURE RESEARCH NEEDS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 4 WEAKENED FLOW, PERSISTENT CIRCULATION, AND PROLONGED WEATHER EXTREMES IN BOREAL SUMMER -- 4.1. INTRODUCTION -- 4.2. RESONANT CIRCULATION REGIMES -- 4.3. REAL EVENTS -- 4.4. CONCLUSIONS AND DISCUSSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 5 LAND PROCESSES AS THE FORCING OF EXTREMES: A REVIEW -- 5.1. INTRODUCTION -- 5.2. FORCINGS OF LAND PROCESSES ON CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 5.3. SUMMARY -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- PART II PROCESSES OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 6 TIMING OF ANTHROPOGENIC EMERGENCE IN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 6.1. INTRODUCTION -- 6.2. DEFINING TIME OF EMERGENCE -- 6.3. DATA AND METHODS -- 6.4. RESULTS -- 6.5. DISCUSSION -- 6.6. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES CHAPTER 7 RECENT INCREASES IN EXTREME TEMPERATURE OCCURRENCE OVER LAND -- 7.1. INTRODUCTION -- 7.2. DATA AND METHODOLOGY -- 7.3. RESULTS -- 7.4. CONCLUSIONS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 8 WHY FUTURE SHIFTS IN TROPICAL PRECIPITATION WILL LIKELY BE SMALL: THE LOCATION OF THE TROPICAL RAIN BELT AND THE HEMISPHERIC CONTRAST OF ENERGY INPUT TO THE ATMOSPHERE -- 8.1. INTRODUCTION -- 8.2. THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ITCZ POSITION AND HEMISPHERIC CONTRAST OF ATMOSPHERIC HEATING -- 8.3. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SEASONAL CYCLE OF ITCZ MIGRATION AND THE ANNUAL MEAN PRECIPITATION DISTRIBUTION -- 8.4. IMPLICATIONS FOR FUTURE ITCZ SHIFTS UNDER GLOBAL WARMING -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 9 WEATHER-CLIMATE INTERACTIONS AND MJO INFLUENCES -- 9.1. INTRODUCTION -- 9.2. THE INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO, BACKGROUND STATE, AND SYNOPTIC WEATHER -- 9.3. A CASE STUDY ON INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MADDEN-JULIAN OSCILLATION AND EL NIÑO -- 9.4. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO AND BREAKING WAVES -- 9.5. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE MJO, TROPICAL CYCLONES, AND THE EXTRATROPICAL CIRCULATION -- 9.6. SUMMARY -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 10 RECENT CLIMATE EXTREMES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WEST PACIFIC WARMING MODE -- 10.1. INTRODUCTION -- 10.2. BACKGROUND -- 10.3. DATA AND METHODS -- 10.4. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 11 CONNECTIONS BETWEEN HEAT WAVES AND CIRCUMGLOBAL TELECONNECTION PATTERNS IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE SUMMER -- 11.1. INTRODUCTION -- 11.2. DATA AND METHODS -- 11.3. DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT WAVES -- 11.4. PLANETARY WAVES ASSOCIATED WITH THE HEAT WAVES -- 11.5. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- PART III REGIONAL CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 12 NORTH AMERICAN DROUGHT AND LINKS TO NORTHERN EURASIA: THE ROLE OF STATIONARY ROSSBY WAVES -- 12.1. INTRODUCTION -- 12.2. REANALYSIS DATA AND THE GEOS-5 AGCM EXPERIMENTS -- 12.3. RESULTS -- 12.4. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 13 THE CALIFORNIA DROUGHT: TRENDS AND IMPACTS -- 13.1. INTRODUCTION -- 13.2. THE PROLONGED DROUGHT OF 2012-2016 -- 13.3. ROLE OF ENSO CYCLE -- 13.4. ARCTIC INFLUENCES -- 13.5. DROUGHT IMPACTS ON CALIFORNIA -- 13.6. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 14 OBSERVED TRENDS IN US TORNADO FREQUENCY -- 14.1. INTRODUCTION -- 14.2. STORM DATA TORNADO DATABASE -- 14.3. US TORNADO CLIMATOLOGY -- 14.4. CHANGES IN US TORNADO STATISTICS -- 14.5. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 15 MECHANISMS EXPLAINING RECENT CHANGES IN AUSTRALIAN CLIMATE EXTREMES -- 15.1. INTRODUCTION -- 15.2. AUSTRALIAN RAINFALL EXTREMES OF 2010-2012 -- 15.3. AUSTRALIA'S TEMPERATURE EXTREMES OF 2013 -- 15.4. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 16 UNRAVELING EAST AFRICA'S CLIMATE PARADOX -- 16.1. INTRODUCTION -- 16.2. THE NATURE OF THE RECENT EAST AFRICAN LONG RAINS DECLINE -- 16.3. LINKS TO PACIFIC DECADAL VARIABILITY -- 16.4. PHYSICAL CONSIDERATIONS -- 16.5. CLIMATE MODEL SIMULATIONS OF EAST AFRICAN CLIMATE -- 16.6. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 17 A PHYSICAL MODEL FOR EXTREME DROUGHT OVER SOUTHWEST ASIA -- 17.1. INTRODUCTION -- 17.2. PRECIPITATION PATTERNS -- 17.3. SST RELATIONSHIPS -- 17.4. ATMOSPHERIC TELECONNECTIONS -- 17.5. SUMMARY -- APPENDIX: DATA -- REFERENCES -- PART IV PREDICTION OF CLIMATE EXTREMES -- CHAPTER 18 EXTRATROPICAL PRECURSORS OF THE EL NIÑO-SOUTHERN OSCILLATION -- 18.1. INTRODUCTION -- 18.2. OVERVIEW OF PRECURSORS AND THEIR IMPACT ON ENSO -- 18.3. DATA AND DEFINITIONS -- 18.4. EVALUATION OF PRECURSOR VARIABILITY AND COVARIABILITY -- 18.5. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PRECURSORS AND ENSO -- 18.6. DIAGNOSING PRECURSORS AS ENSO PREDICTORS -- 18.7. RELATIONSHIP OF EXTRATROPICAL PRECURSORS TO 2014 AND 2015 EL NIñO -- 18.8. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 19 NORTH ATLANTIC SEASONAL HURRICANE PREDICTION: UNDERLYING SCIENCE AND AN EVALUATION OF STATISTICAL MODELS -- 19.1. INTRODUCTION -- 19.2. STATISTICALLY BASED SEASONAL HURRICANE OUTLOOK MODELS -- 19.3. CONCLUSIONS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 20 PREDICTING SUBSEASONAL PRECIPITATION VARIATIONS BASED ON THE MADDEN-JULIAN OSCILLATION -- 20.1. INTRODUCTION -- 20.2. THE MJO INFLUENCE ON THE VARIABILITY OF PRECIPITATION -- 20.3. FORECASTING THE MJO -- 20.4. THE MJO AND PREDICTABILITY OF PRECIPITATION -- 20.5. CONCLUSIONS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 21 PREDICTION OF SHORT-TERM CLIMATE EXTREMES WITH A MULTIMODEL ENSEMBLE -- 21.1. INTRODUCTION -- 21.2. PREDICTION SKILL -- 21.3. PREDICTABILITY -- 21.4. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION -- REFERENCES -- CHAPTER 22 TOWARD PREDICTING US TORNADOES IN THE LATE 21ST CENTURY -- 22.1. PROJECTING CHANGES IN US TORNADO ACTIVITY USING ENVIRONMENTAL PROXIES -- 22.2. SHORT-TERM TORNADO PREDICTION USING HIGH RESOLUTION MODELS AND APPLICATIONS TO DYNAMICAL DOWNSCALING -- 22.3. CONCLUDING REMARKS -- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS -- REFERENCES -- INDEX
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Akureyri : International Arctic Science Committee
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P5-18-91643
    In: IASC ... bulletin, 2018
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 84 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISBN: 978-9935-24-372-0
    ISSN: 1654-7594
    Series Statement: IASC Bulletin 2018
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: PREFACE. - 1 IASC Internal Development. - IASC Organization. - IASC Council. - IASC Executive Committee. - IASC Secretariat. - ISIRA. - IASC Medal 2018. - 2 IASC Working Groups. - Cross-Cutting Activities. - Atmosphere Working Group (AWG). - Cryosphere Working Group (CWG). - Marine Working Group (MWG). - Social and Human Working Group (SHWG). - Terrestrial Working Group (TWG). - 3 Arctic Science Summit Week 2017. - Upcoming ASSWs. - 4 Data and Observations. - Arctic Data Committee (ADC). - Sustaining Arctic Observing Networks (SAON). - 5 Partnerships. - Arctic Council. - Asian Forum for Polar Sciences (AFoPS). - Association of Polar Early Career Scientists (APECS). - Circumpolar Health Research Network (CirchNet). - European Polar Board (EPB). - Forum of Arctic Research Operators (FARO). - International Arctic Social Sciences Association (IASSA). - International Association of Cryospheric Sciences (IACS). - International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES). - The International Permafrost Association (IPA). - The Pacific Arctic Group (PAG). - The Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR). - University of the Arctic (UArctic). - WCRP Climate and Cryosphere (CliC). - 6 Capacity Building. - IASC Fellowship Program. - CAFF-IASC Fellowship. - Fellows’ Voices. - Overview of Supported Early Career Scientists.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hoboken, NJ : Wiley Blackwell
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91739
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 515 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    Edition: edition first published 2018
    ISBN: 9781119132783 , 9781119132790 (electronic) , 9781119132813 (electronic)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface to Fourth Edition. - Preface to Third Edition. - Preface to Second Edition. - Preface to First Edition. - Acknowledgments. - PART I THE PERIGLACIAL DOMAIN. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 The Periglacial Concept. - 1.2 Diagnostic Criteria. - 1.3 Periglacial Environments. - 1.4 The Periglacial Domain. - 1.5 The Periglacial Domain and the Cryosphere. - 1.6 Disciplinary Considerations. - 1.6.1 The Growth of Geocryology. - 1.6.2 The Challenge of Quaternary Science. - 1.6.3 Periglacial Geomorphology or Cold-Region Geomorphology?. - 1.7 Societal Considerations. - 1.8 The Growth of Periglacial Knowledge. - 2 Periglacial Climates. - 2.1 Boundary Conditions. - 2.2 Cold Deserts. - 2.3 Regional Climates. - 2.3.1 High Arctic Climates. - 2.3.2 Continental Climates. - 2.3.3 Alpine Climates. - 2.3.4 Montane Climates. - 2.3.5 Climates of Low Annual Temperature Range. - 2.3.6 Antarctica: A Special Case. - 2.4 Snow and Ice. - 2.5 Wind. - 2.6 Ground Climates. - 2.6.1 The 'n'-Factor. - 2.6.2 The Thermal Offset. - 2.6.3 The Ground Temperature Regime. - 2.7 Periglacial Climates and Global Climate Change. - 2.7.1 Basic Facts. - 2.7.2 Why Climate-Cryosphere Interactions Accelerate Climate Warming. - 3 Periglacial Ecosystems. - 3.1 General Statement. - 3.2 Biogeographic Zonation and Major Vegetation Types. - 3.3 Adaptations to Cold, Snow, Wind and Aridity. - 3.4 The Effect of Vegetation. - 3.5 The Polar Deserts. - 3.5.1 The High Arctic Polar Deserts. - 3.5.2 The High Arctic Polar Semi-Deserts. - 3.6 The Polar Desert-Tundra Transition. - 3.7 The Low-Arctic Tundra. - 3.8 The Forest-Tundra Bioclimatic Boundary (The Tree Line). - 3.9 The Boreal Forest. - 3.10 The Alpine and Montane Ecosystems. - 3.11 Antarctica - A Special Case. - 3.12 Periglacial Ecosystems and Climate Change. - PART II FROZEN GROUND AND PERMAFROST. - 4 Ground Freezing, Permafrost and the Active Layer. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Ground Freezing. - 4.2.1 Basic Concepts. - 4.2.2 Ice Segregation. - 4.2.3 "The Frozen Fringe'. - 4.2.4 Frost Heave. - 4.3 Perennially-Frozen Ground (Permafrost). - 4.4 Moisture and Ice Within Permafrost. - 4.5 Thermal and Physical Properties. - 4.5.1 The Geothermal Regime. - 4.5.2 The TTOP Model. - 4.5.3 Physical Properties. - 4.5.4 Thermal Properties. - 4.6 Permafrost Hydrology. - 4.6.1 Aquifers. - 4.6.2 Hydrochemistry. - 4.6.3 Groundwater Icings. - 4.7 The Active Layer. - 4.7.1 Terminology. - 4.7.2 The Active-Layer Thermal Regime. - 4.7.3 The Transient Layer. - 4.7.4 The Stefan Equation. - 5 Permafrost Distribution and Stability. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Controls over Permafrost Distribution. - 5.2.1 Relief and Aspect. - 5.2.2 Rock Type. - 5.2.3 Vegetation. - 5.2.4 Snow Cover. - 5.2.5 Fire. - 5.2.6 Lakes and Surface Water Bodies. - 5.3 Spatial Extent of Permafrost and Frozen Ground. - 5.3.1 Latitudinal Permafrost. - 5.3.2 Alpine (Mountain) Permafrost. - 5.3.3 Montane Permafrost. - 5.3.4 Seasonally-Frozen Ground. - 5.4 Sub-Sea and Relict Permafrost. - 5.4.1 Sub-Sea Permafrost. - 5.4.2 Relict (Terrestrial) Permafrost. - 5.5 Permafrost and Ecosystems. - 5.6 Permafrost Monitoring and Mapping. - 5.6.1 CALM and GTN-P (TSP). - 5.6.2 BTS and Mountain Permafrost Probability Mapping. - 5.7 Climate Warming and Permafrost. - 5.7.1 Evidence for Warming Permafrost. - 5.7.2 Evidence for Thawing Permafrost. - 6 Ground Ice and Cryostratigraphy. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Quantitative Parameters. - 6.3 Epigenetic, Syngenetic and Polygenetic Permafrost. - 6.4 Classification. - 6.4.1 The Russian Approach. - 6.4.2 The North American Approach. - 6.5 Main Ground Ice Types. - 6.5.1 Pore Ice. - 6.5.2 Segregated Ice. - 6.5.3 Intrusive Ice. - 6.5.4 Vein Ice. - 6.5.5 Other Types of Ice. - 6.6 Ice Distribution. - 6.6.1 Amounts. - 6.6.2 Distribution with Depth. - 6.6.3 Ice in Bedrock. - 6.6.4 Ice in Poorly-Lithified Sediments. - 6.7 Cryostratigraphy and Cryolithology. - 6.7.1 Cryostructural Analysis. - 6.7.2 Cryostructures of Epigenetic and Syngenetic Permafrost. - 6.7.3 Thaw Unconformities. - 6.7.4 Aggradational Ice. - 6.7.5 Icy Bodies and Ice, Sand and Soil Pseudomorphs. - 6.8 Ice Crystallography. - 6.9 Ice Geochemistry. - 6.10 Massive Ice and Massive-Icy Bodies. - 6.10.1 Nature and Extent. - 6.10.2 Intra-Sedimental Ice. - 6.10.3 Buried Glacier Ice. - 6.11 Cryostratigraphy and Past Environments. - 7 Aggradational Permafrost Landforms. - 7.1 Introduction. - 7.2 How Does Permafrost Aggrade?. - 7.2.1 The Illisarvik Drained-Lake Experiment. - 7.3 Thermal-Contraction-Crack Polygons. - 7.3.1 Coefficients of Thermal Expansion and Contraction. - 7.3.2 Ice, Sand and Soil ('Ground') Wedges. - 7.3.3 Development of the Polygon Net. - 7.3.4 Polygon Morphology. - 7.3.5 Controls over Cracking. - 7.3.6 Climatic Significance. - 7.4 Ice and Sand Wedges. - 7.4.1 Epigenetic Wedges. - 7.4.2 Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.3 Anti-Syngenetic Wedges. - 7.4.4 Growth and Deformation of Wedges. - 7.5 Organic Terrain. - 7.5.1 Palsas. - 7.5.2 Peat Plateaus. - 7.6 Frost Mounds. - 7.6.1 Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.2 Hydraulic (Open) System Pingos. - 7.6.3 Hydrostatic (Closed) System Pingos. - 7.6.4 Other Perennial-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.5 Seasonal-Frost Mounds. - 7.6.6 Hydrolaccoliths and Other Frost-Induced Mounds. - 8 Thermokarst Processes and Landforms. - 8.1 Introduction. - 8.2 Thawing Ground. - 8.2.1 Thaw Strain and Thaw Settlement. - 8.2.2 Potential Depths of Soil Freezing and Thawing. - 8.2.3 The Development of Thermokarst. - 8.3 Causes of Thermokarst. - 8.3.1 General Comments. - 8.3.2 Specific Causes. - 8.4 Thaw-Related Processes. - 8.4.1 Thermokarst Subsidence (Thaw Settlement). - 8.4.2 Thermal Erosion. - 8.4.3 Other Processes. - 8.5 Thermokarst Sediments and Structures. - 8.5.1 Involuted Structures. - 8.5.2 Retrogressive-Thaw-Slumps and Debris-Flow Deposits. - 8.5.3 Ice-Wedge Pseudomorphs and Composite-Wedge Casts. - 8.5.4 Ice, Silt, Sand and Gravel Pseudomorphs. - 8.6 Thermokarst Landscapes. - 8.6.1 The Alas-Thermokarst Relief of Central Yakutia. - 8.6.2 The Western North American Arctic. - 8.6.3 The Ice-Free Areas of Continental Antarctica. - 8.7 Ice-Wedge Thermokarst Relief. - 8.7.1 Low-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.2 High-Centred Polygons. - 8.7.3 Badland Thermokarst Relief. - 8.8 Thaw Lakes and Depressions. - 8.8.1 Lakes and Taliks. - 8.8.2 Morphology. - 8.8.3 Growth and Drainage. - 8.8.4 Oriented Thaw Lakes. - Part III Periglacial Geomorphology. - 9 Cold-Climate Weathering. - 9.1 Introduction. - 9.2 General Weathering Facts. - 9.3 Freezing and Thawing Indices. - 9.4 Rock (Frost?) Shattering. - 9.4.1 Frost Action and Ice Segregation. - 9.4.2 Insolation and Thermal Shock. - 9.4.3 Perspective. - 9.5 Chemical Weathering. - 9.5.1 Karkevagge. - 9.5.2 Solution and Karstification. - 9.5.3 Salt Weathering. - 9.6 Cryogenic Weathering. - 9.6.1 Cryogenic Disintegration. - 9.6.2 The Coefficient of Cryogenic Contrast. - 9.6.3 Physico-Chemical Changes. - 9.6.4 Problematic Phenomena. - 9.7 Cryobiological Weathering. - 9.8 Rates of Cold-Climate Bedrock Weathering. - 9.9 Cryosols and Cryopedology. - 9.9.1 Cryosols. - 9.9.2 Classification. - 9.9.3 Cryosolic Micromorphology. - 10 Mass-Wasting Processes and Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.1 Introduction. - 10.2 Slow Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.2.1 Solifluction. - 10.2.2 Frost Creep. - 10.2.3 Gelifluction. - 10.2.4 Solifluction Deposits and Phenomena. - 10.3 Rapid Mass-Wasting Processes. - 10.3.1 Active-Layer-Detachment Slides. - 10.3.2 Debris Flows, Slush Flows and Avalanches. - 10.3.3 Rockfall. - 10.4 Snow Hydrology and Slopewash Processes. - 10.4.1 Snow Hydrology and Snowbanks. - 10.4.2 Surface and Subsurface Wash. - 10.5 Active-Layer Phenomena. - 10.5.1 Frost Heaving. - 10.5.2 Bedrock Heave. - 10.5.3 Upward Heaving of Stones and Objects. - 10.5.4 Stone Tilting. - 10.5.5 Ne
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91956
    Description / Table of Contents: Earth's climate varies continuously across space and time, but humankind has witnessed only a small snapshot of its entire history, and instrumentally documented it for a mere 200 years. Our knowledge of past climate changes is therefore almost exclusively based on indirect proxy data, i.e. on indicators which are sensitive to changes in climatic variables and stored in environmental archives. Extracting the data from these archives allows retrieval of the information from earlier times. Obtaining accurate proxy information is a key means to test model predictions of the past climate, and only after such validation can the models be used to reliably forecast future changes in our warming world. The polar ice sheets of Greenland and Antarctica are one major climate archive, which record information about local air temperatures by means of the isotopic composition of the water molecules embedded in the ice. However, this temperature proxy is, as any indirect climate data, not a perfect recorder of past climatic variations. Apart from local air temperatures, a multitude of other processes affect the mean and variability of the isotopic data, which hinders their direct interpretation in terms of climate variations. This applies especially to regions with little annual accumulation of snow, such as the Antarctic Plateau. While these areas in principle allow for the extraction of isotope records reaching far back in time, a strong corruption of the temperature signal originally encoded in the isotopic data of the snow is expected. This dissertation uses observational isotope data from Antarctica, focussing especially on the East Antarctic low-accumulation area around the Kohnen Station ice-core drilling site, together with statistical and physical methods, to improve our understanding of the spatial and temporal isotope variability across different scales, and thus to enhance the applicability of the proxy for estimating past temperature variability. The presented results lead to a quantitative explanation of the local-scale (1–500 m) spatial variability in the form of a statistical noise model, and reveal the main source of the temporal variability to be the mixture of a climatic seasonal cycle in temperature and the effect of diffusional smoothing acting on temporally uncorrelated noise. These findings put significant limits on the representativity of single isotope records in terms of local air temperature, and impact the interpretation of apparent cyclicalities in the records. Furthermore, to extend the analyses to larger scales, the timescale-dependency of observed Holocene isotope variability is studied. This offers a deeper understanding of the nature of the variations, and is crucial for unravelling the embedded true temperature variability over a wide range of timescales.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xxi, 197 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 General introduction. - 1.1 Challenges of isotope-based temperature reconstructions. - 1.2 Thesis overview. - 1.3 Author contributions. - 2 Theoretical background. - 2.1 The isotopic composition of firn and ice. - 2.1.1 Fractionation of water isotopologues. - 2.1.2 Relationship with temperature. - 2.1.3 Measuring of the isotopic composition. - 2.2 Processes within the firn column. - 2.2.1 The firn column of polar ice sheets. - 2.2.2 The density of firn. - 2.2.3 The temperature profile of firn. - 2.2.4 Vapour diffusion in firn. - 2.3 Internal climate variability. - 3 Regional climate signal vs.local noise: a two-dimensional view of water isotopes. - 3.1 Introduction. - 3.2 Data and methods. - 3.3 Results. - 3.3.1 Trench isotope records. - 3.3.2 Single-profile representativity. - 3.3.3 Mean trench profiles. - 3.3.4 Spatial correlation structure. - 3.3.5 Statistical noise model. - 3.4 Discussion. - 3.4.1 Local noise vs. regional climate signal. - 3.4.2 Representativity of isotope signals. - 3.4.3 Implications. - 3.5 Conclusions. - 3.6 Appendix A: Derivation of noise model. - 3.6.1 Definitions. - 3.6.2 Derivation of model correlations. - 3.6.3 Estimation of parameters. - 3.7 Appendix B: Noise level after diffusion. - 4 Constraints on post-depositional isotope modifications in east antarctic firn. - 4.1 Introduction. - 4.2 Data and methods. - 4.2.1 Sampling and measurements. - 4.2.2 Trench depth scale. - 4.2.3 Spatial variability of trench profiles. - 4.2.4 Quantification of downward advection, densification and diffusion. - 4.2.5 Statistical tests. - 4.3 Results. - 4.3.1 Comparison of T15 and T13 isotope data. - 4.3.2 Expected isotope profile changes. - 4.3.3 Temporal vs. spatial variability. - 4.4 Discussion. - 4.4.1 Densification, diffusion and stratigraphic noise. - 4.4.2 Additional post-depositional modifications. - 4.5 Conclusions. - 5 On the similarity and apparent cycles of isotope variations. - 5.1 Introduction. - 5.2 Data and Methods. - 5.2.1 Data. - 5.2.2 Spectral analysis. - 5.2.3 Rice’s formula. - 5.2.4 Cycle length and amplitude estimation. - 5.2.5 Model for vertical isotope profiles. - 5.3 Results. - 5.3.1 Spectral analysis of isotope profiles. - 5.3.2 Theoretical and observed cycle length. - 5.3.3 Illustrative examples. - 5.3.4 Depth dependency of cycle length. - 5.3.5 Simulated vs. observed isotope variations. - 5.4 Discussion and summary. - 5.5 Conclusions. - 5.6 Appendix A: Input sensitivity. - 5.7 Appendix B: Additional results. - 5.8 Appendix C: Spectral significance testing. - 6 Timescale-dependency of antarctic isotope variations. - 6.1 Introduction. - 6.2 Data and methods. - 6.2.1 DML and WAIS isotope records. - 6.2.2 Spectral model. - 6.2.3 Timescale-dependent signal-to-noise ratio. - 6.2.4 Effects of diffusion and time uncertainty. - 6.2.5 Present-day temperature decorrelation. - 6.3 Results. - 6.3.1 Illustration of model approach. - 6.3.2 DML and WAIS isotope variability. - 6.4 Discussion. - 6.4.1 Interpretation of noise spectra. - 6.4.2 Interpretation of signal spectra. - 6.4.3 Signal-to-noise ratios. - 6.4.4 Differences between DML and WAIS. - 6.5 Conclusions. - 7 Declining temperature variability from LGM to holocene. - 8 General discussion and conclusions. - 8.1 Short-scale spatial and temporal isotope variability. - 8.1.1 Local spatial variability. - 8.1.2 Seasonal to interannual variability. - 8.1.3 Spatial vs. temporal variability. - 8.2 Extension to longer scales. - 8.2.1 Spatial vs. temporal variability on interannual timescales. - 8.2.2 Holocene and longer timescales. - 8.3 Concluding remarks and outlook. - Bibliography. - A Methods to: declining temperature variability from lgm to holocene. - A.1 Temperature proxy data. - A.2 Model-based temperature and variability change. - A.3 Temperature recalibration of proxy records. - A.3.1 Recalibration of ice-core records. - A.3.2 Recalibration of marine records. - A.4 Variance and variance ratio estimation. - A.5 Noise correction. - A.5.1 Testing effect of noise correction. - A.6 Effect of ecological adaption and bioturbation. - A.7 Effect of proxy sampling locations. - B Layering of surface snow and firn: noise or seasonal signal?. - B.1 Introduction. - B.2 Materials and methods. - B.2.1 Firn-core density profiles. - B.2.2 Trench density profiles. - B.2.3 Dielectric profiling and density estimates. - B.2.4 Comparison of DEP and CT density. - B.2.5 Ion measurements. - B.3 Results. - B.3.1 2-D trench density data. - B.3.2 Spatial correlation structure. - B.3.3 Comparison of mean density, isotope and impurity profiles. - B.3.4 Spectral analysis of vertical density data. - B.4 Discussion. - B.4.1 Spatial variability. - B.4.2 Representativeness of single profiles. - B.4.3 Seasonal cycle in snow density. - B.4.4 Density layering in firn and impurities. - B.5 Conclusions. - Acknowledgements - Danksagung.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : IASC
    Call number: AWI P5-19-92257
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 6 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Roskilde] : DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy, Aarhus University
    Call number: AWI P5-19-92578
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 148 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-13-9
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS ABOUT THE AUTHORS PREFACE FROM THE ASSOCIATION OF POLAR EARLY CAREER SCIENTISTS PREFACE FROM THE INTERACT STATION MANAGERS’ FORUM ABOUT INTERACT ABOUT APECS INTERACT STATIONS INTRODUCTION 1. Getting started – Outlining your field project 1.1 Scientific rationale and objectives 1.2 Methods and data requirements 1.3 What scientific equipment will you need? 1.4 Study site(s) 1.5 Risk assessment 1.5.1 Risk identification 1.5.2 Risk assessment 1.5.3 Risk mitigation 1.5.4 Contingency plans 1.6 Time schedules 1.6.1 Logistical organisation 1.6.2 Fieldwork activities 1.7 Project budget 1.8 Data and sample management 1.8.1 Data management plan 1.8.2 Sample labelling 1.8.3 Field instrumentation 1.9 Environmental compliance 1.10 Output Chapter resources 2. Further planning – Practicalities and legal issues 2.1 Applying for access to the station 2.2 Transport to the station and conditions for visiting 2.2.1 Access to the station 2.2.2 Conditions for visiting 2.3 Visas and permits required by national authorities 2.3.1 Visas 2.3.2 Permits 2.4 Working with local communities 2.5 Equipment transport 2.6 Checklists and equipment 2.6.1 Checklists 2.6.2 Personal clothing 2.7 Import and export regulations 2.7.1 Import and export permits 2.7.2 Transporting hazardous goods 2.7.3 Handling cooled and frozen materials 2.8 Insurance 2.9 Check-ups and chronical illness 2.10 Training activities 2.11 Financial and other administrative issues 2.12 Final checks before leaving Chapter resources 3. Safety 3.1 General safety guidelines 3.2 Safety barriers 3.2.1 Knowledge, experience, and skills 3.2.2 Attitude and culture 3.2.3 Judgement and leadership 3.2.4 Trip plan 3.3 Education and training 3.4 Health and first aid 3.4.1 Medicine and chronic illness 3.4.2 First aid 3.5 Transport 3.5.1 Aircraft 3.5.2 Boats 3.5.3 Snowmobiles 3.5.4 Vehicles (Automobiles and ATV’s) 3.6 Risks at the station 3.6.1 Fire 3.6.2 In the kitchen 3.6.3 Electricity 3.6.4 Hygiene 3.6.5 Laboratory work and chemicals 3.6.6 Workshops and equipment use 3.7 Risks in the field and at the camp 3.7.1 Field camps 3.7.2 Cooking and water treatment 3.7.3 Firearms 3.7.4 Extreme activities 3.8 Natural hazards 3.8.1 Weather change 3.8.2 Glacier fieldwork 3.8.3 Snow avalanches and cornice falls 3.8.4 Steep terrain: Rock avalanches, rock falls, and mud slides 3.8.5 Sea-ice or frozen lakes and rivers 3.8.6 River crossings 3.8.7 Wildlife 3.9 Means of communication 3.9.1 Fieldwork plans and sign in/out boards 3.9.2 Routine calls 3.9.3 Non-routine calls 3.9.4 Emergency calls 3.10 Safety equipment 3.10.1 Communication equipment 3.10.2 Navigation equipment 3.10.3 Clothing 3.10.4 Field camp equipment 3.10.5 Specific safety equipment 3.11 Emergency preparedness Chapter resources 4. Arrival at the station and your time in the field 4.1 Getting to know your team 4.2 Arrival at the station 4.3 Working at field sites 4.4 In case something does not go according to plan 4.4.1 Handling delays 4.4.2 Handling conflicts 4.4.3 Harassment and discrimination 4.5 Environmental considerations 4.5.1 Pollution prevention 4.5.2 Waste management 4.5.3 Reducing energy use 4.5.4 Respect protected areas, fauna, and flora 4.6 Working with local communities 4.7 Communication with the outside world 4.8 Leaving the field Chapter resources 5. After fieldwork 5.1 Reporting to the station, funders, and local communities 5.2 Data preservation, backup, and submission APPENDICES Appendix A: Checklists Appendix B: Equipment lists Appendix C: Health risks
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: AWI G8-19-92587
    Description / Table of Contents: Arctic tundra ecosystems are experiencing warming twice the global average and Arctic vegetation is responding in complex and heterogeneous ways. Shifting productivity, growth, species composition, and phenology at local and regional scales have implications for ecosystem functioning as well as the global carbon and energy balance. Optical remote sensing is an effective tool for monitoring ecosystem functioning in this remote biome. However, limited field-based spectral characterization of the spatial and temporal heterogeneity limits the accuracy of quantitative optical remote sensing at landscape scales. To address this research gap and support current and future satellite missions, three central research questions were posed: • Does canopy-level spectral variability differ between dominant low Arctic vegetation communities and does this variability change between major phenological phases? • How does canopy-level vegetation colour images recorded with high and low spectral resolution devices relate to phenological changes in leaf-level photosynthetic pigment concentrations? • How does spatial aggregation of high spectral resolution data from the ground to satellite scale influence low Arctic tundra vegetation signatures and thereby what is the potential of upcoming hyperspectral spaceborne systems for low Arctic vegetation characterization? To answer these questions a unique and detailed database was assembled. Field-based canopy-level spectral reflectance measurements, nadir digital photographs, and photosynthetic pigment concentrations of dominant low Arctic vegetation communities were acquired at three major phenological phases representing early, peak and late season. Data were collected in 2015 and 2016 in the Toolik Lake Research Natural Area located in north central Alaska on the North Slope of the Brooks Range. In addition to field data an aerial AISA hyperspectral image was acquired in the late season of 2016. Simulations of broadband Sentinel-2 and hyperspectral Environmental and Mapping Analysis Program (EnMAP) satellite reflectance spectra from ground-based reflectance spectra as well as simulations of EnMAP imagery from aerial hyperspectral imagery were also obtained. Results showed that canopy-level spectral variability within and between vegetation communities differed by phenological phase. The late season was identified as the most discriminative for identifying many dominant vegetation communities using both ground-based and simulated hyperspectral reflectance spectra. This was due to an overall reduction in spectral variability and comparable or greater differences in spectral reflectance between vegetation communities in the visible near infrared spectrum. Red, green, and blue (RGB) indices extracted from nadir digital photographs and pigment-driven vegetation indices extracted from ground-based spectral measurements showed strong significant relationships. RGB indices also showed moderate relationships with chlorophyll and carotenoid pigment concentrations. The observed relationships with the broadband RGB channels of the digital camera indicate that vegetation colour strongly influences the response of pigment-driven spectral indices and digital cameras can track the seasonal development and degradation of photosynthetic pigments. Spatial aggregation of hyperspectral data from the ground to airborne, to simulated satel-lite scale was influenced by non-photosynthetic components as demonstrated by the distinct shift of the red edge to shorter wavelengths. Correspondence between spectral reflectance at the three scales was highest in the red spectrum and lowest in the near infra-red. By artificially mixing litter spectra at different proportions to ground-based spectra, correspondence with aerial and satellite spectra increased. Greater proportions of litter were required to achieve correspondence at the satellite scale. Overall this thesis found that integrating multiple temporal, spectral, and spatial data is necessary to monitor the complexity and heterogeneity of Arctic tundra ecosystems. The identification of spectrally similar vegetation communities can be optimized using non-peak season hyperspectral data leading to more detailed identification of vegetation communities. The results also highlight the power of vegetation colour to link ground-based and satellite data. Finally, a detailed characterization non-photosynthetic ecosystem components is crucial for accurate interpretation of vegetation signals at landscape scales.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 126 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2019 , Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations 1 Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background and Motivation 1.1.1 Arctic Tundra Vegetation 1.1.2 Remote Sensing of Arctic Tundra Vegetation 1.1.3 Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Arctic Vegetation 1.2 Aims and Objectives 1.3 Study Area and Data 1.3.1 Toolik Lake Research Natural Area 1.3.2 In-situ Canopy-level Spectral Data 1.3.3 True-colour Digital Photographs 1.3.4 Leaf-level Photosynthetic Pigment Data 1.3.5 Airborne AISA Imagery 1.3.6 Simulated EnMAP and Sentinel-2 Reflectance Spectra 1.3.7 Simulated EnMAP Imagery 1.4 Thesis Structure and Author Contributions 1.4.1 Chapter 2 -A Phenological Approach to Spectral Differentiation of Low-Arctic Tundra Vegetation Communities, North Slope Alaska 1.4.2 Chapter 3 -Monitoring Pigment-driven Vegetation Changes in a Low Arctic Tundra Ecosystem Using Digital Cameras 1.4.3 Implications of Litter and Non-vascular Components on Multiscale Hyperspectral Data in a low-Arctic Ecosystem 2 A Phenological Approach to Spectral Differentiation of Low Arctic Tundra Vegetation Communities, North Slope Alaska 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Study Site and Low Arctic Vegetation Types 2.3.2 Ground-Based Data and Sampling Protocol 2.3.3 EnMAP and Sentinel-2 Surface Reflectance Simulation 2.3.4 Stable Wavelength Identification Using the InStability Index 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Spectral Characteristics by Phenological Phase 2.4.2 InStability Index and Wavelength Selection of Ground-based Spectra 2.4.3 InStability Index and Wavelength Selection of Simulated Satellite Reflectance Spectra 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Phenological Phase and Wavelength Stability of Ground-based Spectra 2.5.2 Phenological Phase and Wavelength Stability of Satellite Resampled Spectra 2.5.3 Influence of Spatial Scale 2.6 Conclusions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Supplementary Material 2.8.1 Data Publication 3 Monitoring Pigment-driven Vegetation Changes in a Low Arctic Tundra Ecosystem Using Digital Cameras 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Study Site 3.3.2 Digital Photographs 3.3.3 Field-based Spectral Data 3.3.4 Vegetation Pigment Concentration 3.3.5 Data Analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 RGB Indices as a Surrogate for Pigment-driven Spectral Indices 3.4.2 RGB Indices as a Surrogate for Leaf-level Pigment concentration 3.5 Discussion 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Supplementary Material 3.7.1 Data Publication 4 Implications of Litter and Non-vascular Components on Multiscale Hyperspectral Data in a Low Arctic Ecosystem 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Materials and Methods 4.3.1 Study Site 4.4 Remote Sensing Data 4.4.1 Ground-based Image Spectroscopy Data 4.4.2 Airborne AISA Hyperspectral Data 4.4.3 EnMAP Simulation 4.4.4 Spectral Comparison by Wavelength 4.4.5 Linear Mixture Analysis 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Spatial Scaling of Spectral Signals 4.6 Discussion 4.7 Conclusions 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Synthesis and Discussion 5.1 Phenological Phase: does phenology influence the spectral variability of dominant low Arctic vegetation communities? 5.2 Vegetation Colour: How does canopy-level vegetation colour relate to phenological changes in leaf-level photosynthetic pigment concentration? 5.3 Intrinsic Ecosystem Components: How does spatial aggregation of high spectral resolution data influence low Arctic tundra vegetation signals? 5.4 Key Innovations 5.5 Limitations and Technical Considerations 5.6 Outlook: Opportunities for Future Research 6 References Acknowledgements
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: AWI G5-20-93989
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 139 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2018 , Table of Content I. Abstract II. Deutsche Zusammenfassung 0 Preface 1 Scientific Background 1.1 Paleoenvironmental changes since the gLGM in arid Central Asia and north-western High Asia 1.1.1 Paleoclimatic changes 1.1.2 Lake level fluctuations following climatic changes 1.1.3 Inferred terrestrial vegetation responses to environmental changes and possible human impact 1.2 The role of proxy records in tracing environmental changes 1.2.1 Archives and Proxies investigated in environmental studies in Central Asia 1.2.2 Limnological systems as environmental archives 1.2.3 The multiproxy approach as a tool to decipher environmental change 1.3 Study area 1.4 Material and Method Overview 1.4.1 Field based sampling 1.4.2 Outline of material and methods 1.5 Aim and objectives ofthis thesis 1.6 Thesis outline 1.7 Contribution of the authors 1.7.1 Manuscript I - published 1.7.2 Manuscript II - published 1.7.3 Manuscript III - published 1.7.4 Manuscript IV - in preparation 2 Manuscript I Climatic and limnological changes at Lake Karakul (Tajikistan) during the last ~29 cal ka 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area 2.4 Material and methods 2.4.1 Fieldwork 2.4.2 Laboratory analysis 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Age-depth relationship in core KK12-1 2.5.2 TIC, TOC, TOC/TN, δ18Ocarb and δ13CCarb 2.5.3 Grain-size distribution and results ofend-member modelling 2.5.4 XRF data 2.5.5 Ordination results of sediment parameters 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Paleoenvironmental indicators from sediment variables 2.6.2 Implications ofthe Lake Karakul sediment record 2.6.3 Linking lake internal development to climate change 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Data availability 3 Manuscript II Aquatic macrophyte dynamics in Lake Karakul (Eastern Pamir) over the last 29 cal ka revealed by sedimentary ancient DNA and geochemical analyses of macrofossil remains 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Methods 3.3.1 Sample acquisition and treatment 3.3.2 Genetic approach 3.3.3 Elemental isotopic analyses ofaquatic macrophyte remains 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Macrophyte records along lake depth transects in Lake Karakul 3.4.2 Submerged plant content 3.4.3 Ancient DNA analyses 3.4.4 C, N, δ13C and δ15N of Stuckenia cf. pamirica remains 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Assessment of aDNA and chemical aquatic macrophyte data as proxies for the macrophyte composition and the paleo-productivity 3.5.2 Changes of past submerged plant composition and productivity and potential drivers 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Acknowledgements 3.8 Data Availability 4 Manuscript III Radiocarbon and optical stimulated luminescence dating of sediments from Lake Karakul, Tajikistan 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Regional setting 4.4 Methods 4.4.1 Collection and correlation of cores 4.4.2 Radiocarbon dating 4.4.3 Optically stimulated luminescence (OSL) dating 4.4.4 Establishment ofage-depth model 4.4.5 Investigation of exposed lake sediments 4.5 Results 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Recovered sediments and correlation ofcores from Lake Karakul 4.6.2 Age-depth model, and assessment of radiocarbon and OSL age data 4.6.3 Significance ofexposed sediments at section KK13-S1 4.6.4 Implications ofthe chronological data 4.7 Conclusion 4.8 Acknowledgements 5 Manuscript IV Vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains inferred from Lake Karakul pollen spectra of the last 28 ka 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Study site 5.4 Material and Methods 5.4.1 Sediment cores and chronology 5.4.2 Pollen sample preparation and pollen analyses 5.4.3 Pollen data treatment 5.5 Results 5.5.1 Composite core (KK12-1/2; 27.6 cal ka BP to present) 5.5.2 Short core TAJ-Kar-08-lB 5.6 Discussion 5.6.1 Interpretation of pollen data 5.6.2 Terrestrial vegetation change in the Eastern Pamir Mountains in response to past climate change 5.7 Conclusions 5.8 Acknowledgements 5.9 Data Availability 6 Synthesis 6.1 Proxy evaluation 6.1.1 Age-depth relationship 6.1.2 Limnological proxies 6.1.3 Terrestrial proxies 6.2 The potential of Lake Karakul as archive for long term environmental change in the Eastern Pamir 6.3 Climate and moisture availability changes over time - inferred from sedimentary proxies 6.4 Assessment ofthe aquatic macrophyte composition and paleoproductivity within Lake Karakul 6.5 Inferred terrestrial vegetation changes as responds to climatic changes over the last 28 cal ka 6.6 Comparison inferred regional vegetation, lake internal and lake external variations and changes in climate reconstructed in other studies 6.6.1 Pre- gLGM and global Last Glacial Maximum (27.6 to 19 cal ka BP) 6.6.2 Late glacial 6.6.3 Early to middle Holocene 6.6.4 Middle to late Holocene 6.7 Outlook 7 Appendix 7.1 Supplementary information for Manuscript I 7.2 Supplementary information for Manuscript II 7.3 Supplementary information for Manuscript III 8 References Danksagung Eldesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: AWI Bio-20-93990
    Description / Table of Contents: Assumed comparable environmental conditions of early Mars and early Earth in 3.7 Ga ago – at a time when first fossil records of life on Earth could be found – suggest the possibility of life emerging on both planets in parallel. As conditions changed, the hypothetical life on Mars either became extinct or was able to adapt and might still exist in biological niches. The controversial discussed detection of methane on Mars led to the assumption, that it must have a recent origin – either abiotic through active volcanism or chemical processes, or through biogenic production. Spatial and seasonal variations in the detected methane concentrations and correlations between the presence of water vapor and geological features such as subsurface hydrogen, which are occurring together with locally increased detected concentrations of methane, gave fuel to the hypothesis of a possible biological source of the methane on Mars. Therefore the phylogenetically old methanogenic archaea, which have evolved under early Earth conditions, are often used as model-organisms in astrobiological studies to investigate the potential of life to exist in possible extraterrestrial habitats on our neighboring planet. In this thesis methanogenic archaea originating from two extreme environments on Earth were investigated to test their ability to be active under simulated Mars analog conditions. These extreme environments – the Siberian permafrost-affected soil and the chemoautotrophically based terrestrial ecosystem of Movile cave, Romania – are regarded as analogs for possible Martian (subsurface) habitats. Two novel species of methanogenic archaea isolated from these environments were described within the frame of this thesis. It could be shown that concentrations up to 1 wt% of Mars regolith analogs added to the growth media had a positive influence on the methane production rates of the tested methanogenic archaea, whereas higher concentrations resulted in decreasing rates. Nevertheless it was possible for the organisms to metabolize when incubated on water-saturated soil matrixes made of Mars regolith analogs without any additional nutrients. Long-term desiccation resistance of more than 400 days was proven with reincubation and indirect counting of viable cells through a combined treatment with propidium monoazide (to inactivate DNA of destroyed cells) and quantitative PCR. Phyllosilicate rich regolith analogs seem to be the best soil mixtures for the tested methanogenic archaea to be active under Mars analog conditions. Furthermore, in a simulation chamber experiment the activity of the permafrost methanogen strain Methanosarcina soligelidi SMA-21 under Mars subsurface analog conditions could be proven. Through real-time wavelength modulation spectroscopy measurements the increase in the methane concentration at temperatures down to -5 °C could be detected. The results presented in this thesis contribute to the understanding of the activity potential of methanogenic archaea under Mars analog conditions and therefore provide insights to the possible habitability of present-day Mars (near) subsurface environments. Thus, it contributes also to the data interpretation of future life detection missions on that planet. For example the ExoMars mission of the European Space Agency (ESA) and Roscosmos which is planned to be launched in 2018 and is aiming to drill in the Martian subsurface
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 108 Blätter , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2015 , Table of contents Preface Table of contents Summary Zusammenfassung 1. Introduction 1.1. Environmental conditions on past and present Mars 1.2. Detection of methane on Mars 1.3. Methanogenic archaea 1.4. Description of study sites 1.5. Aims and approaches 1.6. Overview of the publications 2. Publication I: Methanosarcina soligelidi sp. nov., a desiccationandfreeze-thaw-resistant methanogenic archaeon from a Siberianpermafrost-affected soil 3. Publication II: Methanobacterium movilense sp. nov.,ahydrogenotrophic, secondary-alcohol-utilizing methanogen fromthe anoxic sediment of a subsurface lake 4. Publication III: Influence of Martian Regolith Analogs on the activityand growth of methanogenic archaea,with special regard to long-term desiccation 5. Publication IV: Laser spectroscopic real time measurements ofmethanogenic activity under simulated Martian subsurface conditions 6. Synthesis and Conclusion 6.1. Synthesis 6.2. Conclusion and future perspectives 7. References 8. Acknowledgments
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: AWI A4-20-93991
    Description / Table of Contents: Over the last decades, the Arctic regions of the earth have warmed at a rate 2–3 times faster than the global average– a phenomenon called Arctic Amplification. A complex, non-linear interplay of physical processes and unique pecularities in the Arctic climate system is responsible for this, but the relative role of individual processes remains to be debated. This thesis focuses on the climate change and related processes on Svalbard, an archipelago in the North Atlantic sector of the Arctic, which is shown to be a "hotspot" for the amplified recent warming during winter. In this highly dynamical region, both oceanic and atmospheric large-scale transports of heat and moisture interfere with spatially inhomogenous surface conditions, and the corresponding energy exchange strongly shapes the atmospheric boundary layer. In the first part, Pan-Svalbard gradients in the surface air temperature (SAT) and sea ice extent (SIE) in the fjords are quantified and characterized. This analysis is based on observational data from meteorological stations, operational sea ice charts, and hydrographic observations from the adjacent ocean, which cover the 1980–2016 period. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xv, 123 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , CONTENTS 1 Introduction 1.1 Context: A rapidly changing Arctic 1.1.1 Documentation of recent changes in the Arctic 1.1.2 Research relevance 1.1.3 Objective: Svalbard as a hotspot for climate change 1.2 Physical Background 1.2.1 Radiation and surface energy balance 1.2.2 Peculiarities of the Arctic climate system 1.2.3 Role of atmospheric circulation 1.3 The regional setup on Svalbard 2 data and methods 2.1 Data description 2.1.1 Era-Interim atmospheric reanalysis 2.1.2 Svalbard Station Meteorology 2.1.3 Sea Ice Extent 2.1.4 Ocean data products 2.1.5 FLEXTRA Trajectories 2.2 Statistical Methods 2.2.1 Trend estimation 2.2.2 Correlation 2.2.3 Coefficient of Determination 3 state of surface climate parameters: pan-svalbard differences 3.1 Motivation 3.2 Surface air temperature 3.2.1 Annual cycle 3.2.2 Annual temperature range 3.2.3 Long-term trends 3.3 Fjord Sea Ice coverage 3.3.1 Climatology 3.3.2 Sea ice cover trends 3.3.3 Regional classification across Svalbard 3.3.4 Drivers of regional differences 3.4 Discussion and Conclusion 3.5 Current state of climate projections for the Svalbard region 4 Air mass back trajectories 4.1 Methodology 4.2 Winter 4.2.1 Source Regions of Ny-Ålesund Air 4.2.2 Circulation changes 4.2.3 Quantification of Advective Warming 4.3 Summer 4.3.1 Source Regions of Ny-Ålesund Air 4.3.2 Circulation changes 4.3.3 Quantification of advective cooling 4.3.4 Observational Case Study: May/June 2017 4.4 Discussion and Conclusion 5 Changing drivers of the arctic near surface temperature budget 5.1 Winter 5.2 Summer 5.3 Summary 6 Summary and conclusion A Details on calculations A.1 SLP composite Index A.2 Derivation of coefficient of determination A.3 Temperature effect of changing source regions over time B Supplementary figures Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: AWI G8-20-93468
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIII, 151, A28 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Abstract Zusammenfassung Abbreviations and Nomenclature 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Climate and Permafrost 1.1.2 Remote Sensing 1.1.3 Research Questions 1.2 General Approach 1.3 Thesis Structure 1.4 Author’ s contributions 1.4.1 Chapter 2 1.4.2 Chapter 3 1.4.3 Chapter 4 1.4.4 Chapter 5 1.4.5 Appendix Paper 1 2. Detection of landscape dynamics in the Arctic Lena Delta withtemporally dense Landsat time-series Stacks 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Area and Data 2.3.1 Study Area 2.3.2 Data 2.3.3 Methods/processing 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Regional Scale changes 2.4.2 Local scale changes 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Regional scale changes 2.5.2 Local scale changes 2.5.3 Data quality 2.5.4 Data usage and outlook 2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Data Archive 2.8 Acknowledgements 2.9 Appendix A. Supplementary Data 3. Landsat-Based Trend Analysis of Lake Dynamics across NorthernPermafrost Regions 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Study Sites 3.3.1 Alaska North Slope (NSL) 3.3.2 Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands (AKS) 3.3.3 Central Yakutia (CYA) 3.3.4 Kolyma Lowland (KOL) 3.4 Data and Methods 3.4.1 Data and Trend Analysis 3.4.2 Pixel-Based Machine-Leaming Classification 3.4.3 Object-Based Image Analysis 3.4.4 Data Quality and Post-Processing 3.4.5 Calculation of Lake Change Statistics 3.5 Results 3.5.1 NSL (Alaska North Slope) 3.5.2 AKS (Alaska Kobuk-Selawik Lowlands) 3.5.3 CYA (Central Yakutia) 3.5.4 KOL (Kolyma Lowland) 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Data Analysis 3.6.2 Comparison of Sites and Prior Studies 3.7 Conclusions 3.8 Supplementary Materials 3.9 Acknowledgements 3.10 Appendix A 4. Remotely sensing recent permafrost region disturbances across Arcticto Subarctic transects 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results 4.3.1 Lakes 4.3.2 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 4.3.3 Wildfire 4.4 Discussion 4.5 Methods 4.5.1 Remote Sensing Data Processing 4.5.2 Auxiliary Data Sources 5. Tundra landform and Vegetation productivity trend maps for theArctic Coastal Plain of northern Alaska 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Background & Summary 5.3 Methods 5.3.1 Polygonal tundra geomorphology mapping 5.3.2 Image processing 5.3.3 Image Classification 5.3.4 Decadal scale NDVI trend analysis 5.4 Data Records 5.5 Technical Validation 5.5.1 Tundra Geomorphology Map 5.5.2 NDVI Trend Map 5.6 Data Citation 6. Discussion/Synthesis 6.1 Landsat-based trend analysis 6.1.1 Spatial Scale 6.1.2 Time series analysis 6.1.3 Model complexity 6.2 Mapping of permafrost landscape dynamics 6.2.1 Lake dynamics 6.2.2 Wildfire 6.2.3 Retrogressive Thaw Slumps 6.3 Pan-arctic scale distribution and consequences of changes inpermafrost 6.4 Outlook Bibliography A-1. Appendix: Reduced arctic tundra productivity linked with landform and climate change interactions A-1.1 Abstract A-1.2 Introduction A-1.3 Methods A-1.4 Results A-1.5 Discussion Danksagung/Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93465
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 113, xxxvii Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Abstract Zusammenfassung List of Figures List of Tables 1. Introduction 1.1 Scientific Background 1.1.1 Arctic Climate Change 1.1.2 Permafrost Degradation 1.1.3 The Arctic Freshwater System and its Biogeochemistry 1.2 Objectives 1.3 Study Region and Methods 1.3.1 Study Area 1.3.2 Field Sampling and Measurements 1.3.3 Geochemical Analyses 1.3.4 Data Processing 1.4 Thesis Structure 1.5 Author Contributions 2. Spatial Variability of Dissolved Organic Carbon, Solutes and Suspended Sediment in Disturbed Low Arctic Coastal Watersheds 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Study Site 2.4 Methods 2.4.1 Stream Monitoring 2.4.2 Mapping of Disturbances 2.4.3 Flux Estimates and Statistics 2.5 Results 2.5.1 Catchment Disturbance 2.5.2 Runoff and Hydrochemistry 2.5.3 Lateral Transport of Stream Water 2.5.4 Hydrochemical Composition and Fluxes in Nearby Streams 2.6 Discussion 2.6.1 Total Runoff and Water Quality 2.6.2 Water Quality Changes from Headwaters to Downstream 2.6.3 Changes in Hydrochemistry and Isotopic Composition over Time 2.6.4 Importance of Disturbances for Hydrochemistry 2.7 Conclusions 2.8 Supplementary Material 3. Terrestrial Colored Dissolved Organic Matter (cDOM) in Arctic Catchments - Characterizing Organic Matter Composition Across the Arctic 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Study Area 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Field Methods and Hydrochemistry 3.3.2 Statistical Analyses 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Meteorological Conditions and General Hydrochemistry 3.4.2 DOC and cDOM Absorption Characteristics 3.4.3 Downstream Patterns of DOC and cDOM Along Longitudinal Transects 3.4.4 Temporal Trends ofDOC and cDOM with Changing Meteorological Conditions 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Limitations of cDOM Measurements from Terrestrial Sources 3.5.2 Catchment Processes and Biogeochemical Cycling 3.5.2.1 Regional Catchment Properties 3.5.2.2 Rainfall Events 3.5.2.3 Downstream Patterns and Impact of Permafrost Disturbance 3.5.3 Nature of cDOM-DOC Across the Terrestrial Arctic 3.6 Conclusion 3.7 Supplementary Material 4. Summer Rainfall DOC, Solute and Sediment Fluxes in a Small Arctic Coastal Catchment on Herschel Island (Yukon Territory, Canada) 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Study Site 4.4 Methodology 4.4.1 Weather data 4.4.2 Hydrology 4.4.3 Suspended Sediment and Hydrochemistry 4.4.4 Flux Estimates and Statistics 4.5 Results 4.5.1 Meteorological Conditions 4.5.2 Streamflow and Electrical Conductivity 4.5.3 Transport of Suspended Sediment and Organic Matter 4.5.4 Solute Transport 4.5.5 Alluvial Fan Sampling 4.6 Discussion 4.6.1 Hydrological Response 4.6.2 Water Quality and Fluxes 4.6.3 Rainfall Response and Flow Pathways 4.7 Conclusions 4.8 Supplementary Material 5. Synthesis 5.1 Impacts of Permafrost Degradation on Stream Biogeochemistry 5.2 Controls on DOM Quality across the Arctic 5.3 Biogeochemical Fluxes from Small Coastal Catchments to the Arctic Ocean 5.4 Challenges 5.5 Outlook Acronyms Bibliography Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    facet.materialart.12
    [Belleair Bluffs, Florida] : MasseranoLabs LLC
    Call number: 9781086027563 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: xi, 247 Seiten , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781086027563 , 1086027566
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgement Gold Supporters Silver Supporters I Introduction Why OpenDroneMap? What You Can Do with OpenDroneMap The Key To Becoming a Successful User II Getting Started Installing The Software Hardware Requirements Installing on Windows Installing on macOS Installing on Linux Basic Commands and Troubleshooting Hello, WebODM! Processing Datasets Dataset Size File Requirements Process Tasks Output Results Share With Others Export To Another WebODM Manage Plugins Change The Look & Feel Create New Users Manage Permissions How Does WebODM Process Images? The Processing Pipeline Load Dataset Structure From Motion Multi View Stereo Meshing Texturing Georeferencing Digital Elevation Model Processing Orthophoto Processing Task Options in Depth build-overviews cameras crop debug dem-decimation dem-euclidean-map dem-gapfill-steps dem-resolution depthmap-resolution dsm dtm end-with fast-orthophoto gcp help ignore-gsd matcher-distance matcher-neighbors max-concurrency merge mesh-octree-depth mesh-point-weight mesh-samples mesh-size min-num-features mve-confidence opensfm-depthmap-method opensfm-depthmap-min-patch-sd orthophoto-bigtiff orthophoto-compression orthophoto-cutline orthophoto-no-tiled orthophoto-resolution pc-classify pc-csv pc-ept pc-filter pc-las rerun rerun-all rerun-from resize-to skip-3dmodel sm-cluster smrf-scalar smrf-slope smrf-threshold smrf-window split split-overlap texturing-data-term texturing-keep-unseen-faces texturing-nadir-weight texturing-outlier-removal-type texturing-skip-global-seam-leveling texturing-skip-hole-filling texturing-skip-local-seam-leveling texturing-skip-visibility-test texturing-tone-mapping time use-3dmesh use-exif use-fixed-camera-params use-hybrid-bundle-adjustment use-opensfm-dense verbose version Ground Control Points Creating a GCP file using POSM GCPi Using GCP files How GCP files work Flying Tips Fly Higher Fly on Overcast Days Fly Between 10am and 2pm Fly at Different Elevations and Capture Multiple Angles Fly on Calm Days Increase Overlap Set Drone to Hover While Taking Images Check Camera Settings III Advanced Usages The Command Line Command Line Basics Using ODM Processed Files Owned By Root Add New Processing Nodes to WebODM Batch Geotagging of Images Using Exiftool Further Readings Docker Essentials Docker Basics Managing Containers Managing Images Managing Volumes Docker-Compose Basics Managing Disk Space Changing Entrypoint Assigning Names To Containers Jumping Into Existing Containers Making Changes Without Rebuilding Images Camera Calibration Option 1: Use an Existing Camera Model Option 2: Generate a Camera Model From a Calibration Target Taking Pictures of a Calibration Target Extracting a Camera Profile Manually Writing a cameras.json File Bonus: Checking Your LCP File by Manually Removing Geometric Distortion Processing Large Datasets Split-Merge Options Local Split-Merge Distributed Split-Merge Using Image Groups and GCPs Limitations The NodeODM API Launching a NodeODM Instance NodeODM Configuration Using the API with cURL Remove a Task API Specification Automated Processing With Python Getting Started Example 1: Hello NodeODM Example 2: Process Datasets Concluding Remarks API Reference Glossary About the Author
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Harlow, England : Pearson
    Call number: AWI G10-21-94627
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxv, 810 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 28 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9781292083575
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the fourth edition Contributors Editor's acknowledgements Acknowledgements Part I: The role of physical geography 1 Approaching physical geography 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Historical development of physical geography 1.2.1 Physical geography before 1800 1.2.2 Physical geography between 1800 and 1950 1.2.3 Physical geography since 1950 1.3 Scientific methods 1.3.1 The positivist method 1.3.2 Critique of the positivist method 1.3.3 Realism as an alternative positivist approach 1.3.4 Benefits of multiple scientific methods in physical geography 1.4 The field, the laboratory and the model 1.4.1 Approaching data collection from the environment 1.4.2 Approaching laboratory work 1.4.3 Approaching numerical modelling 1.5 Using physical geography for managing the environment 1.6 Summary Further reading Part II: Continents and oceans 2 Earth geology and tectonics 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The Earth's structure 2.2.1 The interior of the Earth 2.2.2 The outer layers of the Earth 2.3 Rock type and formation 2.3.1 Igneous rock 2.3.2 Sedimentary rock 2.3.3 Metamorphic rock 2.3.4 The rock cycle 2.4 History of plate tectonics 2.4.1 Early ideas of global tectonics 2.4.2 Evidence that led directly to plate tectonic theory 2.5 The theory of plate tectonics 2.5.1 Lithospheric plates 2.5.2 Rates of plate movement 2.6 Structural features related directly to motion of the plates 2.6.1 Divergent plate boundaries 2.6.2 Transform faults 2.6.3 Convergent plate boundaries 2.6.4 Hot spots 2.7 The history of the continents 2.8 Summary Further reading 3 Oceans 3.1 Introduction 3.2 The ocean basins 3.2.1 The scale of the oceans 3.2.2 Geological structure of the ocean basins 3.2.3 The depth and shape of the ocean basins 3.3 Physical properties of the ocean 3.3.1 Salinity 3.3.2 Temperature structure of the oceans 3.4 Ocean circulation 3.4.1 Surface currents 3.4.2 The deep currents of the oceans 3.4.3 The weather of the ocean 3.5 Sediments in the ocean 3.6 Biological productivity 3.6.1 Photosynthesis in the ocean 3.6.2 Importance of nutrient supply to primary productivity 3.6.3 Animals of the sea 3.6.4 Pollution 3.7 Effect of global climate change on the oceans 3.8 Summary Further reading Part III: Past, present and future climate and weather 4 The Pleistocene 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Long-term cycles, astronomical forcing and feedback mechanisms 4.2.1 Orbital forcing theory 4.2.2 Evidence that orbital forcing causes climate change 4.2.3 Problems with orbital forcing theory 4.2.4 Internal feedback mechanisms 4.3 Short-term cycles 4.3.1 Glacial instability 4.3.2 The Younger Dryas 4.4 Further evidence for environmental change 4.4.1 Landforms 4.4.2 Plants 4.4.3 Insects 4.4.4 Other animal remains 4.5 Dating methods 4.5.1 Age estimation techniques 4.5.2 Age equivalent labels 4.5.3 Relative chronology 4.6 Pleistocene stratigraphy and correlation 4.7 Palaeodimate modelling 4.8 Summary Further reading 5 The Holocene 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Holocene climatic change 5.2.1 How the Holocene began 5.2.2 Drivers of climate change during the Holocene 5.2.3 The Little Ice Age 5.3 Holocene geomorphological change 5.3.1 Retreating ice sheets 5.3.2 Rising seas 5.4 Holocene ecosystem change 5.4.1 Responses of ecosystems to the end of the last glacial 5.4.2 Tropical Africa and the Sahara 5.4.3 European ecosystems 5.4.4 Island ecosystems 5.5 The rise of civilizations 5.5.1 Humans at the end of the last glacial 5.5.2 The beginnings of agriculture 5.5.3 Social and environmental consequences of agriculture 5.6 Human interaction with physical geography 5.6.1 Out of Eden? 5.6.2 Deforestation 5.6.3 Soil erosion and impoverishment 5.6.4 Irrigation and drainage 5.7 Summary Further reading 6 Atmospheric processes 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The basics of climate 6.3 The global atmospheric circulation 6.4 Radiative and energy systems 6.4.1 The nature of energy 6.4.2 Distinguishing between temperature and heat 6.4.3 Radiation 6.4.4 Thermal inertia 6.4.5 The atmospheric energy balance 6.5 Moisture circulation systems 6.5.1 Moisture in the atmosphere and the hydrological cycle 6.5.2 Global distribution of precipitation and evaporation 6.5.3 The influence of vegetation on evaporation 6.5.4 Drought 6.6 Motion in the atmosphere 6.6.1 Convective overturning 6.6.2 The Earth's rotation and the winds 6.6.3 Long waves. Planetary Waves and Rossby Waves 6.6.4 Jet streams 6.7 The influence of oceans and ice on atmospheric processes 6.8 The Walker circulation 6.8.1 El Niño Southern Oscillation 6.8.2 North Atlantic Oscillation 6.9 Interactions between radiation, atmospheric trace gases and clouds 6.9.1 The greenhouse effect 6.9.2 A simple climate model of the enhanced greenhouse effect 6.9.3 Radiative interactions with clouds and sulfate aerosols 6.10 Ceoengineering 6.11 Summary Further reading 7 Contemporary climate change 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Climate change 7.2.1 Long-term change 7.2.2 Recent climate change and its causes 7.2.3 Predictions from global climate models (GCMs) 7.2.4 Critical evaluation of the state-of-the-art in GCMs 7.3 The carbon cycle: interaction with the climate system 7.4 Mitigation 7.5 Destruction of the ozone layer by chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) 7.6 The future 7.7 Summary Further reading 8 Global climate and weather 8.1 Introduction 8.2 General controls of global climates 8.3 The tropics and subtropics 8.3.1 Equatorial regions 8.3.2 The Sahel and desert margins 8.3.3 Subtropical deserts 8.3.4 Humid subtropics 8.4 Mid and high-latitude climates 8.4.1 Depressions, fronts and anticyclones 8.4.2 Mid-latitude western continental margins 8.4.3 Mid-latitude east continental margins and continental interiors 8.5 Polar climates 8.6 A global overview 8.7 Summary Further reading 9 Regional and local climates 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Altitude and topography 9.2.1 Pressure 9.2.2 Temperature 9.2.3 Wind 9.2.4 Precipitation 9.2.5 Frost hollows 9.3 Influence of water bodies 9.4 Human influences 9.4.1 Shelter belts 9.4.2 Urban climates 9.4.3 Atmospheric pollution and haze 9.5 Summary Further reading Part IV: Biogeography and ecology 10 The biosphere 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Biological concepts 10.2.1 What is a species? 10.2.2 The naming of species 10.2.3 Levels of organization 10.2.4 Biodiversity 10.3 Patterns of distribution 10.3.1 Potential species distributions 10.3.2 Actual species distributions 10.3.3 Spatial patterns in biodiversity 10.4 Terrestrial biomes 10.4.1 Equatorial and tropical forests 10.4.2 Savanna 10.4.3 Hot Desert 10.4.4 Mediterranean-type biome 10.4.5 Temperate grassland 10.4.6 Temperate broadleaf forest 10.4.7 Taiga 10.4.8 Tundra 10.5 Aquatic biomes 10.5.1 Marine regions 10.5.2 Freshwater regions 10.6 Summary Further reading 11 Ecosystem processes 11.1 Introduction 11.2 The flow of energy and resources 11.2.1 Energy entering an ecosystem 11.2.2 Ecological thermodynamics 11.2.3 Trophic levels and food webs 11.2.4 Biogeochemical cycles 11.3 Biotic interactions 11.3.1 Mutualism 11.3.2 Herbivory, prédation and parasitism 11.3.3 Commensalism 11.3.4 Amensalism 11.3.5 Competition 11.4 Temporal change in ecosystems 11.4.1 Short-term changes 11.4.2 Disturbance and resilience 11.4.3 Succession 11.5 Human impact 11.5.1 Degrading ecosystems 11.5.2 Urban ecology 11.5.3 Conservation 11.6 Summary Further reading 12 Freshwater ecosystems 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Running waters: rivers and streams 12.2.1 River ecosystem geomorphological units 12.2.2 Spatial variability of river ecosystems 12.2.3 Temporal variability of river ecosystems 12.2.4 Human alterations to river ecosystems 12.3 Still waters: lakes and ponds 12.3.1 Classification of lake ecosystems 12.3.2 Spatial variability of lake ecosystems 12.3.3 Human influences on lake ecosystems 12.4 Summary Further reading 13 Vegetation and env
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    facet.materialart.12
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: 9781400888665 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 262 Seiten) , Diagramme, Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9781400888665 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1 Introdution Chapter 2 Origins Building a Planet, Shaping the Oceans Water, Salt, and Circulation Life, Oxygen, and Carbon Chapter 3 Controls On change Orbital and Solar Changes Greenhouse Gases Plate Tectonics Impacts Chapter 4 Snowball earth and the explosions of life Into the Freezer Out of the Freezer, Into a Greenhouse A Tale of Two Explosions Reverberations Chapter 5 Oceans On acid About Acidification Acidification in Action Chapter 6 The age of reptiles Choking Oceans Salty Giants Chapter 7 Winter is coming Reconstructing Sea-Level Change The Great Northern Ice Ages Ocean Controls on CO2 A Seesaw in the Ocean Chapter 8 Future Oceans and climate Our Carbon Emissions Consequences Epilogue Acknowledgments Bibliography Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 9783319955681 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume consists of 15 chapters and focuses on hazardous chemicals, how they are associated with plastics, and their environmental risks. It includes background information on plastics and additives chemistry, and their observed or potential effects on living organisms as well as the oceanographic aspects of marine debris dispersion. The respective chapters provide insights into the sorption/desorption of chemicals in and out of plastics, the mechanisms and kinetics, but also the scale of the concentrations of chemicals found in marine debris, particularly in microplastics. The occurrence of the various chemicals is analyzed, as well as the distribution profiles of the chemicals in microplastics throughout the world’s oceans. The implications of the fact that plastics carry within them several chemicals are discussed in detail. In closing, new research topics that warrant further attention are identified. The book will appeal to all scientists who are already working or interested in starting to work on the topic of marine debris, as well as policymakers, NGOs and the broader informed public
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 315 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319955681 , 978-3-319-95568-1
    ISSN: 1867-979X , 1616-864X
    Series Statement: The handbook of environmental chemistry volume 78
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Additives and Chemicals in Plastics / Anthony L. Andrady and Nepali Rajapakse Food Containers and Packaging Materials as Possible Source of Hazardous Chemicals to Food / Evangelia Manoli and Dimitra Voutsa Release of Additives and Monomers from Plastic Wastes / Charita S. Kwan and Hideshige Takada Degradation of Various Plastics in the Environment / Kalliopi N. Fotopoulou and Hrissi K. Karapanagioti Occurrence of Marine Litter in the Marine Environment: A World Panorama of Floating and Seafloor Plastics / Christos Ioakeimidis, François Galgani, and George Papatheodorou Sources, Distribution, and Fate of Microscopic Plastics in Marine Environments / Richard C. Thompson Nature of Plastic Marine Pollution in the Subtropical Gyres / Marcus Eriksen, Martin Thiel, and Laurent Lebreton Hazardous Chemicals in Plastics in Marine Environments: International Pellet Watch / Rei Yamashita, Kosuke Tanaka, Bee Geok Yeo, Hideshige Takada, Jan A. van Franeker, Megan Dalton, and Eric Dale Sorption of Hydrophobic Organic Compounds to Plastics in the Marine Environment: Equilibrium / Satoshi Endo and Albert A. Koelmans Sorption of Hydrophobic Organic Compounds to Plastics in the Marine Environment: Sorption and Desorption Kinetics / Hrissi K. Karapanagioti and David Werner Biofilms on Plastic Debris and Their Influence on Marine Nutrient Cycling, Productivity, and Hazardous Chemical Mobility / Tracy J. Mincer, Erik R. Zettler, and Linda A. Amaral-Zettler Ingestion of Plastics by Marine Organisms / Peter G. Ryan Transfer of Hazardous Chemicals from Ingested Plastics to Higher-Trophic-Level Organisms / Kosuke Tanaka, Rei Yamashita, and Hideshige Takada The Role of Plastic Debris as Another Source of Hazardous Chemicals in Lower-Trophic Level Organisms / Chelsea M. Rochman Conclusions of “Hazardous Chemicals Associated with Plastics in Environment” / Hrissi K. Karapanagioti and Hideshige Takada Erratum to: Food Containers and Packaging Materials as Possible Source of Hazardous Chemicals to Food / Evangelia Manoli and Dimitra Voutsa Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 9783319773155 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Intended as a text for upper-division undergraduates, graduate students and as a potential reference, this broad-scoped resource is extensive in its educational appeal by providing a new concept-based organization with end-of-chapter literature references, self-quizzes, and illustration interpretation. The concept-based, pedagogical approach, in contrast to the classic discipline-based approach, was specifically chosen to make the teaching and learning of plant anatomy more accessible for students. In addition, for instructors whose backgrounds may not primarily be plant anatomy, the features noted above are designed to provide sufficient reference material for organization and class presentation. This text is unique in the extensive use of over 1150 high-resolution color micrographs, color diagrams and scanning electron micrographs. Another feature is frequent side-boxes that highlight the relationship of plant anatomy to specialized investigations in plant molecular biology, classical investigations, functional activities, and research in forestry, environmental studies and genetics, as well as other fields. Each of the 19 richly-illustrated chapters has an abstract, a list of keywords, an introduction, a text body consisting of 10 to 20 concept-based sections, and a list of references and additional readings. At the end of each chapter, the instructor and student will find a section-by-section concept review, concept connections, concept assessment (10 multiple-choice questions), and concept applications. Answers to the assessment material are found in an appendix. An index and a glossary with over 700 defined terms complete the volume
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 723 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319773155 , 978-3-319-77315-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I Plants as Unique Organisms; History and Tools of Plant Anatomy 1 The Nature of Plants 1.1 Plants Have Multiple Pigments with Multiple Functions 1.2 Plants Use Water, and the Properties of Water, in Unique Ways 1.3 Plants Use Anabolic Metabolism to Manufacture Every Molecule Needed for Growth and Produce Virtually No Waste 1.4 Cell Walls Are Nonliving Matrices Outside the Plant Cell Membrane that House and/or Perform a Variety of Functions 1.5 The Plant Life Cycle Alternates Between a Haploid Gametophyte Stage and a Diploid Sporophyte Stage 1.6 Meristematic Activity Continues Throughout the Life of a Plant 1.7 Fruits Disperse Seeds Through Space: Dormancy Disperses Seeds Through Time 1.8 Earth’s History Is Divided into Four Major Time Periods 1.8.1 The Precambrian: 4550 to 542 mya 1.8.2 The Paleozoic Era: 542 to 251 mya 1.8.3 The Mesozoic Era: 251–66 mya 1.8.4 The Cenozoic Era: 66 mya to Present 1.9 Life on Earth Has Experienced Five Mass Extinctions: A Sixth Is in Progress 1.10 Many Plants and Animals Have Coevolved 1.11 The Plant Body Consists of Four Organs 1.11.1 Roots 1.11.2 Stems 1.11.3 Leaves 1.11.4 Flowers and Fruit 1.12 Plant Organs Are Initially Made of Three Tissues 1.13 “Plant” Can Be Broadly Defined 1.14 Bryophytes Lack Vasculature and Produce Spores 1.15 Ferns and Fern Allies Are Seedless Tracheophytes 1.16 Gymnosperms Are Seed-Producing Tracheophytes that Lack Flowers and Fruit 1.17 Monocots and Eudicots Are the Two Largest Groups of Angiosperms 1.18 Understanding Plant Structure Requires a Sense of Scale 1.19 “Primary” and “Secondary” Are Important Concepts in Plant Anatomy 1.19.1 Primary Versus Secondary Growth and Meristems 1.19.2 Primary Versus Secondary Xylem and Phloem 1.19.3 Primary Versus Secondary Cell Walls 1.20 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 2 Microscopy and Imaging 2.1 Robert Hooke, 1635–1703, Described a Cell as the Basic Unit of Life by Studying the Bark of the Cork Oak Tree, Quercus suber 2.2 Antoni Van Leeuwenhoek, 1632–1723, Was the First Scientist to Observe Microorganisms 2.3 Nehemiah Grew, 1641–1712, Was the Father of Plant Anatomy 2.4 Robert Brown, 1773–1858, Discovered the Nucleus of the Cell by Studying Orchid Petals 2.5 Katherine Esau, 1898–1997, Advanced the Field of Plant Anatomy with Her Influential Textbooks 2.6 Light Microscopy: The Most Useful Tool of the Plant Anatomist 2.7 The Compound Light Microscope Uses Multiple Lenses to Form and Capture Images 2.8 The Resolving Power of a Lens Places Limits on Resolution and Magnification 2.9 The Confocal Microscope Allows for Sharper Detail, Computer Control, and 3-D Imaging with a Modified Compound Microscope 2.10 Electron Microscopy Allows a View into the World of Cellular Ultrastructure 2.11 The Transmission Electron Microscope Reveals Internal Cellular Detail 2.12 The Scanning Electron Microscope Resolves Surface Detail 2.13 Different Microscopies Produce Different Images of the Same Specimen 2.14 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings II Cellular Plant Anatomy 3 Plant Cell Structure and Ultrastructure 3.1 Plant Cells Are Complex Structures 3.2 Plant Cells Synthesize an External Wall and Contain a Variety of Internal Compartments 3.3 Cells and Cell Organelles Are Typically Bound by Lipid Bilayer Membranes 3.4 Vacuoles Play a Role in Water and Ion Balance 3.5 Plastids Are a Diverse Family of Anabolic Organelles 3.5.1 Proplastid 3.5.2 Etioplast 3.5.3 Elaioplast 3.5.4 Amyloplast 3.5.5 Chromoplast 3.5.6 Gerontoplast 3.5.7 Chloroplast 3.5.8 Chloroplast Functions 3.5.9 The Dimorphic Chloroplasts of C 4 Photosynthesis 3.5.10 Guard Cell Chloroplasts 3.5.11 Sun Versus Shade Chloroplasts 3.6 All Plastids Are Developmentally Related 3.7 Mitochondria Synthesize ATP and Small Carbon Skeletons 3.8 Microbodies Are the Site of Specific Biochemical Pathways 3.9 The Endoplasmic Reticulum Synthesizes Proteins and Some Lipids 3.10 The Golgi Apparatus Processes and Packages Polysaccharides and Proteins for Secretion 3.11 The Nucleus Houses the Cell’s Genetic Material and Participates in Ribosome Synthesis 3.12 The Cytoskeleton Organizes the Cell and Helps Traffic Organelles 3.13 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 4 Mitosis and Meristems 4.1 The Plant Cell Cycle Includes Interphase, Mitosis, and Cytokinesis 4.2 A Pre-prophase Microtubule Band Precedes Mitosis and Defines the Plane of Cell Division 4.3 Mitosis May Be Divided into Distinct, but Continuous, Stages 4.4 Cytokinesis Begins with Initiation of the Cell Plate and Grows by the Deposition of Callose 4.5 Microtubules Play a Critical Role in Mitosis and Cytokinesis 4.6 Apical Meristems Are the Sites of Primary Growth 4.7 The Shoot Apical Meristem Is the Site of Lateral Organ Initiation 4.8 Axillary Buds Arise De Novo in the Developing Leaf Axis 4.9 Tunica-Corpus Organization Describes Shoot Apical Meristem Growth in Many Eudicots 4.10 Gymnosperms Do Not Possess a Tunica-Corpus 4.11 The Root Apical Meristem Provides the Primary Growth of Roots 4.12 Lateral Roots Originate from Inside the Pericycle, Not from the Root Apical Meristem 4.13 Intercalary Meristems Contribute to Stem and Leaf Growth in Monocots 4.14 Many Lower Vascular Plants Have a Single Initial Cell in the Shoot and Root Apical Meristems 4.15 Lateral Meristems Are the Site of Secondary Growth in Eudicots 4.16 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 5 Cell Walls 5.1 Transparent Plant Cell Walls Contain Cellulose and Are Synthesized to the Exterior of the Protoplast 5.2 Primary Cell Walls Are a Structural Matrix of Cellulose and Several Other Components 5.3 Plasmodesmata Connect Adjacent Cells Via Holes in the Primary Cell Wall 5.4 Secondary Cell Walls Are Rigid, Thick, and Lignified 5.5 Pits Are Holes in the Secondary Cell Wall 5.6 Transfer Cells Have Elaborated Primary Cell Walls for High Rates of Transport 5.7 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 6 Parenchyma, Collenchyma, and Sclerenchyma 6.1 Parenchyma Cells Are the Most Common Plant Cell Type 6.2 Parenchyma Cells May Exhibit Totipotency 6.3 Collenchyma Cells Are Used for Support and Are the Least Common Cell Type 6.4 Birefringence Is a Common Phenomenon in Collenchyma Walls 6.5 Sclerenchyma Cells Provide Support, Protection, and Long-Distance Water Transport 6.6 Fibers Impart Support and Protection 6.7 Sclereids Are Reduced Sclerenchyma Cells That Occur Singly or in Clumps 6.8 Xylem Vessel Elements Are Water-Conducting Sclerenchyma 6.9 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings III Vascular Tissues 7 Xylem 7.1 Xylem Is a Complex Tissue Containing Multiple Cell Types, Each with a Specific Structure and Function 7.2 The Primary Functions of Xylem Are Water Conduction, Mineral Transport, and Support 7.3 Tracheids Are Imperforate Tracheary Elements and the Sole Water Conductors in Gymnosperms 7.4 Angiosperm Tracheids, Fiber Tracheids, and Libriform Fibers Represent a Continuum of Imperforate Tracheary Element Design and Function 7.5 Vessel Elements Are Perforate Cells and the Main Water Conductors in Angiosperms 7.6 Vessel Element Side Walls Are Patterned for Strength and Water Movement 7.7 Most Vessel Elements End in a Perforation Plate and Are Connected to Another Vessel Element 7.8 Xylem Parenchyma Are Living Cells Involved in Xylem Metabolism and Protection 7.9 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 8 Phloem 8.1 Phloem Is a Complex Tissue Containing Multiple Cell Types, Each with a Specific Structure and Function 8.2 Phloem’s Main Function Is Photosynthate Translocation 8.3 Sieve Tube Elements Are Living Cells Responsible for Translocation 8.4 Companion Cells Support the Sieve Tube Element and Are Involved in Phloem Loading and Unloading in Angiosperms 8.5 Phloem Parenchyma Cells Are Involved in Radial Translocation, Xylem/Phloem Coordination, and Storage 8.6 Phloem Fibers Protect the Delicate Sieve Tubes 8.7 Secondary Phloem Typically Only Functions for One Growing Season 8.8 Gymnosperm Phloem Is Simpler Than An
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: 9783319761022 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This richly illustrated book presents Germany’s geological evolution in the context of the Earth’s dynamic history. It starts with an introduction to Geology and explains the plate tectonic development, as well as the formation of both ancient and recent mountain belts - namely the Caledonian, Variscan and the modern-day Alps - that formed this part of Europe. A dedicated chapter discusses the origin of earthquakes in Germany, the occurrence of young volcanic rocks and the various episodes of rock deformation and metamorphism at these complex crossroads of plate tectonic history. The book highlights Germany’s diverse geological history, ranging from the origin of the Earth, the formation of deep crystalline rocks, and their overlying sedimentary sequences, to its more recent “ice age” quaternary cover. The last chapter addresses the shaping of the modern landscape. Though the content is also accessible for non-geologists, it is primarily intended for geoscience students and an academic audience
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxvii, 304 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319761022 , 978-3-319-76102-2
    ISSN: 2364-6438 , 2364-6446
    Series Statement: Regional Geology Reviews
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Time and Geological Periods 3 Rocks and the Geological Record 4 The Age of the Rocks 5 Plate Tectonics, the Unifying Theory 6 Tectonics Units of Europe 6.1 Ancestral Europe 6.2 Paleo-Europe 6.3 Meso-Europe 6.4 Neo-Europe 7 Overview of the Plate Tectonic History of Europe 8 The Dynamic Earth, Earthquakes in Germany 9 Early Geological Evolution of Germany 9.1 The Pre-variscan Basement 9.2 Occurrences of Proterozoic and Early Paleozoic Units 9.2.1 Harz Mountains 9.2.2 Rheinisches Schiefergebirge 9.2.3 Lusatia 9.2.4 Elbe Zone 9.2.5 Erzgebirge 9.2.6 Schwarzburg Anticlinorium, Vesser Zone 9.2.7 Bohemian Massif 9.2.8 Black Forest 10 Late Paleozoic of Germany 10.1 The Variscan Orogeny 10.1.1 Rhenohercynian Zone 10.1.2 Saxothuringian Zone 10.1.3 Moldanubian Zone 10.2 Development of the Variscan Orogeny Through Time 10.2.1 Devonian 10.2.2 Carboniferous 10.3 The Variscides in Germany 10.3.1 Regional Geology of the Rhenohercynian 10.3.2 Northern Phyllite Zone 10.3.3 Regional Geology of the Saxothuringian 10.3.4 Saxothuringian (excluding the Mid-German Crystalline Zone) 10.3.5 Regional Geology of the Moldanubian 11 Permian and Mesozoic Geology of Germany 11.1 Post-Variscan History 11.2 Permian 11.2.1 Rotliegend 11.2.2 Zechstein 11.3 Permian/Triassic Boundary 11.4 Triassic 11.4.1 Buntsandstein (Bunter Sandstone) 11.4.2 Muschelkalk 11.4.3 Keuper 11.5 Triassic/Jurassic Boundary 11.6 Jurassic 11.6.1 Early Jurassic 11.6.2 Middle Jurassic 11.6.3 Late Jurassic 11.7 Cretaceous 11.7.1 Early Cretaceous 11.7.2 Late Cretaceous 11.8 Cretaceous/Tertiary Boundary 12 The Evolution of the Alps 12.1 Overview of the Tectonic Structure of the Alps 12.1.1 Helvetic 12.1.2 Penninic 12.1.3 Austroalpine and Southern Alpine Units 12.2 Development of the Alpine Region During the Permian 12.3 The Alpine Triassic 12.4 The Alpine Jurassic 12.5 The Alpine Region in the Cretaceous and Early Tertiary 12.6 The Tectonic Evolution of the Alps 13 Tertiary Basins 13.1 Tertiary Brown Coal Deposits 13.2 The Upper Rhine Graben 13.3 The Northern Alpine Foreland Basin—The Molasse 14 Tertiary and Quaternary Volcanism 14.1 Volcanism in the Eifel 14.2 Westerwald, Siebengebirge, Vogelsberg, Rhön, and Heldburger Gangschar 14.3 Small Chimneys in the Odenwald and the Messel Pit 14.4 Kaiserstuhl 14.5 Tuff Chimneys of Bad Urach, Hegau 14.6 Eger Graben Area, Fichtel Mountains, Vogtland, and Lusatia 15 Asteroid Craters 16 Germany During the Glacial Periods 16.1 Glacial and Interglacial Periods 16.2 Deposits and Erosion Forms of the Glacial Periods 16.3 The Baltic Sea—A Relic from the Last Glaciation Period Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9783319777887 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the result of collaboration within the framework of the Third International Scientific School for Young Scientists held at the Ishlinskii Institute for Problems in Mechanics of Russian Academy of Sciences, 2017, November. The papers included describe studies on the dynamics of natural system – geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere—and their interactions, the human contribution to naturally occurring processes, laboratory modeling of earth and environment processes, and testing of new developed physical and mathematical models. The book particularly focuses on modeling in the field of oil and gas production as well as new alternative energy sources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 382 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319777887 , 978-3-319-77788-7
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Tyrrhenian Continent Ragmentation / Al. A. Schreider, A. A. Schreider, and A. E. Sazhneva Long Waves Influence on Polarization Ratio for Microwave Backscattering from the Sea Surface / Alexandr Zapevalov Elimination of Hydrocarbons Spills on Water Objects and Fluorescent Diagnostics of Water Pureness / T. O. Chaplina and E. V. Stepanova Investigations of Internal Waves in the Seas of Russia and in the Central Atlantic / K. S. Grigorenko and S. M. Khartiev Critically Stressed Fractures and Their Relation to Elastic Moduli / Nikita Vladislavovich Dubinya and Ilya Vladimirovich Fokin Mechanical Properties of Thin Films of Coals by Nanoindentation / Elena Kossovich, Svetlana Epshtein, Nadezhda Dobryakova, Maxim Minin, and Darya Gavrilova Using the Variational Approach and Adjoint Equations Method Under the Identification of the Input Parameter of the Passive Admixture Transport Model / Sergey Germanovich Demyshev, Vladimir Sergeevich Kochergin, and Sergey Vladimirovich Kochergin Mechanisms Accounting for Interannual Variability of Advective Heat Transport in the North Atlantic Upper Layer / A. B. Polonsky and P. A. Sukhonos Convective Jets: Volcanic Activity and Turbulent Mixing in the Boundary Layers of the Atmosphere and Ocean / Alexander Vulfson, Oleg Borodin, and Petr Nikolaev Theoretical and Experimental Evaluation of Formation Fluid Composition Influence on Filtration and Elastic Properties of Porous Media / Daniil Karmanskiy and Andrey Maltsev Synchronous Changes of Geophysical Fields in the Earth’s Near-Surface Zone / Svetlana Riabova and Alexander Spivak Vertical Mass Transport by Weakly Nonlinear Inertia-Gravity Internal Waves / A. A. Slepyshev and D. I. Vorotnikov Field Investigation and Numerical Simulation of Wind-Wave Interaction at the Middle-Sized Inland Reservoirs / G. A. Baydakov, A. M. Kuznetsova, V. V. Papko, A. A. Kandaurov, M. I. Vdovin, D. A. Sergeev, and Yu. I. Troitskaya Multidecadal Variability of Hydro-Thermodynamic Characteristics and Heat Fluxes in North Atlantic / N. A. Diansky and P. A. Sukhonos Reconstruction of Hydrophysical Fields in the Coastal Region of the Black Sea on the Basis of Hydrodynamic Model with Assimilation of Observational Data / Demyshev Sergei and Evstigneeva Natalia The Vertical Turbulent Exchange Features in the Black Sea Active Layer / A. S. Samodurov and A. M. Chukharev Model of Oscillations of Earth’s Poles Based on Gravitational Tides / S. A. Kumakshev Laboratory Modeling of Ring Geophysical Structures / B. Shvilkin Principles of Controlling the Apparatus Function for Achieving Super-Resolution in Imagers / E. N. Terentiev, N. E. Terentiev, and I. I. Farshakova A Regular System of Vortices in a Circular Stratified Flow Behind the Edge of a Rotating Disk / Roman N. Bardakov Comparison of Empirical Sea-Surface Slopes Probability Densities for the Purposes of Satellite Sounding / Nick Evgenievich Lebedev and Alexandr Sergeevich Zapevalov Mathematical Modeling of Thermomechanical Behavior of Porous Impermeable Medium with Active Filler / M. V. Alekseev, E. B. Savenkov, and N. G. Sudobin Evaluation of the Temporal Dynamics of Oceanic Eddies with Initial Peripheral Rate Shift / Alexander Aleхeyevich Solovyev and Dmitry Alexandrovich Solovyev Reservoir Proxy Model as a Part of Geo-Technological Model of Gas Fields and Underground Gas Storages / Sergey A. Kirsanov, Andrey V. Chugunov, Oleg S. Gatsolaev, Yan S. Chudin, Ivan А. Fedorov, Aleksey A. Kontarev, and Alexandra P. Popovich Understanding of Rock Material Behavior Under Dynamic Loadings Based on Incubation Time Criteria Approach / A. N. Martemyanov and Yu. V. Petrov Analytical Research of Character of Relative Permeability Function Under Unsteady Two-Phase Filtration / D. U. Semiglasov and V. M. Maximov Estimation of the Hydraulic Fracture Propagation Rate in the Laboratory Experiment / M. Trimonova, E. Zenchenko, N. Baryshnikov, S. Turuntaev, P. Zenchenko, and A. Aigozhieva Paleomagnetism of Some Basalts Samples from the Red Sea Rift Zone / V. I. Maksimochkin and L. R. Preobrazhenskii Influence of Hydrodynamic Perturbations on Dispersion Characteristics of a Near-Water Aerosol / V. N. Nosov, S. G. Ivanov, V. I. Pogonin, V. I. Timonin, N. A. Zavyalov, E. A. Zevakin, and A. S. Savin A Comparative Analysis of Optical Methods for Detection and Prediction of Radionuclides Migration in the Geosphere / B. P. Yakimov, G. S. Budylin, V. G. Petrov, V. V. Fadeev, S. N. Kalmykov, S. A. Evlashin, and E. A. Shirshin Advanced Procedure for Estimation of Phytoplankton Fluorescence Quantum Yield Using Remote Sensing Data: A Comparative Study of the Amundsen Sea Polynyas / Elena E. Nikonova, Evgeny A. Shirshin, Victor V. Fadeev, and Maxim Y. Gorbunov The Exact Mathematical Models of Nonlinear Surface Waves / Anatoly Kistovich Numerical Analysis and Prediction of the Consequences of Natural and Technological Impacts in Coastal Areas of the Azov Sea / T. Ya. Shul’ga, S. M. Khartiev, and A. R. Ioshpa The Problem of Forecasting of Vertical Temperature Distribution in Inland Hydrophysical Objects with Experimental Data / D. Gladskikh, D. Sergeev, G. Baydakov, I. Soustova, and Yu. Troitskaya Modeling Geomechanical Processes in Oil and Gas Reservoirs at the True Triaxial Loading Apparatus / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, and Yu. F. Kovalenko Modeling of Deformation and Filtration Processes Near Wells with Emphasis of their Coupling and Effects Caused by Anisotropy / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, Yu. F. Kovalenko, and K. B. Ustinov Effect of a Tidal Wave Caused by Large Gliding Satellite on Formation of 220 km Seismic Boundary and Split of the Mantle into Blocks / S. Kasyanov and V. Samsonov Influence of Baroclinicity on Sea Level Oscillations in the Baltic Sea / Evgeny Zakharchuk, Natalia Tikhonova, Anatoly Gusev, and Nikolay Diansky Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 9783030258658 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, Volume 239
    Description / Table of Contents: Domestic and wild large mammalian herbivores occur on every continent except Antarctica. Through their browsing and grazing, they affect the structure and distribution not only of vegetation, but also of associated fauna. Consequently, the interactions between management practices and herbivore populations influence the biodiversity, structure and dynamics of ecosystems across vast expanses around the globe: signs of human activity that will be detectable for epochs to come. As a follow-up work to The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing, published in 2008, this new volume presents cutting-edge research on the behaviour, distribution, movement, and direct and indirect impacts of domestic and wild herbivores on terrestrial ecosystems. The respective chapters highlight strategic and applied research on cross-cutting issues in palaeontology and ecology, and provide concrete recommendations on the management of large herbivores to integrate production and conservation in terrestrial systems. Given its scope, the book will appeal to students, researchers and anyone interested in understanding these fascinating wild animals and how they shape the natural world
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 451 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030258658 , 978-3-030-25865-8
    ISSN: 2196-971X , 0070-8356
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 239
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins 2 The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen 3 The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J. T. Faith 4 Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss 5 Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan A. Venter, Mika M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke 6 Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee 7 Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Munib Khanyari, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi 8 Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone 9 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi 10 Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A. D. M. van de Vijver, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen 11 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo 12 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee 13 Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P. J. Smit and Corli Coetsee 14 Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W. S. Fynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf 15 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H. T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B. P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss 16 Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: 9783030001384 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book documents the effects of natural hazards on coastal ecosystems in detail. The sea is an indispensable component of the Earth system, and human societies obtain many goods and services from the marine environment. Global warming threatens marine ecosystems through seawater temperature rise, acidification, sea-level rise and the increased frequency of severe storms. The repeated effects of tsunamis also have major impacts on coastal ecosystems. Increases in population and industry activities along the coast cause the degradation of coastal ecosystems through direct and indirect uses of the environment such as reclamation, overexploitation of bioresources, and pollution. Given these facts, we need to improve our understanding of the physical, chemical and biological mechanisms characterizing marine ecosystems, in order to better measure the effects of anthropogenic and natural impacts on the sea and its ecosystems. Equipped with a comprehensive understanding of the sea, including the effects of the main pressures on it, we will have a better idea of the future state of the sea based on several scenarios of global warming. The 16th France-Japan Symposium on Marine Science focused on using advances in oceanography to better understand the current status of the sea from physical, chemical, biological and ecological perspectives, including fishery sciences and integrated approaches
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 413 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (vorwiegend farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783030001384 , 978-3-030-00138-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Evolution and Progress Accomplished During Previous French-Japanese Symposiums of Oceanography / Hubert-Jean Ceccaldi 2 Challenge to Resolve Problems in the Ocean and Coastal Waters in Future Earth with Stronger Cooperation Between the Two Societies Franco-Japonaise of Oceanography / Teruhisa Komatsu Part II Natural and Anthropogenic Impacts 3 Slower Decrease in Radioactive Concentrations in Some Fish Species After the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant Disaster / Hisayuki Arakawa 4 Influence of Behavioral Patterns of Several Fish Species on Their Radioactive Cesium Concentrations Revealed with a Biotelemetry System After the Nuclear Accident Caused by the 2011 Great East Japan Earthquake / Keiichi Uchida, Kohei Hasegawa, Yoshinori Miyamoto, Hisayuki Arakawa, Seiji Akiyama and Naoto Hirakawa 5 Estimate of Water Quality Change in Osaka Bay Caused by the Suspension of Marine Sediment with Mega Tsunami / Mitsuru Hayashi, Satoshi Nakada, Shunich Koshimura and Eiichi Kobayashi 6 Litter in the Mediterranean Sea / François Galgani 7 The European eel (Anguilla anguilla) in France: An Example of Close Cooperation Among Researchers and Fishers to Study and Manage an Endangered Species / Patrick Prouzet, Elsa Amilhat, Catherine Boisneau, Philippe Boisneau, Eric Feunteun and Nicolas Michelet 8 Trophic Cascade in Seaweed Beds in Sanriku Coast Hit by the Huge Tsunami on 11 March 2011: Sea Urchin Fishery as a Satoumi Activity Serving for Increase in Marine Productivity and Biodiversity / Teruhisa Komatsu, Shuji Sasa, Hiroki Murata, Shuhei Sawayama, Masahiro Hamana, Minami Asada, Ryo Tsujimoto, Genki Terauchi and Tetsuo Yanagi 9 The English Channel: Becoming like the Seas Around Japan / Jean-Claude Dauvin, Jean-Philippe Pezy and Alexandrine Baffreau Part III Physical Oceanography 10 Recent Research Results and Future Project in the Antarctic Ocean by Umitaka-Maru Research Group for Physical Oceanography / Yujiro Kitade, Keishi Shimada, Shigeru Aoki and Kay I. Ohshima 11 Response of Near-Inertial Internal Waves to Various Typhoon-Tracks Around the Tango Peninsula, Japan / Keiichi Yamazaki, Yujiro Kitade, Yosuke Igeta, Yutaka Kumaki and Tatsuro Watanabe 12 A High-Resolution Unstructured Grid Finite Volume Model for Currents Around Narrow Straits of Matsushima Bay / Hidekazu Shirai, Ritsuki Kunisato, Shinya Magome, Teruhisa Hattori, Takamasa Takagi, Katsuaki Okabe, Kazufumi Takayanagi and Shigeho Kakehi 13 Observation of Near-Bottom Current on the Continental Shelf Off Sanriku / Daigo Yanagimoto, Kiyoshi Tanaka, Shinzou Fujio, Hajime Nishigaki and Miho Ishizu Part IV Innovative Research 14 Control of Pressure-Driven Microdroplet Formation and Optimum Encapsulation in Microfluidic System / Mathias Girault, Akihiro Hattori, Hyonchol Kim, Kenji Matsuura, Masao Odaka, Hideyuki Terazono and Kenji Yasuda 15 Development of a De-oiling System for Seabed Sediments / Yoshichika Ikeda, Motohiro Miki, Hisayuki Arakawa and Mitsuru Izumi 16 Development of an Optical Detection System of Fuel Oil on Seabed Sediments / Akira Matsumoto, Kazuki Toguchi, Yoshichika Ikeda and Hisayuki Arakawa 17 Retinomotor and Stress Responses of Marbled Sole Pseudopleuronectes Yokohamae Under the LEDs / Rena Shibata, Yasuyuki Uto, Kenichi Ishibashi and Takashi Yada 18 Metabolome Profiling of Growth Hormone Transgenic Coho Salmon by Capillary Electrophoresis Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry / Toshiki Nakano, Hitoshi Shirakawa, Giles Yeo, Robert H. Devlin and Tomoyoshi Soga 19 Estimating the Diets of Fish Using Stomach Contents Analysis and a Bayesian Stable Isotope Mixing Models in Sendai Bay / Hiroyuki Togashi, Yukinori Nakane, Yosuke Amano and Yutaka Kurita Part V Coastal Ecosystem and Management 20 Ecological Status of Atlantic Salmon (Salmo Salar L.) in France: Need for an Ecosystemic Approach / Patrick Prouzet and Nicolas Michelet 21 Challenges to Harmonize Sustainable Fishery with Environmental Conservation in the Coastal Ecosystems Under Oligotrophication / Masakazu Hori, Masahito Hirota, Franck Lagarde, Sandrine Vaz, Masami Hamaguchi, Naoaki Tezuka, Mitsutaku Makino and Ryo Kimura 22 One-Year Colonization by Zoobenthic Species on an Eco-Friendly Artificial Reef in the English Channel Intertidal Zone / Jean-Claude Dauvin and Aurélie Foveau 23 New Installations of Artificial Reefs Along the Coast of the Landes (South–West Atlantic Coast of France) / Gérard Fourneau, Florence Dufour, Aurélie Penne, Nelly Ferrou, Thomas Scourzic, Aurore Laborde and Elodie Zaccari 24 Marine Ecosystem Services: Perception of Residents from Remote Islands, Taketomi Town / Kazumi Wakita, Keiyu Kohama, Takako Masuda, Katsumi Yoshida, Taro Oishi, Zhonghua Shen, Nobuyuki Yagi, Hisahi Kurokura, Ken Furuya and Yasuwo Fukuyo 25 Quantitative Mapping of Fish Habitat: From Knowledge to Spatialised Fishery Management / Sandrine Vaz and Olivier Le Pape 26 Do Our Ocean Policies Make Any Difference in the Wellbeing of Coastal Communities? / Yves Henocque Part VI Aquaculture 27 Heterogeneity of Japanese Oyster (Crassostrea Gigas) Spat Collection in a Shellfish Farmed Mediterranean Lagoon / Franck Lagarde, Martin Ubertini, Serge Mortreux, Adeline Perignon, Axel Leurion, Patrik Le Gall, Claude Chiantella, Slem Meddah, Jean-Louis Guillou, Gregory Messiaen, Béatrice Bec, Cécile Roques, Delphine Bonnet, Hélène Cochet, Ismaël Bernard, Erika Gervasoni, Marion Richard, Gilles Miron, Annie Fiandrino, Stephane Pouvreau and Emmanuelle Roque D’orbcastel 28 Suitable Oyster Culture Density in Oginohama Bay, Miyagi, Japan / Yutaka Okumura, Akatsuki Nawata, Hiroshi Ito, Akio Oshino and Motoyuki Hara 29 Population Dynamics of the Manila Clam Ruditapes Philippinarum and Implications of the 2011 Tsunami Impact in Two Shallow, Semi-enclosed Bays in Northeastern Japan / Hirokazu Abe, Masami Hamaguchi, Naoto Kajihara, Yuichi Taniai, Akio Oshino, Akihiro Moriyama and Takashi Kamiyama 30 Feed and Feeding in Certification Schemes of Sustainable Aquaculture / Catherine Mariojouls, Raphaëla Le Gouvello and François Simard Part VII Short and Preliminary Communications 31 French Bluefin Tuna Longline Fishery Bycatch Programme / François Poisson, Sophie Arnaud-Haond, Hervé Demarcq, Luisa Métral, Blandine Brisset, Delphine Cornella and Bertrand Wendling 32 137 Cs and Tritium Concentrations in Seawater off the Fukushima Prefecture: Results from the SOSO 5 Rivers Cruise (October 2014) / Michio Aoyama, Hervé Thébault, Y. Hamajima, Sabine Charmasson, Mireille Arnaud and Céline Duffa Correction to: Oceanography Challenges to Future Earth / Teruhisa Komatsu, Hubert-Jean Ceccaldi, Jiro Yoshida, Patrick Prouzet and Yves Henocque Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783319664934 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides contributions from leading experts on the integration of novel sensing technologies to yield unprecedented observations of coupled biological, chemical, and physical processes in the ocean from the macro to micro scale. Authoritative entries from experts around the globe provide first-hand information for oceanographers and researchers looking for solutions to measurement problems.  Ocean observational techniques have seen rapid advances in the last few years and this book addresses the need for a single overview of present and future trends in near real time and real time. First the past, present and future scenarios of ocean observational tools and techniques are elucidated. Then this book divides into three modes of ocean observations: surface, upper ocean and deep ocean. This is followed by data quality and modelling. Collecting a summary of methods and applications, this book provides first-hand information for oceanographers and researchers looking for solutions to measurement problems. This book is also suitable for final year undergraduate students or beginning graduate students in ocean engineering, oceanography and various other engineering students (such as Mechanical, Civil, Electrical, and Bioengineering) who are interested in specializing their skills towards modern measurements of the ocean.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 323 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-3-319-66493-4 , 9783319664934
    ISSN: 2365-7677 , 2365-7685
    Series Statement: Springer oceanography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part 1. Introduction -- 1. Recent Trends in Ocean Observations -- Part 2. Surface Observations -- 2. Observing Surface Meteorology and Air-Sea Fluxes -- 3. Drifter Technology and Impacts for Sea Surface Temperature, Sea-Level Pressure and Ocean Circulation Studies -- 4. Origin, Tranformation and Measurement of Waves in Ocean -- Part 3. Subsurface Observations -- 5. Oceanographic Floats- Principles of Operation -- 6. . Measuring Ocean Turbulence -- 7. New Science and Novel Approaches Enabled by Autonomous Gliders -- 8. Advances in In-Situ Ocean Measurements -- Part 4. Remote Sensing -- 9. Ocean Remote Sensing: Concept to Realization for Physical Oceanographic Studies -- 10. Near Real-time Underwater Passive Acoustic Monitoring of Natural and Anthropogenic Sounds -- 11. Data Return Aspects of CODAR and WERA High Frequency Radars in Mapping Currents -- Part 5. Data (Data Management) -- 12. Sensor Performance and Data Quality Control -- 13. Near Real Time Data Recovery from Oceanographic Moorings -- 14. Managing Metocean In Situ Data in the WMO Framework -- Part 6. Societal Applilications -- 15. Applications of Ocean In-Situ Observations and its Societal Relevance --Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9783319771076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book promotes a better understanding of the role of the sun on natural climate variability. It is a comprehensive reference book that appeals to an academic audience at the graduate, post-graduate and PhD level and can be used for lectures in climatology, environmental studies and geography. This work is the collection of lecture notes as well as synthesized analyses of published papers on the described subjects. It comprises 18 chapters and is divided into three parts: Part I discusses general circulation, climate variability, stratosphere-troposphere coupling and various teleconnections. Part II mainly explores the area of different solar influences on climate. It also discusses various oceanic features and describes ocean-atmosphere coupling. But, without prior knowledge of other important influences on the earth’s climate, the understanding of the actual role of the sun remains incomplete. Hence, Part III covers burning issues such as greenhouse gas warming, volcanic influences, ozone depletion in the stratosphere, Arctic and Antarctic sea ice, etc. At the end of the book, there are few questions and exercises for students. This book is based on the lecture series that was delivered at the University of Oulu, Finland as part of M.Sc./ PhD module
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 218 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319771076 , 978-3-319-77107-6
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Climatology, General Circulation, Climate Variability and Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 1 Climatology and General Circulation 1.1 Climatology: SLP and SST 1.2 General Circulation 1.2.1 Meridional Circulation 1.2.2 Jet Formation: Thermal Wind Balance Relationship 1.2.3 Walker Circulation 2 Major Modes of Variability 2.1 Variability in the Troposphere 2.1.1 El Niño and Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 2.1.2 North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) 2.1.3 Arctic Oscillation (AO) and Antarctic Oscillation (AAO) 2.1.4 Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO) 2.1.5 Atlantic Multidecadal Oscillation (AMO) 2.1.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) 2.1.7 Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) 2.2 Variability in the Stratosphere 2.2.1 Quasi-Biennial Oscillation (QBO) 2.2.2 Stratospheric Sudden Warming (SSW) Referenes 3 Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 3.1 Background 3.2 Discussion with Schematic 3.3 Strength of Westerly: Solar Influence 3.4 Role of Zero Wind Line: QBO Influence 3.5 Sun, QBO and Polar Temperature in North Pole 3.6 Composites of Time Height Development of NAM 3.7 Annular Modes Pattern Similar 3.8 Solar Influence: Polar Vortex and Tropical Lower Stratosphere 3.9 Solar Influence: Tropical Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere References 4 Teleconnection Among Various Modes 4.1 Polar Vortex, QBO and ENSO 4.2 Polar Vortex and ENSO 4.3 ENSO and Polar Troposphere 4.4 ENSO, Polar Annular Modes and JET 4.5 ENSO Teleconnections 4.5.1 El Niño (Warm) and La Niña (Cold) Definition 4.5.2 El Niño or La Niña? 4.5.3 ENSO Seasonal Locking 4.5.4 Potential Problems with SST Data 4.5.5 Indian Summer Monsoon and Walker Circulation 4.5.6 Different Types of ENSO 4.5.7 Homogeneous Monsoon Region 4.5.8 ENSO ISM Correlation 4.5.9 SST Composites: EN vs. LN 4.5.10 ISM ENSO Teleconnection Compositing: EN vs. LN 4.5.11 Rainfall in South America ENSO (Different Types) Teleconnection 4.5.12 Summary: ENSO and Teleconnections References 5 Solar Influence Around Various Places: Robust Solar Signal on Climate 5.1 Signal on Sea Level Pressure (DJF) Using Multiple Linear Regression 5.1.1 Method of Multiple Regression Analysis 5.2 Solar Signal Around Aleutian Low (AL) and Pacific High (PH) 5.3 Solar Influence: Tropical Pacific SST 5.4 ENSO and Sun Phase Locking 5.5 Solar Signal in Tropical Pacific SST Using Compositing 5.5.1 Method of Solar Peak Year Compositing 5.6 Observation: Annual Mean Temperature References 6 Total Solar Irradiance (TSI): Measurements and Reconstructions References Part II Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling and Solar Variability 7 Ocean Coupling 7.1 Shallow Overturning Circulation 7.2 ENSO 7.2.1 ENSO, Thermocline and Upper Ocean Heat Content 7.2.2 ENSO and Delayed Oscillator Theory 7.2.3 ENSO and Shallow MOC in Tropical Pacific 7.2.4 Pycnocline Convergence vs. SST 7.2.5 Abrupt Rise in Temperature During 1977–1998 References 8 The Sun and ENSO Connection–Contradictions and Reconciliations 8.1 Solar Signal and ENSO 8.2 Contradiction (I): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-Active Solar Years and ENSO 8.3 Contradiction (II): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-El Niño or La Niña 8.4 Proposed Mechanism: Earlier Period 8.5 Proposed Mechanism: Later Period 8.6 Contradictions and Reconciliations References 9 A Debate: The Sun and the QBO 9.1 Data Analysis: Solar and QBO Separately 9.2 Polar Temperature During JF with Respect to QBO (40 hPa) and F10.7 9.3 Polar Temperature During JF for QBO (30 hPa) and F10.7 9.4 Time Series of QBO at Different Height and EOF Analysis 9.5 Combined Effects: Solar with QBO 9.6 Summary References 10 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ vs. ‘Bottom Up’ 10.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ 10.1.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Polar Vortex and Lower Stratosphere 10.1.2 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere 10.1.3 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Stratospheric Polar Vortex to Polar Troposphere 10.2 Solar Influence: ‘Bottom-Up’ References 11 An Overview of Solar Influence on Climate 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Methodology 11.2 Representative Results: Figure and Tables 11.3 Results Text 11.3.1 Atmosphere Only: Sun and QBO 11.3.2 Ocean (Only Pacific) and Atmosphere Coupling: Sun, QBO and ENSO 11.3.3 Atmosphere and Ocean (Only Pacific) Coupling: Sun, QBO, ENSO and Climate Change 11.4 Discussion References Part III Other Major Influences on Climate 12 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Possible Limitations 12.1 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling ‘Top-Down’ vs. ‘Bottom-Up’ Mechanism: a Case Study 12.2 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Limitations of Peak Year Compositing 12.2.1 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for SLP: a Case Study 12.2.2 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for Indian Summer Monsoon: a Case Study 12.3 Difference in Winter Surface Climate Between Solar Minimum and Maximum 12.4 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Observation Using MLR Technique 12.4.1 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Two Different Time Periods (1856–1977) and (1878–1997) 12.4.2 Sun (SSN) and NAO Longer Period (1870–2010) 12.4.3 Sun (SSN) and NAO Lag Relationship 12.5 AMO and PDO Relationship References 13 The Arctic and Antarctic Sea Ice 13.1 Arctic Sea Ice: Last Few Years 13.2 Arctic Sea Ice: Change in 2014 13.3 Arctic Sea Ice and Solar Influence 13.4 Antarctic Sea Ice Reference 14 CMIP5 Project and Some Results 14.1 Global Climate Models (GCMs): Basic Equations 14.2 CMIP5 Project 14.3 Experiments: Historical and RCP (Representative Concentration Pathway) Scenarios 14.4 Some CMIP5 Models 14.5 Temperature in CMIP5 and Observation 14.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) and ENSO in CMIP5 Models 14.6.1 CMIP5 Models for ISM Are Performing Well 14.6.2 CMIP5 Models for ISM Not Performing Well 14.6.3 Models: CMIP5, AMIP5 and High Top, Low Top 14.6.4 Precipitation Composites- El Niño: (CMIP5 vs. AMIP5) 14.6.5 Changes in ENSO Variability 2050–2100 in CMIP3 Experiments 14.6.6 Stratospheric Features in CMIP5: Low and High Top Models 14.6.7 Simulated and Observed Stratospheric Temperature References 15 Green House Gas Warming 15.1 Laws of Radiation 15.2 Solar Radiation vs. Terrestrial Radiation 15.3 Radiation Transmitted by the Atmosphere and Atmospheric Windows 15.4 Absorption: Water Vapour and CO2 15.5 CO 2 as a Greenhouse Gas 15.6 Temperature and CO 2: 400,000 Years 15.7 Earth’s Temperature Change in the Last 2000 Years 15.8 Radiative Forcing 15.9 Global Energy Balance References 16 Volcanic Influences 16.1 Volcano Cooling Effect 16.2 Influences of Volcanic Eruption 16.3 Effect of Large Eruptions on Weather and Climate 16.4 Polar Warming Associated with Large Eruptions 16.5 Sun, Volcano and ENSO References 17 Ozone Depletion in the Stratosphere 17.1 Ozone Hole and Montreal Protocol 17.2 Ozone Hole Animation 17.3 Greenhouse Gases and Ozone in Model Reference 18 Influence of Various Other Solar Outputs 18.1 Mechanisms 18.2 Other Influences, e.g. Galactic Cosmic Rays 18.3 Sunspot vs. Galactic Cosmic Ray (GCR) References Few questions and Exercises for Students Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    facet.materialart.12
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: 9789402411010 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an overview of the current state of knowledge of Arctic ice shelves, ice islands and related features. Ice shelves are permanent areas of ice which float on the ocean surface while attached to the coast, and typically occur in very cold environments where perennial sea ice builds up to great thickness, and/or where glaciers flow off the land and are preserved on the ocean surface. These landscape features are relatively poorly studied in the Arctic, yet they are potentially highly sensitive indicators of climate change because they respond to changes in atmospheric, oceanic and glaciological conditions. Recent fracturing and breakup events of ice shelves in the Canadian High Arctic have attracted significant scientific and public attention, and produced large ice islands which may pose a risk to Arctic shipping and offshore infrastructure. Much has been published about Antarctic ice shelves, but to date there has not been a dedicated book about Arctic ice shelves or ice islands. This book fills that gap.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9789402411010 , 978-94-024-1101-0
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Distribution and Characteristics of Arctic Ice Shelves 1 Arctic Ice Shelves: An Introduction / Julian A. Dowdeswell and Martin O. Jeffries 2 The Ellesmere Ice Shelves, Nunavut, Canada / Martin O. Jeffries 3 Eurasian Arctic Ice Shelves and Tidewater Ice Margins / Julian A. Dowdeswell 4 Greenland Ice Shelves and Ice Tongues / Niels Reeh Part II Physical Processes and Historical Changes of Arctic Ice Shelves 5 Changes in Canadian Arctic Ice Shelf Extent Since 1906 / Derek Mueller, Luke Copland, and Martin O. Jeffries 6 The Surface Mass Balance of the Ward Hunt Ice Shelf and Ward Hunt Ice Rise, Ellesmere Island, Nunavut, Canada / Carsten Braun 7 Holocene History of Arctic Ice Shelves / John H. England, David J.A. Evans, and Thomas R. Lakeman 8 An Overview of Paleoenvironmental Techniques for the Reconstruction of Past Arctic Ice Shelf Dynamics / Dermot Antoniades 9 Arctic Ice Shelf Ecosystems / Anne D. Jungblut, Derek Mueller, and Warwick F. Vincent Part III Arctic Ice Shelf Calving Processes and Ice Islands 10 Factors Contributing to Recent Arctic Ice Shelf Losses / Luke Copland, Colleen Mortimer, Adrienne White, Miriam Richer McCallum, and Derek Mueller 11 Ice Island Drift Mechanisms in the Canadian High Arctic / Wesley Van Wychen and Luke Copland 12 Recent Changes in Sea Ice Plugs Along the Northern Canadian Arctic Archipelago / Sierra Pope, Luke Copland, and Bea Alt 13 The Military Importance and Use of Ice Islands During the Cold War / William F. Althoff 14 Russian Drifting Stations on Arctic Ice Islands / Igor M. Belkin and Sergey A. Kessel 15 Risk Analysis and Hazards of Ice Islands / Mark Fuglem and Ian Jordaan Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 9783319778693 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book integrates a variety of issues such as regional settings of productivity and nutrient cycling; plankton of coastal and shelf systems; plankton, climate change and human-induced changes; harmful algae and their impacts; and gelatinous zooplankton. This book explores the intriguing marine plankton communities of the SWA region of South America encompassing low to high latitude environments, framed by a complex hydrographic background and global climate change. This vast and iconic region has been largely under-recognized and under-studied. However, in recent years a strong interest has emerged along with the acknowledgment of its high biological productivity. The book concludes by discussing conservation in the region, highlighting regional biodiversity hotspots where the challenges of climate change, habitat loss, and other threats to biodiversity may be particularly acute. Plankton Ecology of the Southwestern Atlantic is a timely synthesis of the field, setting a new baseline for future research. It will be important reading for both researchers and graduate students, and will also be of interest and use to a professional audience of oceanographers, conservation biologists, stake holders and educated science enthusiasts
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 586 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319778693 , 978-3-319-77869-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Historical Background of Plankton Research in the Region Overview of the History of Biological Oceanography in the Southwestern Atlantic, with Emphasis on Plankton / Demetrio Boltovskoy and Jean L. Valentin Part II Regional Settings of Productivity and Nutrient Cycling Physical Oceanography of the SW Atlantic Shelf: A Review / Alberto R. Piola, Elbio D. Palma, Alejandro A. Bianchi, Belmiro M. Castro, Marcelo Dottori, Raul A. Guerrero, Marina Marrari, Ricardo P. Matano, Osmar O. Möller Jr, and Martín Saraceno Nutrient Transport, Cycles, and Fate in Southern Brazil (Southwestern Atlantic Ocean Margin) / Luis F. Niencheski Surface Macronutrient Dynamics of the Drake Passage and the Argentine Sea / Flavio E. Paparazzo and José L. Esteves Perspective: Continental Inputs of Matter into Planktonic Ecosystems of the Argentinean Continental Shelf—the Case of Atmospheric Dust / Augusto C. Crespi-Abril, Elena S. Barbieri, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Gaspar Soria, Flavio E. Paparazzo, Joanna M. Paczkowska, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Overview on Primary Production in the Southwestern Atlantic / Vivian Lutz, Valeria Segura, Ana Dogliotti, Virginia Tavano, Frederico P. Brandini, Danilo L. Calliari, Aurea M. Ciotti, Virginia F. Villafañe, Irene R. Schloss, Flavia M. P. Saldanha Corrêa, Hugo Benavides, and Denise Vizziano Cantonnet Part III Plankton of Shelf and Boundary Systems Phytoplankton Assemblages of the Subtropical South West Atlantic: Composition and Dynamics in Relation to Physical and Chemical Processes / Frederico P. Brandini Community Structure and Spatiotemporal Dynamics of the Zooplankton in the South Brazilian Bight: A Review / Miodeli Nogueira Jr. and Frederico P. Brandini Zooplankton Communities of the Argentine Continental Shelf (SW Atlantic, ca. 34°–55°S), An Overview / Georgina D. Cepeda, Brenda Temperoni, Marina E. Sabatini, María D. Viñas, Carla M. Derisio, Betina A. Santos, Julieta C. Antacli, and Luciano N. Padovani Ecological Role of Common Appendicularian Species from Shelf Waters Off Argentina / Fabiana L. Capitanio, Mariela L. Spinelli, María L. Presta, Gastón E. Aguirre, Guillermo Cervetto, Marcelo Pájaro, and Carla M. Derisio Ichthyoplankton Associated to the Frontal Regions of the Southwestern Atlantic / Eduardo M. Acha, Martin D. Ehrlich, José H. Muelbert, Marcelo Pájaro, Daniel Bruno, Laura Machinandiarena, and Mariana Cadaveira Part IV Plankton of Coastal Systems Flagellates Versus Diatoms: Phytoplankton Trends in Tropical and Subtropical Estuarine-Coastal Ecosystems / Clarisse Odebrecht, Maria C. Villac, Paulo C. Abreu, Lumi Haraguchi, Piter D. F. Gomes, and Denise Rivera Tenenbaum Phytoplankton Patterns and Processes in a Tropical-Subtropical Transition Region: Santa Catarina Coast, Southern Brazil / Leonardo R. Rörig, Marcio da Silva Tamanaha, Graziela da Rosa Persich, Carlos A. França Schettini, and Eliane C. Truccolo Schettini Near-Surface Biogeochemistry and Phytoplankton Carbon Assimilation in the Rio de la Plata Estuary / Danilo L. Calliari, Mónica Gómez-Erache, Denise Vizziano Cantonnet, and Cecilia Alonso Satellite-Measured Phytoplankton and Environmental Factors in North Patagonian Gulfs / Gabriela N. Williams, Miriam E. Solís, and José L. Esteves Mesozooplankton Structure and Seasonal Dynamics in Three Coastal Systems of Argentina: Bahía Blanca Estuary, Pirámide Bay, and Ushuaia Bay / Anabela A. Berasategui, María C. López Abbate, Valeria C. D’Agostino, María L. Presta, Román Uibrig, Tami M. García, Eugenia Nahuelhual, Carlo J. Chazarreta, María S. Dutto, Maximiliano Garcia, Fabiana Capitanio, and Mónica S. Hoffmeyer Trophic Ecology of the White Croaker (Micropogonias furnieri Desmarest, 1823) and Rough Scad (Trachurus lathami Nichols, 1920) Larvae in the Río de la Plata Estuary / Laura Rodríguez-Graña, Mario Vera, Guillermo Cervetto, and Danilo L. Calliari Part V Gelatinous Zooplankton Diversity, Species Composition and Assemblage Dynamics of Estuarine Gelatinous and Semi-Gelatinous Zooplankton from Brazil / Miodeli Nogueira Jr., Lorena Silva do Nascimento, Pedro Vieira Maciel, Sebastião Tilbert, and Lívia Dias Oliveira An Overview of the Medusozoa from the Southwestern Atlantic / Agustín Schiariti, María S. Dutto, André Carrara Morandini, Renato M. Nagata, Daiana Y. Pereyra, Francisco A. Puente Tapia, Luciana Díaz Briz, and Gabriel Genzano Part VI Harmful Algae and Their Impacts Alexandrium tamarense/catenella Blooms in the Southwestern Atlantic: Paralytic Shellfish Toxin Production and Its Trophic Transference / Nora G. Montoya, Mario O. Carignan, and José I. Carreto Harmful Algal Blooms in the Río de la Plata Region / Silvia M. Méndez and José I. Carreto Harmful Marine Microalgae in Coastal Waters of Chubut (Patagonia, Argentina) / Alicia V. Sastre, Norma H. Santinelli, Miriam E. Solís, Laura B. Pérez, Soledad Díaz Ovejero, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Andreana Cadaillón, and Valeria C. D’Agostino Part VII Plankton, Climate Change and Human-Induced Changes Composition and Structure of Phytoplankton Communities in Coastal Environments with Anthropogenic Disturbance (Patagonia, Argentina) / Norma H. Santinelli, Alicia V. Sastre, Mónica N. Gil, and José L. Esteves Responses of Subantarctic Marine Phytoplankton to Ozone Decrease and Increased Temperature / Marcelo P. Hernando, Gabriela Malanga, Gastón O. Almandoz, Irene R. Schloss, and Gustavo A. Ferreyra Global Change and Plankton Ecology in the Southwestern Atlantic / Elena S. Barbieri, María A. Marcoval, Rodrigo D. Hernández-Moresino, Mariela L. Spinelli, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: 9781491903117 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 590 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781491903117 (e-book) , 978-1-4919-0311-7
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Part I. Foundations of Data Systems 1. Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Applications Thinking About Data Systems Reliability Hardware Faults Software Errors Human Errors How Important Is Reliability? Scalability Describing Load Describing Performance Approaches for Coping with Load Maintainability Operability: Making Life Easy for Operations Simplicity: Managing Complexity Evolvability: Making Change Easy Summary 2. Data Models and Query Languages Relational Model Versus Document Model The Birth of NoSQL The Object-Relational Mismatch Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships Are Document Databases Repeating History? Relational Versus Document Databases Today Query Languages for Data Declarative Queries on the Web MapReduce Querying Graph-Like Data Models Property Graphs The Cypher Query Language Graph Queries in SQL Triple-Stores and SPARQL The Foundation: Datalog Summary 3. Storage and Retrieval Data Structures That Power Your Database Hash Indexes SSTables and LSM-Trees B-Trees Comparing B-Trees and LSM-Trees Other Indexing Structures Transaction Processing or Analytics? Data Warehousing Stars and Snowflakes: Schemas for Analytics Column-Oriented Storage Column Compression Sort Order in Column Storage Writing to Column-Oriented Storage Aggregation: Data Cubes and Materialized Views Summary 4. Encoding and Evolution Formats for Encoding Data Language-Specific Formats JSON, XML, and Binary Variants Thrift and Protocol Buffers Avro The Merits of Schemas Modes of Dataflow Dataflow Through Databases Dataflow Through Services: REST and RPC Message-Passing Dataflow Summary Part II. Distributed Data 5. Replication Leaders and Followers Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Replication Setting Up New Followers Handling Node Outages Implementation of Replication Logs Problems with Replication Lag Reading Your Own Writes Monotonic Reads Consistent Prefix Reads Solutions for Replication Lag Multi-Leader Replication Use Cases for Multi-Leader Replication Handling Write Conflicts Multi-Leader Replication Topologies Leaderless Replication Writing to the Database When a Node Is Down Limitations of Quorum Consistency Sloppy Quorums and Hinted Handoff Detecting Concurrent Writes Summary 6. Partitioning Partitioning and Replication Partitioning of Key-Value Data Partitioning by Key Range Partitioning by Hash of Key Skewed Workloads and Relieving Hot Spots Partitioning and Secondary Indexes Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Document Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Term Rebalancing Partitions Strategies for Rebalancing Operations: Automatic or Manual Rebalancing Request Routing Parallel Query Execution Summary 7. Transactions The Slippery Concept of a Transaction The Meaning of ACID Single-Object and Multi-Object Operations Weak Isolation Levels Read Committed Snapshot Isolation and Repeatable Read Preventing Lost Updates Write Skew and Phantoms Serializability Actual Serial Execution Two-Phase Locking (2PL) Serializable Snapshot Isolation (SSI) Summary 8. The Trouble with Distributed Systems Faults and Partial Failures Cloud Computing and Supercomputing Unreliable Networks Network Faults in Practice Detecting Faults Timeouts and Unbounded Delays Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Networks Unreliable Clocks Monotonic Versus Time-of-Day Clocks Clock Synchronization and Accuracy Relying on Synchronized Clocks Process Pauses Knowledge, Truth, and Lies The Truth Is Defined by the Majority Byzantine Faults System Model and Reality Summary 9. Consistency and Consensus Consistency Guarantees Linearizability What Makes a System Linearizable? Relying on Linearizability Implementing Linearizable Systems The Cost of Linearizability Ordering Guarantees Ordering and Causality Sequence Number Ordering Total Order Broadcast Distributed Transactions and Consensus Atomic Commit and Two-Phase Commit (2PC) Distributed Transactions in Practice Fault-Tolerant Consensus Membership and Coordination Services Summary Part III. Derived Data 10. Batch Processing Batch Processing with Unix Tools Simple Log Analysis The Unix Philosophy MapReduce and Distributed Filesystems MapReduce Job Execution Reduce-Side Joins and Grouping Map-Side Joins The Output of Batch Workflows Comparing Hadoop to Distributed Databases Beyond MapReduce Materialization of Intermediate State Graphs and Iterative Processing High-Level APIs and Languages Summary 11. Stream Processing Transmitting Event Streams Messaging Systems Partitioned Logs Databases and Streams Keeping Systems in Sync Change Data Capture Event Sourcing State, Streams, and Immutability Processing Streams Uses of Stream Processing Reasoning About Time Stream Joins Fault Tolerance Summary 12. The Future of Data Systems Data Integration Combining Specialized Tools by Deriving Data Batch and Stream Processing Unbundling Databases Composing Data Storage Technologies Designing Applications Around Dataflow Observing Derived State Aiming for Correctness The End-to-End Argument for Databases Enforcing Constraints Timeliness and Integrity Trust, but Verify Doing the Right Thing Predictive Analytics Privacy and Tracking Summary Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: 9783319588957 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Advances in Nonlinear Geosciences is a set of contributions from the participants of “30 Years of Nonlinear Dynamics” held July 3-8, 2016 in Rhodes, Greece as part of the Aegean Conferences, as well as from several other experts in the field who could not attend the meeting. The volume brings together up-to-date research from the atmospheric sciences, hydrology, geology, and other areas of geosciences and presents the new advances made in the last 10 years. Topics include chaos synchronization, topological data analysis, new insights on fractals, multifractals and stochasticity, climate dynamics, extreme events, complexity, and causality, among other topics. 
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 707 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319588957 , 978-3-319-58895-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Pullback Attractor Crisis in a Delay Differential ENSO Model / Mickaël D. Chekroun, Michael Ghil, and J. David Neelin Shear-Wave Splitting Indicates Non-Linear Dynamic Deformation in the Crust and Upper Mantle / Stuart Crampin, Gulten Polat, Yuan Gao, David B. Taylor, and Nurcan Meral Ozel Stochastic Parameterization of Subgrid-Scale Processes: A Review of Recent Physically Based Approaches / Jonathan Demaeyer and Stéphane Vannitsem Large-Scale Atmospheric Phenomena Under the Lens of Ordinal Time-Series Analysis and Information Theory Measures / J.I. Deza, G. Tirabassi, M. Barreiro, and C. Masoller Supermodeling: Synchronization of Alternative Dynamical Models of a Single Objective Process / Gregory S. Duane, Wim Wiegerinck, Frank Selten, Mao-Lin Shen, and Noel Keenlyside Are We Measuring the Right Things for Climate? / Christopher Essex and Bjarne Andresen What Have Complex Network Approaches Learned Us About El Niño? / Qing Yi Feng and Henk A. Dijkstra Late Quaternary Climate Response at 100 kyr: A Noise-Induced Cycle Suppression Mechanism / Ivan L’Heureux Role of Nonlinear Eddy Forcing in the Dynamics of Multiple Zonal Jets / Igor Kamenkovich and Pavel Berloff Data-Adaptive Harmonic Decomposition and Stochastic Modeling of Arctic Sea Ice / Dmitri Kondrashov, Mickaël D. Chekroun, Xiaojun Yuan, and Michael Ghil Cautionary Remarks on the Auto-Correlation Analysis of Self-Similar Time Series / Sung Yong Kim Emergence of Coherent Clusters in the Ocean / A.D. Kirwan Jr., H.S. Huntley, and H. Chang The Rise and Fall of Thermodynamic Complexity and the Arrow of Time / A. D. Kirwan Jr. and William Seitz From Fractals to Stochastics: Seeking Theoretical Consistency in Analysis of Geophysical Data / Demetris Koutsoyiannis, Panayiotis Dimitriadis, Federico Lombardo, and Spencer Stevens Role of Nonlinear Dynamics in Accelerated Warming of Great Lakes / Sergey Kravtsov, Noriyuki Sugiyama, and Paul Roebber The Prediction of Nonlinear Polar Motion Based on Artificial Neural Network (ANN) and Fuzzy Inference System (FIS) / Ramazan Alper Kuçak, Ra¸sit Ulu˘g, and Orhan Akyılmaz Harnessing Butterflies: Theory and Practice of the Stochastic Seasonal to Interannual Prediction System (StocSIPS) / S. Lovejoy, L. Del Rio Amador, and R. Hébert Regime Change Detection in Irregularly Sampled Time Series / Norbert Marwan, Deniz Eroglu, Ibrahim Ozken, Thomas Stemler, Karl-Heinz Wyrwoll, and Jürgen Kurths Topological Data Analysis: Developments and Applications / Francis C. Motta Nonlinear Dynamical Approach to Atmospheric Predictability / C. Nicolis Linked by Dynamics: Wavelet-Based Mutual Information Rate as a Connectivity Measure and Scale-Specific Networks / Milan Paluš Non-Extensive Statistical Mechanics: Overview of Theory and Applications in Seismogenesis, Climate, and Space Plasma / G.P. Pavlos, L.P. Karakatsanis, A.C. Iliopoulos, E.G. Pavlos, and A.A. Tsonis Spatial Patterns of Peak Flow Quantiles Based on Power-Law Scaling in the Mississippi River Basin / Gabriel Perez, Ricardo Mantilla, and Witold F. Krajewski Studying the Complexity of Rainfall Within California Via a Fractal Geometric Method / Carlos E. Puente, Mahesh L. Maskey, and Bellie Sivakumar Pandora Box of Multifractals: Barely Open? / Daniel Schertzer and Ioulia Tchiguirinskaia Complex Networks and Hydrologic Applications / Bellie Sivakumar, Carlos E. Puente, and Mahesh L. Maskey Convergent Cross Mapping: Theory and an Example / Anastasios A. Tsonis, Ethan R. Deyle, Hao Ye, and George Sugihara Randomnicity: Randomness as a Property of the Universe / Anastasios A. Tsonis Insights in Climate Dynamics from Climate Networks / Anastasios A. Tsonis On the Range of Frequencies of Intrinsic Climate Oscillations / Anastasios A. Tsonis and Michael D. Madsen The Prediction of Nonstationary Climate Series by Incorporating External Forces / Geli Wang, Peicai Yang, and Anastasios A. Tsonis The Impact of Nonlinearity on the Targeted Observations for Tropical Cyclone Prediction / Feifan Zhou and He Zhang Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: 9783319773599 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book first focuses on the explanation of the theory about focal mechanisms and moment tensor solutions and their role in the modern seismology. The second part of the book compiles several state-of-the-art case studies in different seismotectonic settings of the planet.The assessment of seismic hazard and the reduction of losses due to future earthquakes is probably the most important contribution of seismology to society. In this regard, the understanding of reliable determination seismic source and of its uncertainty can play a key role in contributing to geodynamic investigation, seismic hazard assessment and earthquake studies. In the last two decades, the use of waveforms recorded at local-to-regional distances has increased considerably. Waveform modeling has been used also to estimate faulting parameters of small-to-moderate sized earthquakes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 752 Seiten) , Karten, Diagramme, Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319773599 , 978-3-319-77359-9
    ISSN: 2365-0656 , 2365-0664
    Series Statement: Springer Natural Hazards
    Language: English
    Note: Contents ISOLA Code for Multiple-Point Source Modeling—Review / Jiří Zahradník and Efthimios Sokos Seismic Moment Tensors in Anisotropic Media: A Review / Václav Vavryčuk The Frequency-Domain Moment-Tensor Inversion: Retrieving the Complete Source Moment-Tensor Spectra and Time Histories / Xiaoning Yang, Brian W. Stump and Mason D. Macphail Berkeley Seismic Moment Tensor Method, Uncertainty Analysis, and Study of Non-double-couple Seismic Events / Douglas S. Dreger Estimating Stability and Resolution of Waveform Inversion Focal Mechanisms / S. Scolaro, C. Totaro, D. Presti, Sebastiano D’Amico, G. Neri and B. Orecchio The Method of Cataclastic Analysis of Discontinuous Displacements / Yu. L. Rebetsky and A. Yu. Polets Challenges in Regional Moment Tensor Resolution and Interpretation / Simone Cesca and Sebastian Heimann The Role of Moment Tensors in the Characterization of Hydraulic Stimulations / Ismael Vera Rodriguez, James Rutledge and Sergey Stanchits Constrained Moment Tensors: Source Models and Case Studies / Jan Šílený Seismic Deformation Derived from Moment Tensor Summation: Application Along the Hellenic Trench / Anastasia Kiratzi, Christoforos Benetatos and Filippos Vallianatos Estimation of Empirical Green’s Tensor Spatial Derivative Elements: A Preliminary Study Using Strong Motion Records in Southern Fukui Prefecture, Japan / Michihiro Ohori Retrieval of the Seismic Moment Tensor from Joint Measurements of Translational and Rotational Ground Motions: Sparse Networks and Single Stations / Stefanie Donner, Heiner Igel, Céline Hadziioannou and the Romy group Overview of Moment Tensor Analysis in New Zealand / John Ristau Applications of Moment Tensor Solutions to the Assessment of Earthquake Hazard in Canada / J. F. Cassidy, H. Kao, John Ristau and A. Bent Intraplate Earthquakes in Europe—Source Parameters from Regional Moment Tensor Analysis / Jochen Braunmiller Source Characteristics of the January 8, 2013 (M W = 5.7) and May 24, 2014 (M W = 6.8) North Aegean Earthquakes Sequence / Doğan Kalafat, Kıvanç Kekovalı and Ali Pınar Investigating the Focal Mechanisms of the August 4th, 2003, Mw 7.6, South Orkney Islands Earthquake and its Aftershocks Sequence / M. P. Plasencia Linares, M. Guidarelli, M. Russi and G. F. Panza Waveform Modelling of 2009 Bhutan Earthquake of Magnitude 6.1 (Mw) Using Local Network Data of North East India / Santanu Baruah and Midusmita Boruah Resolving the Tectonic Stress by the Inversion of Earthquake Focal Mechanisms. Application in the Region of Greece. A Tutorial / Ioannis G. Kassaras and Vasilis Kapetanidis Relative Locations of Clustered Earthquakes in the Sea of Marmara and States of Local Stresses in the East of the Central Marmara Basin / Yasemin Korkusuz Öztürk and Nurcan Meral Özel Focal Mechanisms of Earthquakes and Stress Field of the Earth Crust in Azerbaijan / G. J. Yetirmishli and S. E. Kazimova Seismotectonic Crustal Strains of the Mongol-Baikal Seismic Belt from Seismological Data / Alena Seredkina and Valentina Melnikova The Stress State of Seismic Areas of the Central and East Asia / Yu. L. Rebetsky, A. Yu. Polets, O. A. Kuchay and N. A. Sycheva The Significance of Crustal Velocity Model in Moment Tensor Solutions: A Case Study of Yedisu Earthquakes / Fatih Turhan, Musavver Didem Cambaz and Jiří Zahradník An Overview of the Seismicity and Tectonics of the Black Sea / Doğan Kalafat Coulomb Stress Changes in the Area of December 2013–January 2014 Sannio-Matese Seismic Sequence (Southern Italy) / Santanu Baruah and Sebastiano D’Amico Active Faulting in the Earth’s Crust of the Baikal Rift System Based on the Earthquake Focal Mechanisms / Vladimir A. Sankov and Anna A. Dobrynina Quaternary Stress Field and Faulting in the Western Part of the Catanzaro Trough (Calabria, Southern Italy) / F. Brutto, F. Muto, M. F. Loreto, Sebastiano D’Amico, N. De Paola, V. Tripodi and S. Critelli A Seismogenic Zone Model for Seismic Hazard Studies in Northwestern Africa / J. A. Peláez, J. Henares, M. Hamdache and C. Sanz de Galdeano A Trial Modeling of Perturbed Repeating Earthquakes Combined by Mathematical Statics, Numerical Modeling and Seismological Observations / Keisuke Ariyoshi, Shunichi Nomura, Naoki Uchida and Toshihiro Igarashi Getting Started with GMT: An Introduction for Seismologists / Matthew R. Agius Devices for a Rotational Ground Motion Measurement / Leszek R. Jaroszewicz and Anna Kurzych
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: 9789811312441 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively describes biological phenomena, adaptation mechanisms, and strategies of living organisms to survive under extremely cold or desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. It also provides tremendous potential for applications of the findings to a wide variety of industries. The volume consists of three parts: Part 1, Adaptation Mechanisms of Cold, and Part 2, Adaptation Mechanisms of Desiccation, collect up-to-date research on mechanisms and strategies of living organisms such as sleeping chironomids, polar marine fishes, hibernating mammals, bryophytes, dormant seeds, and boreal plants to survive under extreme cold and desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. Part 3, Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society, covers various applications to a wide variety of industries such as the medical, food, and agricultural and life science industries. For example, biological knowledge of how plants and animals survive under cold, drought, and desiccated conditions may provide a hint on how we can improve crop production in a very fragile environment in global climate change. Unique molecules that protect cells during desiccation and freezing such as trehalose and antifreeze protein (AFP) have potential for use to preserve cells, tissues, and organs for the long term under very stable conditions. In addition, the current progress of supercooling technology of cells may lead us to solve problems of cellular high sensitivity to freezing injury, which will dramatically improve the usability of these cells. Furthermore, knowledge of water substitution and glass formation as major mechanisms for formulation designs and new drying technologies will contribute to the development of food preservation and drug delivery systems under dry conditions. Written by contributors who have been conducting cutting-edge science in related fields, this title is recommended to a wide variety of readers who are interested in learning from such organisms their strategies, mechanisms, and applications, and it will inspire researchers in various disciplines.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 409 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811312441 , 978-981-13-1244-1
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology volume 1081
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Adaptation Mechanisms for Cold 1 Gene Regulatory Networks Mediating Cold Acclimation: The CBF Pathway / Javier Barrero-Gil and Julio Salinas 2 RNA Regulation in Plant Cold Stress Response / Kentaro Nakaminami and Motoaki Seki 3 The Mechanism Enabling Hibernation in Mammals / Yuuki Horii, Takahiko Shiina, and Yasutake Shimizu 4 Freezing Tolerance of Plant Cells: From the Aspect of Plasma Membrane and Microdomain / Daisuke Takahashi, Matsuo Uemura, and Yukio Kawamura 5 Natural Variation in Freezing Tolerance and Cold Acclimation Response in Arabidopsis thaliana and Related Species / Ellen Zuther, Yang Ping Lee, Alexander Erban, Joachim Kopka, and Dirk K. Hincha 6 Ice Nucleation Activity in Plants: The Distribution, Characterization, and Their Roles in Cold Hardiness Mechanisms / Masaya Ishikawa, Hideyuki Yamazaki, Tadashi Kishimoto, Hiroki Murakawa, Timothy Stait-Gardner, Kazuyuki Kuchitsu, and William S. Price 7 Investigating Freezing Patterns in Plants Using Infrared Thermography / David P. Livingston III 8 Mechanism of Overwintering in Trees / Keita Arakawa, Jun Kasuga, and Naoki Takata 9 The Mechanism of Low-Temperature Tolerance in Fish / Kiyoshi Soyano and Yuji Mushirobira Part II Adaptation Mechanisms for Desiccation 10 Mechanisms Underlying Freezing and Desiccation Tolerance in Bryophytes / Daisuke Takezawa 11 Regulatory Gene Networks in Drought Stress Responses and Resistance in Plants / Fuminori Takahashi, Takashi Kuromori, Hikaru Sato, and Kazuo Shinozaki 12 Mechanism of Stomatal Closure in Plants Exposed to Drought and Cold Stress / Srinivas Agurla, Shashibhushan Gahir, Shintaro Munemasa, Yoshiyuki Murata, and Agepati S. Raghavendra 13 Mechanisms of Maturation and Germination in Crop Seeds Exposed to Environmental Stresses with a Focus on Nutrients, Water Status, and Reactive Oxygen Species / Yushi Ishibashi, Takashi Yuasa, and Mari Iwaya-Inoue 14 The Antioxidant System in the Anhydrobiotic Midge as an Essential, Adaptive Mechanism for Desiccation Survival / Alexander Nesmelov, Richard Cornette, Oleg Gusev, and Takahiro Kikawada 15 Physicochemical Aspects of the Biological Functions of Trehalose and Group 3 LEA Proteins as Desiccation Protectants / Takao Furuki and Minoru Sakurai Part III Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society 16 Supercooling-Promoting (Anti-ice Nucleation) Substances / Seizo Fujikawa, Chikako Kuwabara, Jun Kasuga, and Keita Arakawa 17 Applications of Antifreeze Proteins: Practical Use of the Quality Products from Japanese Fishes / Sheikh Mahatabuddin and Sakae Tsuda 18 Development and Application of Cryoprotectants / Robin Rajan and Kazuaki Matsumura 19 Cryopreservation of Plant Genetic Resources / Daisuke Tanaka, Takao Niino, and Matsuo Uemura 20 Applications of Freezing and Freeze-Drying in Pharmaceutical Formulations / Ken-ichi Izutsu 21 Control of Physical Changes in Food Products / Kiyoshi Kawai and Tomoaki Hagiwara Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: 9783319433943 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces the concept of soil security and its five dimensions: Capability, Capital, Condition, Connectivity and Codification. These five dimensions make it possible to understand soil's role in delivering ecosystem services and to quantify soil resource by measuring, mapping, modeling and managing it. Each dimension refers to a specific aspect: contribution to global challenges (Capability), value of the soil (Capital), current state of the soil (Condition), how people are connected to the soil (Connectivity) and development of good policy (Codification). This book considers soil security as an integral part of meeting the ongoing challenge to maintain human health and secure our planet's sustainability. The concept of soil security helps to achieve the need to maintain and improve the world’s soil for the purpose of producing food, fiber and freshwater, and contributing to energy and climate sustainability. At the same time it helps to maintain biodiversity and protects ecosystem goods and services.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 469 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319433943 , 978-3-319-43394-3
    ISSN: 2352-4774 , 2352-4782
    Series Statement: Progress in soil science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Rationale for Soil Security 1 Soil Security: A Rationale / Alex B. McBratney, Damien J. Field, Cristine L.S. Morgan, and Lorna E. Jarrett 2 Soil Security: Dimensions / Damien J. Field Part II Capability 3 Soil Capability: Exploring the Functional Potentials of Soils / Johan Bouma, M.K. van Ittersum, J.J. Stoorvogel, N.H. Batjes, P. Droogers, and M.M. Pulleman 4 Distinguishing Between Capability and Condition / Damien J. Field and T. Sanderson 5 Valuing of Soil Capability in Land Surface Modeling / Cristine L.S. Morgan, Yohannes T. Yimam, Michael Barlage, David Gochis, and Bright Dornblaser 6 Soil Capability for the USA Now and into the Future / Maxine J. Levin, R. Dobos, S. Peaslee, D.W. Smith, and C. Seybold 7 Quantifying Capability: GlobalSoilMap / Alex B. McBratney, Dominique Arrouays, and Lorna E. Jarrett 8 Testing the Links Between Soil Security, Sustainable Land Management Practices and Land Evaluation / Brian Murphy Part III Condition 9 General Concepts of Valuing and Caring for Soil / Alex B. McBratney, Damien J. Field, and Lorna E. Jarrett 10 Soil Health: Challenges and Opportunities / Diane E. Stott and Bianca N. Moebius-Clune 11 Using Soil Survey to Assess and Predict Soil Condition and Change / Skye Wills, Candiss Williams, C. Seybold, Linda Scheffe, Zamir Libohova, David Hoover, Curtis Talbot, and Joel Brown 12 Root-Microbe Interactions in Response to Soil Conditions / Anil Somenahally 13 Securing Our Soil in Intensive Monoculture Cropping Systems / Katie L. Lewis, Paul DeLaune, and Wayne Keeling 14 Soil Organic Carbon Stocks and Soil Respiration in Tropical Secondary Forests in Southern Mexico / Deb Raj Aryal, Bernardus Hendricus Joseph De Jong, Jorge Mendoza-Vega, Susana Ochoa-Gaona, and Ligia Esparza-Olguín 15 Simulating Impacts of Bioenergy Sorghum Residue Return on Soil Organic Carbon and Greenhouse Gas Emissions Using the DAYCENT Model / Yong Wang, Fugen Dou, Joseph O. Storlien, Jason P. Wight, Keith H. Paustian, Stephen J. Del Grosso, and Frank M. Hons 16 Cover Crops for Enriching Soil Carbon and Nitrogen Under Bioenergy Sorghum / Upendra M. Sainju, H.P. Singh, and B.P. Singh Part IV Capital 17 Economics, Energy, Climate Change, and Soil Security / Bruce A. McCarl 18 Understanding Soils’ Contribution to Ecosystem Services Provision to Inform Farm System Analysis / Estelle Dominati, A. Mackay, and J. Rendel 19 The Dollars and Cents of Soil Health / Charles M. Benbrook 20 The Value of Soil’s Contributions to Ecosystem Services / Alex B. McBratney, Cristine L.S. Morgan, and Lorna E. Jarrett 21 Economics of Land Degradation to Estimate Capital Value of Soil in Eurasia / Pavel Krasilnikov, Alexey Sorokin, Alisher Mirzabaev, Oleg Makarov, Anton Strokov, and Sergey Kiselev 22 Social Licensing to Secure Soil / Cristine L.S. Morgan, Gaylon D. Morgan, and Dianna Bagnall Part V Connectivity 23 Soil Renaissance and the Connection to Land Managers / Bill Buckner 24 Links Between Soil Security and the Influence of Soil on Human Health / Eric C. Brevik, Joshua J. Steffan, Lynn C. Burgess, and Artemi Cerdà 25 Soil Contamination and Human Health: A Major Challenge for Global Soil Security / Florence Carré, Julien Caudeville, Roseline Bonnard, Valérie Bert, Pierre Boucard, and Martine Ramel 26 The Measurement of Soil Security in Terms of Human Health: Examples and Ideas / Sung Chul Kim, Kyung Jae Lim, and Jae E. Yang 27 The Meta Soil Model: An Integrative Multi- model Framework for Soil Security / Sabine Grunwald, Katsutoshi Mizuta, Marcos B. Ceddia, Érika F.M. Pinheiro, R. Kay Kastner Wilcox, Carla P. Gavilan, C. Wade Ross, and Christopher M. Clingensmith 28 Integrating New Perspectives to Address Global Soil Security: Ideas from Integral Ecology / Sabine Grunwald, Christopher M. Clingensmith, Carla P. Gavilan, Katsutoshi Mizuta, R. Kay Kastner Wilcox, Érika F.M. Pinheiro, Marcos B. Ceddia, and C. Wade Ross 29 Applying the Meta Soil Model: The Complexities of Soil and Water Security in a Permanent Protection Area in Brazil / Marcos B. Ceddia, Sabine Grunwald, Érika F.M. Pinheiro, Katsutoshi Mizuta, Christopher M. Clingensmith, and Milton Marques Fernandes 30 Bridging the Research Management Gap to Restore Ecosystem Function and Social Resilience / W. Richard Teague 31 Engendering Connectivity to Soil Through Aesthetics / Richard J. MacEwan, Ayesha S.A. MacEwan, and Alexandra R. Toland 32 The Role of Master Gardeners in Providing Horticulture Education to Marion County, Florida, Residents / Josephine Leyte-Vidal Part VI Codification 33 Soil-Water-Food Nexus: A Public Opinion and Policy Perspective / Kent E. Portney 34 Whose Security is Important? Communicating Environmental Risk About Soil to a Diverse Audience / Ronald Amundson 35 Save our Soil to Save the Planet / Michael Jeffrey and Hayley Achurch 36 Protection of the Soil Resource in the Brazilian Environmental Legislation / Carlos Gustavo Tornquist and Tiago Broetto 37 Creating Incentives to Improve Soil Health Through the Federal Crop Insurance Program / Lara Bryant and Claire O’Connor 38 US Farm Programs and the Impacts on National and International Soil Security / Katina Dove Hanson and J. Michael Schmidt 39 Soil Security for Agricultural Productivity: The Policy Disconnect and a Promising Future / Andrea Koch 40 Securitisation / Alex B. McBratney and Lorna E. Jarrett 41 The Place of Soil in International Government Policy / Robert Hill 42 Translating Soil Science Knowledge to Public Policy / Luca Montanarella 43 Synthesis: Goals to Achieve Soil Security / Cristine L.S. Morgan, Alex B. McBratney, Damien J. Field, Andrea Koch, Johan Bouma, and Florence Carré Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9789811031151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a compilation of selected papers presented in the International Conference on the theme ‘Wood is Good: Current Trends and Future Prospects in Wood’. The contents of the book deal with recent innovations, trends and challenges in wood science and are grouped in five distinct sections. They cover a wide range of topics like wood variability, processing and utilization, wood protection, wood-based composites, wood energy and the role of wood in mitigating climate change. With the ever increasing human population and growing demand for wood, this book offers valuable insights for better understanding and efficient utilization of this wonderful gift of nature. This book will be useful to researchers, professionals, and policy makers involved in forestry and wood related areas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 480 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811031151 , 978-981-10-3115-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Wood Properties and Variability Optimizing Wood Utilization Based on Whole Tree Inherent Property Maps / Mathew Leitch and Scott Miller Screening Corewood of Pine for Wood Properties / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Imaging Spiral Grain in Pinus radiata with X-ray Microtomography / Jimmy Thomas and David A. Collings Rapid Measurement of Density of Wood in Progeny Trial of Acacia mangium Willd. Using Resistograph—A Nondestructive Method / A.R. Uthappa, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Karthick Kumar, B. Gurudev Singh and R.S. Prashanth Eliminating Growth-Stresses in Eucalyptus: A Scoping Study with E. bosistoana and E. nitens / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Longitudinal Growth Strains in Melia dubia / Sandhya Sharma, Santosh Sumbali, Pankaj Aggarwal and Shakti S. Chauhan Immunofluorescence Localization of β-(1-4)- D -Galactan and Xylans in Tension Wood and Normal Wood Fibres of Leucaena leucocephala / S. Pramod, Kishore S. Rajput and Karumanchi S. Rao Comparative Wood Anatomy of Four Artocarpus Species of North East India with Reference to Their Identification / M.K. Singh, C.L. Sharma and M. Sharma Wood Anatomy of Some Members of Family Fagaceae from North-East India / M. Sharma, W. Shylla and C.L. Sharma Anatomical Characterisation and In Vitro Laboratory Decay Test of Different Woods Decayed by Xylaria hypoxylon / Rina D. Koyani, S. Pramod, H.R. Patel, A.M. Vasava, K.S. Rao and Kishore S. Rajput Growth Ring Structure and Specific Gravity Variation in Juvenile and Mature Wood of Natural-Grown Teak (Tectona grandis L.f.) / Satish Kumar Sinha, R. Vijendra Rao, T.S. Rathore and H.P. Borgaonkar Variability for Heartwood Content in Three Commercially Important Tree Species of Peninsular India—Hardwickia binata, Pterocarpus santalinus and Santalum album / A.N. Arun Kumar, Geeta Joshi and S. Manikandan Relations Between Growth Traits and Wood Parameters of Tectona grandis L.f. in Even-Aged Plantations in Tamil Nadu / C. Buvaneswaran, M. George, K. Vinoth Kumar and R. Velumani Variation in Heartwood Formation and Wood Density in Plantation-Grown Red Sanders (Pterocarpus santalinus) / K. Suresh, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Deenathayalan, P. Karthick Kumar, M. Thangapandi, B. Gurudev Singh and N. Krishnakumar Identification and Characterization of Tension Wood in Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn. ex Benth. and Acacia mangium Willd. Grown in Kerala / E.V. Anoop, C.M. Jijeesh, S. Jinu, R. Vishnu and M.C. Anish Basic Density and Fibre Morphological Characteristics of Selected Pulpwood Species of Kerala / E.V. Anoop, Arun Joseph, C.M. Jijeesh, R. Vishnu and Anju S. Vijayan Estimation of Leaf Area–Wood Density Traits Relationship in Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests of Southern Coromandel Coast, Peninsular India / M. Udayakumar and T. Sekar Variations on Pulping Properties of Gmelina arborea Roxb. Grown in Different Geographical Regions of Tamil Nadu, India / J. Soosai Raj, A. Mayavel, V.N. Mutharaian and A. Nicodemus Biochemical Characterization of Wood Lignin of Hevea brasiliensis / S. Pramod, C.P. Reghu and K.S. Rao Part II Wood Protection Protection of Wood: A Global Perspective on the Future / Jeffrey J. Morrell Conveyor Belt Pressure Impregnation of Wood / Peter Vinden, Grigori Torgovnikov and Anil K. Sethy Natural Resistance of Imported Timbers Against Termites and Fungi in Indian Condition—A Comparison / Rashmi Ramesh Shanbhag, R. Sundararaj, H.C. Nagaveni, G. Vijayalakshmi and B. Lingappa Enhancing Photostability of Wood Coatings Using Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles / Kavyashree Srinivas and Krishna K. Pandey Screening of Oils of Pongamia pinnata Linn., Jatropha curcas Linn. and Simarouba glauca D.C. for Developing Eco-Friendly Wood Preservatives / D. Venmalar Fungal Inhibition in Wood Treated with Lantana camara L. Extract / Heena Gupta, Kulwant Rai Sharma and J.N. Sharma Powderpost Beetle Menace in Wooden Handicraft Industries and Their Management / Raja Muthukrishnan and O.K. Remadevi Effect of Thermal Modification on Physical Properties of Bambusa nutans / Kiran Ghadge and Krishna K. Pandey Part III Wood-Based Composites Micromechanics of Cellulose Fibres and Their Composites / Ramesh Babu Adusumalli, Karthik Chethan Venkateshan and Wolfgang Gindl-Altmutter Adhesives of Bio-origin for Wood Composites / D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath and B.S. Mamatha Experimental and Numerical Modeling of Hemp–Polyester Composites / D.S. Chethan, G.S. Venkatesh, Gunti Ranga Srinivas and C.S. Vinod Kumar Lantana Fiber-Filled Polypropylene Composite / Amey Kale, N. Raghu, Shakti S. Chauhan and Pankaj Aggarwal Development of Fire Retardant Wood Composite Using Amino Resin / B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath, D.N. Uday and Anand Nandanwar Study on Utilization of Plantation-Grown Timber Species Grevillea robusta (Silver Oak) for Medium-Density Fibre Board / D.N. Uday, B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha and V. Prakash Suitability of Mixed Species of Bamboo (Bambusa polymorpha and Bambusa tulda) for Medium-Density Particle Board / Amit Ashok Mahadik, Anil Negi and Amey Pravin Awale Part IV Wood Utilization Pattern A Comparative Assessment of Autoclave and Microwave-Assisted Peroxometal Complex in Delignification of Wood Biomass for Enhanced Sugar Production / Pradeep Verma and Venkatesh Chaturvedi Yield Evaluation of Oyster Mushroom on Dust Waste of Some Common Timber Species / C. Sneha and Minnu Tomy Study on Fuel Properties of Important Biomass Briquetting Feedstocks in India / Ritesh Kumar, M. Srinivasa Rao, R. Ezhumalai and R. Tailor Study on Chemical, Elemental and Gasification Characteristics of Lantana camara Wood / R. Ezhumalai and Ritesh Kumar Search for Future Fuels—Pathway Points to a ‘Boring’ Process / L.N. Santhakumaran Wood Use in India—Readying for that Elusive Renaissance? / K. Satyanarayana Rao Part V Wood and Climate Change Wood is Good for REDD+! / Ederson A. Zanetti How Good is Wood? Facts and Myths Regarding Wood as a Green Building Material / Arijit Sinha Carbon Sequestration by Bamboo Farming on Marginal Land and Sustainable Use of Wood Waste for Bioenergy: Case Studies from Abellon Clean Energy / Beena Patel, Bharat Gami and Pankaj Patel Use Wood—Combat Climate Change / S.K. Nath Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: 9783319575773 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book integrates a wide range of subjects into a coherent purview of the status of coastal marine science. Designed for the professional or specialist in coastal science, oceanography, and related disciplines, this work will appeal to workers in multidisciplinary fields that strive for practical solutions to environmental problems in coastal marine settings around the world. Examples are drawn from many different geographic areas, including the Black Sea region. Subject areas covered include aspects of coastal marine geology, physics, chemistry, biology, and history. These subject areas were selected because they form the basis for integrative investigation of salient environmental problems or perspective solutions or interpretation of historical context.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxvii, 701 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319575773 , 978-3-319-57577-3
    ISSN: 2211-0577 , 2211-0585
    Series Statement: Coastal research library volume 23
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 The Sea, Cradle of Divine Spirituality / Constantin Jurca˘ and Alina Buzarna-Tihenea (Ga˘lbeaza˘) 2 Dobrudja, in the Mesopotamia of the West / Marin Petris¸or 3 Dobruja: A Unique, Intercultural and Spiritual Realm at the Black Sea / Elena Laza˘r and Henrieta Anis¸oara S¸ erban 4 About “Publius Ovidius Naso” ({ 17 p. Chr. n.) and His Poems Written in the “Getae” Language / Nicolae V. Dura˘ 5 The Global Warming and the Water Resources of the Earth / Adrian Bavaru and Rodica Bercu Part II Geology, Geophysics and Sedimentology 6 New Insights into the Black Sea Basin, in the Light of the Reprocessing of Vintage Regional Seismic Data / Ioan Munteanu, Paolo Diviacco, Chiara Sauli, Corneliu Dinu, Mihai Burca˘, Nicolae Panin, and Giuseppe Brancatelli 7 Lithodynamics of the Coastal Zone / Ruben D. Kosyan and Boris V. Divinskiy 8 Granulometry of Sediments in the Mamaia Bay Area / Da˘nuț I. Diaconeasa Part III Physics 9 Inertial Currents in Western Continental Black Sea Shelf / Maria-Emanuela Mihailov 10 Seasonal Changes of Hydrobiological and Bio-Optical Parameters in the Coastal Areas of the Western Part of the Black Sea /Alexander S. Kukushkin 11 Water Mass Measurements Around Benthic Communities: A Comparative Study Between Yo-Yo Conductivity-Temperature-Depth (CTD) Casts and High-Resolution Time Series Data Acquisition of Bottom Waters from the Page`s Escarpment in the Southern Bay of Biscay / Wolf-Christian Dullo, Sascha Fl€ogel, and Andres Rüggeberg Part IV Radioactivity and Radioecology 12 Pre and Post-Chernobyl Environmental Radioactivity in Romania: a Review / Constantin Dovlete, Iolanda Osvath, and Sandu Sonoc 13 Radionuclides Assessment for the Romanian Black Sea Shelf / Gianina Chiros¸ca, Maria-Emanuela Mihailov, Cornel Liviu T¸ ugulan, and Alecsandru Vladimir Chiros¸ca 14 Gamma-Ray Radionuclides in Sediments from Mamaia Beach on the Romanian Black Sea Coast / Vasile Pa˘tras¸cu, Romul Mircea Ma˘rgineanu, Ana-Maria Blebea-Apostu, Da˘nut¸ I. Diaconeasa, and Mariana Claudia Gomoiu 15 Radioactive Content in Fish from Black Sea Caches. Its Impact on Population by Food Consumption / Vasile Pa˘tras¸cu, Romul Mircea Ma˘rgineanu, Valodia Maximov, Ana-Maria Blebea-Apostu, Ma˘da˘lina Galat¸chi, Claudia Gomoiu, and George T¸ iganov 16 Levels of Activity Concentration, Migration and Dose Rates on Biota from Alpha-Radioisotopes of Plutonium in the Black Sea Ecosystem / Nataliya N. Tereshchenko 17 Radionuclides 137 Cs and 90 Sr in Components of the Black Sea Ecosystems: Contemporary Status and Prognosis / Natalya Yu. Mirzoyeva, Viktor N. Egorov, and Sergey B. Gulin 18 Radioecology of the Black Sea / Aleksandr Strezov Part V Chemistry 19 Phosphorus Fluxes in the Pelagic Zone of the Black Sea / Aleksandr V. Parkhomenko 20 Oil Hydrocarbons in Bottom Sediments of Sevastopol Bay (SW Crimean Peninsula, Black Sea): Spatial and Temporal Trends / Tatyana S. Osadchaya Part VI Biology and Microbiology 21 Macrophytobenthos from the Romanian Black Sea Coast – An Overview of the Studies and Actual State / Daciana Sava 22 Cenchrus longispinus (Hack) Fernald, One of the most Aggressive Alien Plants on the Romanian Black Sea Coast / Marius Fa˘ga˘raș 23 New Equipment and Technologies Used for Rapa Whelk Harvesting at the Romanian Black Sea Coast / George T¸ iganov, Cristian-Sorin Danilov, Magda Ioana Nenciu, Eugen Anton, and Aurel Na˘stase 24 Some Aspects of the Biology and the Present State of the Population of Protodorvillea kefersteini (Polychaeta: Dorvilleidae) in the Coastal Zone of the Crimea (The Black Sea) / Vera Kopiy 25 Governance and Socio Economic Implications of the Black Sea Small Scale Fisheries (Bulgaria) / Violin St. Raykov and Simona Nicheva 26 Conservation Status of the Fish Fauna in the Danube Delta Marine Zone / Carmen Georgeta Nicolae, Magda Ioana Nenciu, Valodia Maximov, Dana Popa, Monica Marin, and Mihaela Ivancia 27 Assessment of Cetacean Population Abundance at the Romanian Black Sea Coast in 2013 / George T¸ iganov, Cristian-Sorin Danilov, Magda Ioana Nenciu, Eugen Anton, and Aurel Na˘stase 28 The Black Sea Dolphin Nephron Studied by Romanian Nobel Laureate George Emil Palade / Vasile S^arbu, Raluca Melihov, and Daniel Ovidiu Costea 29 Effect of Water Different Salinity on the Morphology of Kudoa nova (Myxosporea: Kudoidae) Spores: Experimental Study / Violetta Yurakhno Part VII Ecology 30 Population – Structural and Functional Basic Element of Bioceonosis and Species. The Role of Population in the Knowledge of Species Autecology / Nicolae Donița˘ and Stoica Godeanu 31 The Marginal Biological Indicators – An Efficient Tool for Ecological Monitoring of the Marine Environment / Yuvenaly P. Zaitsev Part VIII History of Oceanography 32 Development of International Cooperation in Oceanography: Incentives from Science, Services, Economy and Security / Gunnar Kullenberg 33 Romanian Hydrography – Over 100 Years of History / Romeo Bos¸neagu 34 On Romanian Assertiveness in Navigation on the Black Sea (Fourteenth – Late Nineteenth Century) / Valentin Ciorbea and Nicoleta Stanca 35 An Original Document About the History of the Antarctic Expedition « Belgica » / Alexandru Marinescu 36 Venice-of-the-North’s Ups and Downs: A Brief History of the Port City of Bruges, Belgium / Roger H. Charlier and Constance C. Charlier Part IX Miscellanea 37 The Potential of Airborne LiDAR for Detection of New Archaeological Site in Romania / Ioana Vizireanu and Ra˘zvan Mateescu 38 Genetic Versus Han-Type Algorithms for Maritime Transportation Problems / Doina Carp, Constantin Popa, and Cristina S¸ erban 39 A Three-Dimensional Approach to Oil and Gas Shale Exploitation in the US / Alexandre Charles Thys 40 A Glance at the Medical Activity of “Prof. Dr. V. Sion” Hospital of Constanta in 1931 / Octavian Dumitru Unc and Alexandra Nicoleta Unc 41 Land and Water in Romania’s Food Economy / Aurel Lup, Indira Deniz Alim, and Liliana Miron Congratulations / Romanian Academy, Romanian Committee of History of Science and Technology, Academy of Romanian Scientists, Professor Ana Fabian (Cluj-Napoca), Professor Nicolae Dura˘ (Constant¸a), Professor Garabet Kümbetlian (Constant¸a), International Ocean Institute (Malta), Professor Alexandre Herlea (Paris), Walter Lenz (Germany), and Writer Gabriele Kuby (Germany) Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 9783030006303 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book mainly focuses on key aspects of biomembranes that have emerged over the past 15 years. It covers static and dynamic descriptions, as well as modeling for membrane organization and shape at the local and global (at the cell level) scale. It also discusses several new developments in non-equilibrium aspects that have not yet been covered elsewhere. Biological membranes are the seat of interactions between cells and the rest of the world, and internally, they are at the core of complex dynamic reorganizations and chemical reactions. Despite the long tradition of membrane research in biophysics, the physics of cell membranes as well as of biomimetic or synthetic membranes is a rapidly developing field. Though successful books have already been published on this topic over the past decades, none include the most recent advances. Additionally, in this domain, the traditional distinction between biological and physical approaches tends to blur. This book gathers the most recent advances in this area, and will benefit biologists and physicists alike
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 623 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030006303 , 978-3-030-00630-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Understanding Membranes and Vesicles: A Personal Recollection of the Last Two Decades / Reinhard Lipowsky Advanced Concepts and Perspectives of Membrane Physics / Erich Sackmann Part II Membranes by the Numbers Membranes by the Numbers / Rob Phillips Part III Spatial Heterogeneities in Biomembranes Lipid Rafts: A Personal Account / Kai Simons Theories of Equilibrium Inhomogeneous Fluids / Michael Schick Critical Lipidomics: The Consequences of Lipid Miscibility in Biological Membranes / Sarah L. Veatch and Pietro Cicuta Lateral Diffusion in Heterogeneous Cell Membranes / Didier Marguet and Laurence Salomé Mechanical Factors Affecting the Mobility of Membrane Proteins / Vincent Démery and David Lacoste Membrane Domains Under Cellular Recycling / S. Alex Rautu and Matthew S. Turner Protein Pattern Formation / Erwin Frey, Jacob Halatek, Simon Kretschmer, and Petra Schwille Part IV Biomembrane Mechanics and Consequences for Their Functions Biomembrane Mechanical Properties Direct Diverse Cell Functions / Dennis E. Discher Spontaneous and Intrinsic Curvature of Lipid Membranes: Back to the Origins / Michael M. Kozlov Membrane-Mediated Interactions / Anne-Florence Bitbol, Doru Constantin, and Jean-Baptiste Fournier Simulating Protein-Mediated Membrane Remodeling at Multiple Scales / Mijo Simunovic and Gregory A. Voth Mechanosensitivity of Membrane Budding and Trafficking / Lionel Foret Common Energetic and Mechanical Features of Membrane Fusion and Fission Machineries / David Tareste and Aurélien Roux Interaction of Particles and Pathogens with Biological Membranes / Thorsten Auth, Sabyasachi Dasgupta, and Gerhard Gompper Adhesion of Biological Membranes / Kheya Sengupta and Ana-Sunčana Smith Spatial and Mechanical Aspects of Signal Transduction in the Cell Membrane / Kabir H. Biswas and Jay T. Groves Protein-Induced Morphological Deformations of Biomembranes / P. B. Sunil Kumar and Mohamed Laradji Fluctuations in Active Membranes / Hervé Turlier and Timo Betz Postface
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: 9783319774015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to 250 years of collecting, organizing and preserving paleontological specimens by generations of scientists. Paleontological collections are a huge resource for modern research and should be available for national and international scientists and institutions, as well as prospective public and private customers. These collections are an important part of the scientific enterprise, supporting research, public education, and the documentation of past biodiversity. Much of what we are beginning to understand about our world, we owe to the collection, preservation, and ongoing study of natural specimens. Properly preserved collections of fossil marine or terrestrial plants and animals are archives of Earth's history and vital to our ability to learn about our place in its future. The approach employed by the editors involves not only an introduction to the paleontological collections in general, but also information on the international and national collection networks. Particular attention is given to new exhibition concepts and approaches of sorting, preserving and researching in paleontological collections and also their neglect and/or threat. In addition, the book provides information on all big public museums, on important state museums and regional Museums, and also on university collections. This is a highly informative and carefully presented book, providing scientific insight for readers with an interest in fossil record, biodiversity, taxonomy, or evolution, as well as natural history collections at large.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 573 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319774015 , 978-3-319-77401-5
    ISSN: 2510-1862 , 2510-1870
    Series Statement: Natural history collections
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Research and Open Questions—A Modern Concept Behind Berlins T.rex Presentation of Tristan Otto / Uwe Moldrzyk and Linda Gallé 2 Scientific Methods of Geological and Paleontological Collections and Trends in Paleontological Investigation and Research / Cathrin Hühne 3 BAMBERG: The Paleontological Collection at the Museum of Natural History in Bamberg (NKMB) / Matthias Mäuser 4 BASEL: The Natural History Museum Basel (NMB) / Walter Etter, Michael Knappertsbusch, and Loïc Costeur 5 BERLIN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Museum für Naturkunde Berlin / Christian Neumann, Stephan Schultka, and Florian Witzmann 6 BERN: The Natural History Museum — An Institution of the Burgergemeinde of Bern / Ursula Menkveld-Gfeller 7 BIELEFELD: Not Worth Mentioning? Paleontological Collections of Small Museums: The Example of Bielefeld (North Rhine Westphalia, Germany) / Mark Keiter and Sven Sachs 8 BILZINGSLEBEN: The Bilzingsleben Collection / Clemens Pasda 9 The Paleontological Collection of the State Museum of Natural History (SNHM) in Braunschweig, Germany / Ralf Kosma 10 BREMEN: The Paleontological Research Collection of the Geosciences Collection of the University of Bremen / Jens Lehmann 11 CHEMNITZ: Back to the Roots of Palaeobotany—Chemnitz and its Palaeontological Collection / Ronny Rößler and Thorid Zierold 12 COBURG: Naturkunde-Museum Coburg—Paleontological Collections / Eckhard Mönnig 13 COTTBUS: Museum of Natural History and Environment in Cottbus / Rolf Striegler and Ursula Striegler 14 DARMSTADT: The Paleontological Collections of Hessisches Landesmuseum Darmstadt / Gabriele Gruber, Oliver Sandrock, and Torsten Wappler 15 DESSAU-ROSSLAU: Museum of Natural History and Prehistory—Paleontological Collection / Angelika Hesse 16 DORTMUND: Museum für Naturkunde der Stadt Dortmund / Jan-Michael Ilger and Oliver Adrian 17 DOTTERNHAUSEN: The Jurassic World of the Swabian Alb Region (South Germany): The Fossil Collection of the Werkforum and Fossil Museum of Dotternhausen / Annette Schmid-Röhl 18 EICHSTÄTT: The Jura-Museum Eichstätt / Martina Kölbl-Ebert 19 ERLANGEN: The Erlangen Paleobiology Collections / Wolfgang Kiessling, Michael Heinze, and Cristina Krause 20 ESSEN: Ruhr Museum—Geological Collection / Ulrike Stottrop, Udo Scheer, and Esther Guderley 21 FRANKFURT/DRESDEN/GÖRLITZ: Palaeontological collections of the Senckenberg Gesellschaft für Naturforschung / Dieter Uhl, Lutz Kunzmann, Christine Hertler, Ralf-Dietrich Kahlke, John-Albrecht Keiler, Peter Königshof, Ottmar Kullmer, Stephan Schaal, Krister Smith, Mónica M. Sólorzano Kraemer, Martina Stebich, Olaf Tietz, and Markus Wilmsen 22 FRICK: Late Triassic Basal Sauropodomorph and Theropod Dinosaurs at the Sauriermuseum Frick, Switzerland / Andrea B. Oettl-Rieser and Marion Zahner 23 GOTHA: Museum der Natur, Stiftung Schloss Friedenstein Gotha / Oliver Wings and Carsten Eckert 24 GÖTTINGEN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Geoscience Museum at the Georg-August University in Göttingen / Alexander Gehler, Mike Reich, and Joachim Reitner 25 HALLE: The Geiseltal Collection of Martin Luther University, Halle-Wittenberg / Frank D. Steinheimer and Alexander K. Hastings 26 HALLE: The Palaeontological Collection of the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg in Halle (Saale) / Norbert Hauschke 27 HAMBURG: Palaeontological Collections of the Center of Natural History, Universität Hamburg / Ulrich Kotthoff and Jochen Schlüter 28 HANNOVER/BERLIN: The Geoscientific Collections of the Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources and the State Authority for Mining, Energy and Geology in Hannover and Berlin / Angela Ehling and Carmen Heunisch 29 HANNOVER: Niedersächsisches Landesmuseum Hannover—Lower Saxony State Museum Hannover / Annette Richter and Annina Böhme 30 HILDESHEIM: Roemer- and Pelizaeus-Museum / Jürgen Vespermann 31 HOLZMADEN: Prehistoric Museum Hauff—A Fossil Museum Since 4 Generations—(Urweltmuseum Hauff) / Rolf Bernhard Hauff and Ulrich Joger 32 INGELFINGEN: Muschelkalkmuseum Hagdorn Stadt Ingelfingen / Hans Hagdorn 33 JENA: The Palaeontological Collections at the Phyletisches Museum in Jena / Dietrich von Knorre and Rolf G. Beutel 34 MAUER: The Locality of Mauer and its Virtual Collection of Middle Pleistocene Mammal Fossils / H. Dieter Schreiber, Kristina Eck, and Volker Liebig 35 KÖLN: Geological Collections of the University of Cologne (GCC) (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Institute of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Cologne) / Michael R. W. Amler and Hans-Georg Herbig 36 KREFELD: Palaeobotanical and Palynological Collection at the Geological Survey North Rhine-Westphalia / Christoph Hartkopf-Fröder 37 LINZ: The Paleontological Collection of the Upper Austrian State Museum, Linz / Björn Berning 38 LÜBECK: Museum of Nature and Environment, Paleontological Collections / Susanne Füting 39 MAINZ: Paleontological Collections of the University of Mainz (Geoscientific Collections) / Kirsten I. Grimm and Bernd R. Schöne 40 MAINZ: Palaeontological Collections of the Landesamt für Geologie Und Bergbau Rheinland-Pfalz (Rhineland-Palatinate, Germany) / Jürgen Gad, Winfried Kuhn, and Peter Schäfer 41 The Reiss-Engelhorn-Museen / Doris Döppes and Wilfried Rosendahl 42 MARBURG: GeoArchive Marburg (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Former Faculty of Geosciences, Philipps University of Marburg) / Michael R. W. Amler, Günter Kauffmann, and Dieter Uhl 43 MÜNCHEN: The Fossil Collections of the Bavarian State Collections at Munich / Mike Reich and Gert Wörheide 44 MÜNSTER: Geomuseum of the WWU / Markus Bertling 45 NIERSTEIN: Paläontologisches Museum Nierstein / Lutz Kaecke 46 SCHIFFWEILER (Landsweiler-Reden): Center for Biological Documentation (Zentrum für Biodokumention—ZfBS) / Edgar Müller 47 SCHLEUSINGEN: Naturhistorisches Museum Schloss Bertholdsburg Schleusingen (Thuringia, Germany)—Home of Permian and Triassic Fossils / Ralf Werneburg 48 SIEGSDORF: The Siegsdorf Natural History and Mammoth Museum / Robert Darga 49 ST. GALLEN: Naturmuseum St. Gallen / Toni Bürgin 50 Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart (SMNS) / Rainer Schoch and Johanna Kovar-Eder 51 THALLICHTENBERG: POLLICHIA Geoscience Collections at the Urweltmuseum GEOSKOP, Thallichtenberg (Germany) / Sebastian Voigt and Jan Fischer 52 TÜBINGEN: The Palaeontologial Collection of Tübingen / Ingmar Werneburg and Madelaine Böhme 53 WIEN: “To the Realm of Nature and its Exploration”: The Paleontological Collections of the Natural History Museum Vienna / Mathias Harzhauser and Andreas Kroh 54 WIESBADEN: Museum Wiesbaden, Natural History Collections / Fritz Geller-Grimm 55 ZURICH: The Geological-Palaeontological Collection at ETH Zurich / Andreas D. Mueller, Rodney Eastwood, and Stefan Ungricht 56 ZURICH: Palaeontological Museum of the University of Zurich / Christian Klug and Beat Scheffold 57 State Museum of Natural History Karlsruhe: Institute of Life and Earth Sciences / Eberhard Frey and H. Dieter Schreiber Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783319759197 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the approaches, applied methods and central participatory processes at the science-stakeholder interfaces embedded in the development of the "Earth System Knowledge Platform (ESKP)". The latter is an initiative of the German Helmholtz Association, synthesizing the expertise of the eight Helmholtz research institutions focusing on Earth System Sciences. The contributions showcase the approach of the Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research (AWI) within the ESKP initiative. Central focus is placed on the question as to which knowledge transfer processes can be employed to foster meaningful approaches based on science-stakeholder dialogues, data products, and/or modelling. The authors suggest that the tools and approaches for enhancing the vital contributions of science to addressing societal challenges warrant further investigation and development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 133 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319759197 , 978-3-319-75919-7
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Earth System Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Setting the Scene The Anthropocene—What Does It Entail for Science? / Gesche Krause The Role of Knowledge Exchange in Earth System Science—The Earth System Knowledge Platform (ESKP) / Gesche Krause, Ute Münch, Jana Kandarr, Oliver Jorzik and Pia Klinghammer The AWI Approach at the Science-Stakeholder Interface / Gesche Krause, Klaus Grosfeld and Wolfgang Hiller Part II Dialogue Approaches of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer Regional Awareness on Sea Level Rise Effects—What Do We Know About the South-Eastern North Sea Coast? / Nina Eschweiler, Tobias Dolch and Christian Buschbaum Climate Change and Biodiversity—Implications for the Local Fisheries Sector / Christina Hörterer, Maximilian Schupp, Andreas Benkens and Bela H. Buck Linking Biodiversity Research Communities / Sonja Knapp, Alexandra Kraberg, Stephan Frickenhaus, Stefan Klotz, Oliver Schweiger and Gesche Krause Engaging Forecast Users During the Year of Polar Prediction / Winfried Hoke, Kirstin Werner, Helge Goessling and Thomas Jung Governance of Resources for Arctic Sustainable Policy and Practice (GRASP)—Stakeholder Mapping / Sebastian Knecht, Andreas Herber and Kathrin Stephen Building Bridges at the Arctic Science-Policy Interface / Volker Rachold Part III Data-Products of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer The Web Portal ‘meereisportal.de’ in Context of ESKP / Klaus Grosfeld, Renate Treffeisen, Jölund Asseng and Georg Heygster Knowledge Transfer by the Global Terrestrial Network for Permafrost (GTN-P) / Boris K. Biskaborn and Hugues Lantuit A Web-Based Information System for Macrobenthic Biodiversity in the German North Sea / Jan M. Holstein Tackling Marine Litter—LITTERBASE / Melanie Bergmann, Mine B. Tekman, Andreas Walter and Lars Gutow Part IV Modelling Approaches of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer Arctic Sea Ice Change, Large-Scale Atmospheric Circulation Patterns and Extreme Climate and Weather in Europe / Ralf Jaiser and Dörthe Handorf Extending and Visualizing the TsunAWI Simulation Database of the Indonesia Tsunami Early Warning System (InaTEWS) / Antonia Immerz, Sven Harig and Natalja Rakowsky Streamflow Forecasting and Biodiversity / Monica Ionita, Madlene Pfeiffer and Stephan Frickenhaus Part V Pathways to Formalizing Knowledge Transfer Accompanying ESKP Projects—Development of a Process Assessment Strategy Within ESKP@AWI / Gesche Krause and Maximilian Felix Schupp Science and Society—The Time to Interact / Gesche Krause, Klaus Grosfeld and Annette Breckwoldt Erratum to: A Web-Based Information System for Macrobenthic Biodiversity in the German North Sea / Jan M. Holstein
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: 9783319673714 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book showcases powerful new hybrid methods that combine numerical and symbolic algorithms. Hybrid algorithm research is currently one of the most promising directions in the context of geosciences mathematics and computer mathematics in general. One important topic addressed here with a broad range of applications is the solution of multivariate polynomial systems by means of resultants and Groebner bases. But that’s barely the beginning, as the authors proceed to discuss genetic algorithms, integer programming, symbolic regression, parallel computing, and many other topics. The book is strictly goal-oriented, focusing on the solution of fundamental problems in the geosciences, such as positioning and point cloud problems. As such, at no point does it discuss purely theoretical mathematics. "The book delivers hybrid symbolic-numeric solutions, which are a large and growing area at the boundary of mathematics and computer science." Dr. Daniel Li chtbau
    Description / Table of Contents: Solution of algebraic polynomial systems -- Homotopy solution of nonlinear systems -- Over and underdeterminated systems -- Simulated annealing -- Genetic algorithm -- Particle swarm optimization -- Integer programming -- Multiobjective optimization -- Approximation with radial bases functions -- Support vector machines (SVM) -- Symbolic regression -- Quantile regression -- Robust regression -- Stochastic modeling -- Parallel computations
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvii, 596 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319673714 , 978-3-319-67371-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Solution of Nonlinear Systems 1 Solution of Algebraic Polynomial Systems 1.1 Zeros of Polynomial Systems 1.2 Resultant Methods 1.2.1 Sylvester Resultant 1.2.2 Dixon Resultant 1.3 Gröbner Basis 1.3.1 Greatest Common Divisor of Polynomials 1.3.2 Reduced Gröbner Basis 1.3.3 Polynomials with Inexact Coefficients 1.4 Using Dixon-EDF for Symbolic Solution of Polynomial Systems 1.4.1 Explanation of Dixon-EDF 1.4.2 Distance from a Point to a Standard Ellipsoid 1.4.3 Distance from a Point to Any 3D Conic 1.4.4 Pose Estimation 1.4.5 How to Run Dixon-EDF 1.5 Applications 1.5.1 Common Points of Geometrical Objects 1.5.2 Nonlinear Heat Transfer 1.5.3 Helmert Transformation 1.6 Exercises 1.6.1 Solving a System with Different Techniques 1.6.2 Planar Ranging 1.6.3 3D Resection 1.6.4 Pose Estimation References 2 Homotopy Solution of Nonlinear Systems 2.1 The Concept of Homotopy 2.2 Solving Nonlinear Equation via Homotopy 2.3 Tracing Homotopy Path as Initial Value Problem 2.4 Types of Linear Homotopy 2.4.1 General Linear Homotopy 2.4.2 Fixed-Point Homotopy 2.4.3 Newton Homotopy 2.4.4 Affine Homotopy 2.4.5 Mixed Homotopy 2.5 Regularization of the Homotopy Function 2.6 Start System in Case of Algebraic Polynomial Systems 2.7 Homotopy Methods in Mathematica 2.8 Parallel Computation 2.9 General Nonlinear System 2.10 Nonlinear Homotopy 2.10.1 Quadratic Bezier Homotopy Function 2.10.2 Implementation in Mathematica 2.10.3 Comparing Linear and Quadratic Homotopy 2.11 Applications 2.11.1 Nonlinear Heat Conduction 2.11.2 Local Coordinates via GNSS 2.12 Exercises 2.12.1 GNSS Positioning N-Point Problem References 3 Overdetermined and Underdetermined Systems 3.1 Concept of the Over and Underdetermined Systems 3.1.1 Overdetermined Systems 3.1.2 Underdetermined Systems 3.2 Gauss–Jacobi Combinatorial Solution 3.3 Gauss–Jacobi Solution in Case of Nonlinear Systems 3.4 Transforming Overdetermined System into a Determined System 3.5 Extended Newton–Raphson Method 3.6 Solution of Underdetermined Systems 3.6.1 Direct Minimization 3.6.2 Method of Lagrange Multipliers 3.6.3 Method of Penalty Function 3.6.4 Extended Newton–Raphson 3.7 Applications 3.7.1 Geodetic Application—The Minimum Distance Problem 3.7.2 Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Application 3.7.3 Geometric Application 3.8 Exercises 3.8.1 Solution of Overdetermined System 3.8.2 Solution of Underdetermined System Part II Optimization of Systems 4 Simulated Annealing 4.1 Metropolis Algorithm 4.2 Realization of the Metropolis Algorithm 4.2.1 Representation of a State 4.2.2 The Free Energy of a State 4.2.3 Perturbation of a State 4.2.4 Accepting a New State 4.2.5 Implementation of the Algorithm 4.3 Algorithm of the Simulated Annealing 4.4 Implementation of the Algorithm 4.5 Application to Computing Minimum of a Real Function 4.6 Generalization of the Algorithm 4.7 Applications 4.7.1 A Packing Problem 4.7.2 The Traveling Salesman Problem 4.8 Exercise 5 Genetic Algorithms 5.1 The Genetic Evolution Concept 5.2 Mutation of the Best Individual 5.3 Solving a Puzzle 5.4 Application to a Real Function 5.5 Employing Sexual Reproduction 5.5.1 Selection of Parents 5.5.2 Sexual Reproduction: Crossover and Mutation 5.6 The Basic Genetic Algorithm (BGA) 5.7 Applications 5.7.1 Nonlinear Parameter Estimation 5.7.2 Packing Spheres with Different Sizes 5.7.3 Finding All the Real Solutions of a Non-algebraic System 5.8 Exercises 5.8.1 Foxhole Problem References 6 Particle Swarm Optimization 6.1 The Concept of Social Behavior of Groups of Animals 6.2 Basic Algorithm 6.3 The Pseudo Code of the Algorithm 6.4 Applications 6.4.1 1D Example 6.4.2 2D Example 6.4.3 Solution of Nonlinear Non-algebraic System 6.5 Exercise Reference 7 Integer Programming 7.1 Integer Problem 7.2 Discrete Value Problems 7.3 Simple Logical Conditions 7.4 Some Typical Problems of Binary Programming 7.4.1 Knapsack Problem 7.4.2 Nonlinear Knapsack Problem 7.4.3 Set-Covering Problem 7.5 Solution Methods 7.5.1 Binary Countdown Method 7.5.2 Branch and Bound Method 7.6 Mixed–Integer Programming 7.7 Applications 7.7.1 Integer Least Squares 7.7.2 Optimal Number of Oil Wells 7.8 Exercises 7.8.1 Study of Mixed Integer Programming 7.8.2 Mixed Integer Least Square References 8 Multiobjective Optimization 8.1 Concept of Multiobjective Problem 8.1.1 Problem Definition 8.1.2 Interpretation of the Solution 8.2 Pareto Optimum 8.2.1 Nonlinear Problems 8.2.2 Pareto-Front and Pareto-Set 8.3 Computation of Pareto Optimum 8.3.1 Pareto Filter 8.3.2 Reducing the Problem to the Case of a Single Objective 8.3.3 Weighted Objective Functions 8.3.4 Ideal Point in the Function Space 8.3.5 Pareto Balanced Optimum 8.3.6 Non-convex Pareto-Front 8.4 Employing Genetic Algorithms 8.5 Application 8.5.1 Nonlinear Gauss-Helmert Model 8.6 Exercise References Part III Approximation of Functions and Data 9 Approximation with Radial Bases Functions 9.1 Basic Idea of RBF Interpolation 9.2 Positive Definite RBF Function 9.3 Compactly Supported Functions 9.4 Some Positive Definite RBF Function 9.4.1 Laguerre-Gauss Function 9.4.2 Generalized Multi-quadratic RBF 9.4.3 Wendland Function 9.4.4 Buchmann-Type RBF 9.5 Generic Derivatives of RBF Functions 9.6 Least Squares Approximation with RBF 9.7 Applications 9.7.1 Image Compression 9.7.2 RBF Collocation Solution of Partial Differential Equation 9.8 Exercise 9.8.1 Nonlinear Heat Transfer References 10 Support Vector Machines (SVM) 10.1 Concept of Machine Learning 10.2 Optimal Hyperplane Classifier 10.2.1 Linear Separability 10.2.2 Computation of the Optimal Parameters 10.2.3 Dual Optimization Problem 10.3 Nonlinear Separability 10.4 Feature Spaces and Kernels 10.5 Application of the Algorithm 10.5.1 Computation Step by Step 10.5.2 Implementation of the Algorithm 10.6 Two Nonlinear Test Problems 10.6.1 Learning a Chess Board 10.6.2 Two Intertwined Spirals 10.7 Concept of SVM Regression 10.7.1 e-Insensitive Loss Function 10.7.2 Concept of the Support Vector Machine Regression (SVMR) 10.7.3 The Algorithm of the SVMR 10.8 Employing Different Kernels 10.8.1 Gaussian Kernel 10.8.2 Polynomial Kernel 10.8.3 Wavelet Kernel 10.8.4 Universal Fourier Kernel 10.9 Applications 10.9.1 Image Classification 10.9.2 Maximum Flooding Level 10.10 Exercise 10.10.1 Noise Filtration References 11 Symbolic Regression 11.1 Concept of Symbolic Regression 11.2 Problem of Kepler 11.2.1 Polynomial Regression 11.2.2 Neural Network 11.2.3 Support Vector Machine Regression 11.2.4 RBF Interpolation 11.2.5 Random Models 11.2.6 Symbolic Regression 11.3 Applications 11.3.1 Correcting Gravimetric Geoid Using GPS Ellipsoidal Heights 11.3.2 Geometric Transformation 11.4 Exercise 11.4.1 Bremerton Data References 12 Quantile Regression 12.1 Problems with the Ordinary Least Squares 12.1.1 Correlation Height and Age 12.1.2 Engel’s Problem 12.2 Concept of Quantile 12.2.1 Quantile as a Generalization of Median 12.2.2 Quantile for Probability Distributions 12.3 Linear Quantile Regression 12.3.1 Ordinary Least Square (OLS) 12.3.2 Median Regression (MR) 12.3.3 Quantile Regression (QR) 12.4 Computing Quantile Regression 12.4.1 Quantile Regression via Linear Programming 12.4.2 Boscovich’s Problem 12.4.3 Extension to Linear Combination of Nonlinear Functions 12.4.4 B-Spline Application 12.5 Applications 12.5.1 Separate Outliers in Cloud Points 12.5.2 Modelling Time-Series 12.6 Exercise 12.6.1 Regression of Implicit-Functions References 13 Robust Regression 13.1 Basic Methods in Robust Regression 13.1.1 Concept of Robust Regression 13.1.2 Maximum Likelihood Method 13.1.3 Danish Algorithm 13.1.4 Danish Algorithm with PCA 13.1.5 RANSAC Algorithm 13.2 Application Examples 13.2.1 Fitting a Sphere to Point Cloud Data 13.2.2 Fitting a Cylinder 13.3 Problem 13.3.1 Fitting a Plane to a Slope References 14 Stochastic Modeling 14.1 Basic Stochastic Processes 14.1.1 Concept of Stochastic Processes 14.1.2 Examples for Stochastic Processes 14.1.3 Features of Stochastic Processes 14.2 Time Series 14.2.1 Concept of Time
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: 9783319757414 (e-book)
    In: Geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering, volume 46
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a collection of invited lectures including the 5th Nicholas Ambraseys distinguished lecture, four keynote lectures and twenty-two thematic lectures presented at the 16th European Conference on Earthquake Engineering, held in Thessaloniki, Greece, in June 2018. The lectures are put into chapters written by the most prominent internationally recognized academics, scientists, engineers and researchers in Europe. They address a comprehensive collection of state-of-the-art and cutting-edge topics in earthquake engineering, engineering seismology and seismic risk assessment and management. The book is of interest to civil engineers, engineering seismologists, seismic risk managers, policymakers and consulting companies covering a wide spectrum of fields from geotechnical and structural earthquake engineering, to engineering seismology and seismic risk assessment and management. Scientists, professional engineers, researchers, civil protection policymakers and students interested in the seismic design of civil engineering structures and infrastructures, hazard and risk assessment, seismic mitigation policies and strategies, will find in this book not only the most recent advances in the state-of-the-art, but also new ideas on future earthquake engineering and resilient design of structures. Chapter 1 of this book is available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 691 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319757414 , 978-3-319-75741-4
    ISSN: 1573-6059 , 1872-4671
    Series Statement: Geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering volume 46
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Analysis in Seismic Provisions for Buildings: Past, Present and Future / Peter Fajfar 2 Implications of Site Specific Response Analysis / Atilla Ansal, Gökçe Tönük, and Aslı Kurtuluş 3 A Redefinition of Seismic Input for Design and Assessment / G. Michele Calvi, Daniela Rodrigues, and Vitor Silva 4 From Force- to Displacement-Based Seismic Design of Concrete Structures and Beyond / Michael N. Fardis 5 Seismic Assessment of Existing Irregular Masonry Buildings by Nonlinear Static and Dynamic Analyses / Sergio Lagomarsino, Daniela Camilletti, Serena Cattari, and Salvatore Marino 6 Capturing Geographically-Varying Uncertainty in Earthquake Ground Motion Models or What We Think We Know May Change / John Douglas 7 Implementation of Near-Fault Forward Directivity Effects in Seismic Design Codes / Sinan Akkar and Saed Moghimi 8 3D Physics-Based Numerical Simulations: Advantages and Current Limitations of a New Frontier to Earthquake Ground Motion Prediction. The Istanbul Case Study / Roberto Paolucci, Maria Infantino, Ilario Mazzieri, Ali Güney Özcebe, Chiara Smerzini, and Marco Stupazzini 9 Issues with the Use of Spatially Variable Seismic Ground Motions in Engineering Applications / Aspasia Zerva, Mohammad Reza Falamarz-Sheikhabadi, and Masoud Khazaei Poul 10 Bridging the Gap Between Seismology and Engineering: Towards Real-Time Damage Assessment / Stefano Parolai, Michael Haas, Massimiliano Pittore, and Kevin Fleming 11 Earthquake Geotechnics in Offshore Engineering / Amir M. Kaynia 12 The Dynamics of Rocking Isolation / Nicos Makris 13 Multistory Building Frames and Shear Walls Founded on “Rocking” Spread Footings / G. Gazetas, D. Dais, F. Gelagoti, and R. Kourkoulis 14 Seismic Design of Foundations in Difficult Soil Conditions: Examples of Solutions / Alain Pecker 15 Structural Health Monitoring for Seismic Protection of Structure and Infrastructure Systems / Oreste S. Bursi, Daniele Zonta, Emiliano Debiasi, and Davide Trapani 16 Large Scale Testing Facilities – Use of High Gravity Centrifuge Tests to Investigate Soil Liquefaction Phenomena / Gopal S. P. Madabhushi 17 Seismic Analysis and Design of Composite Steel/Concrete Building Structures Involving Concrete-Filled Steel Tubular Columns / Konstantinos A. Skalomenos, George D. Hatzigeorgiou, and Dimitri E. Beskos 18 Seismic Design of Steel Structures: New Trends of Research and Updates of Eurocode 8 / Raffaele Landolfo 19 Unreinforced Masonry Walls Subjected to In-Plane Shear: From Tests to Codes and Vice Versa / Elizabeth Vintzileou 20 Seismic Design of Bridges: Present and Future / Andreas J. Kappos 21 Technologies for Seismic Retrofitting and Strengthening of Earthen and Masonry Structures: Assessment and Application / Paulo B. Lourenço 22 Seismic Performance of a Full-Scale FRP Retrofitted Sub-standard RC Building / Alper Ilki, Erkan Tore, Cem Demir, and Mustafa Comert 23 Advances in the Assessment of Buildings Subjected to Earthquakes and Tsunami / Tiziana Rossetto, Crescenzo Petrone, Ian Eames, Camilo De La Barra, Andrew Foster, and Joshua Macabuag 24 Seismic Vulnerability of Classical Monuments / Ioannis N. Psycharis 25 What Seismic Risk Do We Design for When We Design Buildings? / Iunio Iervolino 26 The 2016–2017 Central Apennines Seismic Sequence: Analogies and Differences with Recent Italian Earthquakes / Mauro Dolce and Daniela Di Bucci 27 Eurocode 8. Evolution or Revolution? / Philippe Bisch 28 Research Needs Towards a Resilient Community / Paolo Franchin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319392646 (e-book)
    In: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences, volume 12
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a detailed overview of the operational principles of modern mining geology, which are presented as a good mix of theory and practice, allowing use by a broad range of specialists, from students to lecturers and experienced geologists. The book includes comprehensive descriptions of mining geology techniques, including conventional methods and new approaches. The attributes presented in the book can be used as a reference and as a guide by mining industry specialists developing mining projects and for optimizing mining geology procedures. Applications of the methods are explained using case studies and are facilitated by the computer scripts added to the book as Electronic Supplementary Material.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319392646 , 978-3-319-39264-6
    ISSN: 1876-1682 , 1876-1690
    Series Statement: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences volume 12
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Mine Design, Mine Mapping and Sampling 2 Mining Methods 2.1 Open Pit Mines 2.2 Underground Mines 2.2.1 Underground Selective Mining Methods 2.2.2 Underground Bulk Mining Methods 2.2.3 Mining of the Gently Dipping Ore Bodies 2.3 Unconventional Mining 2.3.1 In situ Leach (ISL) Technique 2.3.2 Dredging of the Mineral Sands References 3 Mine Mapping 3.1 Mine Mapping Principles 3.2 Mapping Open Pit Mines 3.3 Mapping of Underground Mines 3.4 Mapping Using Digital Photogrammetry and Laser Technologies 3.4.1 Mapping Mining Faces Using Photogrammetry 3.4.2 Remote Mapping of the Mines Using Laser 3.5 Optimisation of the Mine Mapping Procedures References 4 Drilling Techniques and Drill Holes Logging 4.1 Drilling Methods 4.2 Diamond Core Drilling 4.2.1 Core Quality and Representativeness 4.2.2 Orientated Core 4.2.3 Logging Diamond Core Holes 4.2.4 Sampling Diamond Core 4.3 Open Hole Percussion Drilling 4.3.1 Sampling Blastholes for Grade Control Purpose in the Open Pits 4.3.2 Use of ‘Jumbo’ Drilling for Delineation of Underground Stopes 4.4 Reverse Circulation (RC) Percussion Drilling 4.4.1 Logging RC Holes 4.4.2 Sampling RC Holes 4.5 Sonic Drilling Technologies 4.5.1 Strength and Weakness of the Sonic Drilling 4.5.2 Logging and Sampling Sonic Drill Holes 4.6 Auger Drilling 4.7 Rotary Drilling Using Tricone Bit References 5 Sampling of the Mine Workings 5.1 Sampling Rock Faces in the Underground Mines 5.1.1 Channel Sampling 5.1.2 Rock Chip Sampling 5.2 Sampling of the Broken Ore 5.3 Trenching and Winzing References 6 Geotechnical Logging and Mapping 6.1 Geotechnical Logging of the Drill Core 6.1.1 Drilling Parameters and Core Recovery 6.1.2 Rock Weathering 6.1.3 Rock Strength 6.1.4 Rock Quality Designation Index (RQD) 6.1.5 Natural Breaks 6.2 Geotechnical Mapping 6.3 Geotechnical Applications of Rock Mass Classification Schemes References 7 Dry Bulk Density (DBD) of Rocks 7.1 Types of the Rock Densities Used in the Mining Industry 7.2 Dry Bulk Density Measurement Techniques 7.2.1 Competent Non-porous Rocks 7.2.2 Porous and Weathered Rocks 7.2.3 Non-consolidated Sediments 7.3 Spatial Distribution of the Rock Density Measurements References 8 Data Points Location (Surveying) 8.1 Surface Points Location 8.2 Down-Hole Survey Reference Part II Sampling Errors 9 Introduction to the Theory of Sampling 9.1 Types of Sampling Errors 9.2 Fundamental Sampling Error 9.2.1 Theoretical Background 9.2.2 Experimental Calibration of the Sampling 9.2.3 Sampling Nomogram 9.3 Grouping – Segregation Error 9.4 Errors Related to the Sampling Practices 9.5 Instrumental Errors References 10 Quality Control and Assurance (QAQC) 10.1 Accuracy Control 10.1.1 Statistical Tests for Assessing Performance of the Standard Samples 10.1.2 Statistical Tests for Assessing the Data Bias Using the Duplicate Samples 10.1.3 Diagnostic Diagram: Pattern Recognition Method 10.2 Precision Control 10.2.1 Matching Pairs of Data 10.2.2 Processing and Interpretation of Duplicate Samples 10.3 Comparative Analysis of the Statistical Estimation Methods 10.4 Guidelines for Optimisation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.1 Planning and Implementation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.2 Frequency of Inserting QAQC Material to Assay Batches 10.4.3 Distribution of the Reference Materials 10.4.4 Distribution of the Duplicate Samples References 11 Twin Holes 11.1 Method Overview 11.1.1 Objectives of the Twinned Holes Study 11.1.2 Statistical Treatment of the Results 11.1.3 Distance Between Twinned Holes 11.1.4 Drilling Quality and Quantity 11.1.5 Comparison of Studied Variables 11.1.6 Practice of Drilling Twinned Holes for Mining Geology Applications 11.2 Case Studies 11.2.1 Gold Deposits: Confirmation of High-Grade Intersections 11.2.2 Twin Holes Studies in Iron Ore Deposits 11.2.3 Mineral Sands Deposits: Validation of Historic Drilling 11.2.4 Bauxites: Use of Twin Holes as a Routine Control of Drilling Quality References 12 Database 12.1 Construction of the Database 12.2 Data Entry 12.2.1 Electronic Data Transfer 12.2.2 Keyboard Data Entry 12.2.3 Special Values 12.3 Management of the Data Flow 12.4 Database Safety and Security References Part III Mineral Resources 13 Data Preparation 13.1 Data Compositing 13.1.1 Data Coding 13.1.2 Compositing Algorithms 13.1.3 Choice of the Optimal Compositing Intervals 13.1.4 Validating of the Composited Assays 13.2 High Grade Cut-Off References 14 Geological Constraints of Mineralisation 14.1 Introduction to Wireframing 14.2 Characterisation of the Mineralisation Contacts 14.2.1 Contact Profile 14.2.2 Determining of the Cut-Off Value for Constraining Mineralisation 14.2.3 Contact Topography 14.2.4 Uncertainty of the Contacts 14.3 Geometry and Internal Structure of the Mineralised Domains 14.3.1 Unfolding References 15 Exploratory Data Analysis 15.1 Objective of the EDA 15.2 Overview of the EDA Techniques 15.2.1 Spider Diagram 15.2.2 Data Declustering 15.2.3 Q-Q Plots 15.2.4 Box-and-Whisker Plot (Box Plot) 15.3 Grouping and Analysis of the Data 15.3.1 Data Types 15.3.2 Data Generations 15.3.3 Grouping Samples by Geological Characteristics 15.4 Statistical Analysis of the Resource Domains References 16 Resource Estimation Methods 16.1 Polygonal Method 16.2 Estimation by Triangulation 16.3 Cross-Sectional Method 16.3.1 Extrapolation of the Cross-Sections 16.3.2 Interpolation Between Cross-Sections 16.4 Estimation by Panels 16.5 Inverse Distance Weighting Method References Part IV Applied Mining Geostatistics 17 Introduction to Geostatistics 17.1 Regionalised Variable and Random Function 17.2 Stationarity and Intrinsic Hypothesis References 18 Variography 18.1 Quantitative Analysis of the Spatial Continuity 18.2 Intuitive Look at Variogram 18.3 Geostatistical Definition of Variogram 18.4 Directional, Omnidirectional and Average Variograms 18.5 Properties of the Variograms 18.5.1 Behaviour Near Origin 18.5.2 Anisotropy 18.6 Analysis of the Data Continuity Using a Variogram Map 18.7 Presence of Drift 18.8 Proportional Effect 18.9 Variogram Sill and the Sample Variance 18.10 Impact of the Different Support 18.11 Variogram Models 18.11.1 Common Variogram Models 18.11.2 Modelling Geometric Anisotropy 18.11.3 Nested Structures 18.11.4 Modelling Zonal Anisotropy 18.12 Troublesome Variograms 18.12.1 Hole Effect 18.12.2 Saw-Tooth Shaped and Erratic Variograms 18.13 Alternative Measures of a Spatial Continuity 18.13.1 Variograms of the Gaussian Transformed Values 18.13.2 Relative (Normalised) Variograms 18.13.3 Different Structural Tools 18.14 Indicator Variograms 18.15 Variograms in the Multivariate Environment 18.15.1 Multivariate Geostatistical Functions 18.15.2 Linear Model of Coregionalisation References 19 Methods of the Linear Geostatistics (Kriging) 19.1 Geostatistical Resource Estimation 19.2 Kriging System 19.2.1 Ordinary Kriging 19.2.2 Simple Kriging 19.2.3 Simple Versus Ordinary Kriging 19.3 Properties of Kriging 19.3.1 Exactitude Property of Kriging 19.3.2 Negative Kriging Weights and Screening Effect 19.3.3 Smoothing Effect 19.3.4 Kriging Variance 19.3.5 Conditional Bias 19.4 Block Kriging 19.4.1 Blocks and Point Estimates 19.4.2 Kriging of the Small Blocks References 20 Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1 Theoretical Background of Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1.1 Ordinary Co-kriging 20.1.2 Collocated Co-kriging 20.1.3 Properties of the Co-kriging 20.2 Kriging with External Drift References 21 Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.1 Methodology of the Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.2 Practical Notes on the Indicators Post-Processing References 22 Estimation of the Recoverable Resources 22.1 Change of Support Concept 22.1.1 Dispersion Variance 22.1.2 Volume Variance Relations 22.1.3 Conditions for Change-of-Support Models 22.2 Global Change of Support Methods 22.2.1 Affine Correction 22.2.2 Discrete Gaussian Change of Support 22.3 Local Change of Support Methods 22.3.1 Uniform Conditioning 22.3.2 Localised Uniform Conditioning 22.3.3 Application of the LUC
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 9783319279657 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gathers selected contributions presented at the Enzo Levi and XX Annual Meeting of the Fluid Dynamic Division of the Mexican Physical Society in 2014. The individual papers explore recent advances in experimental and theoretical fluid dynamics and are suitable for use in both teaching and research. The fluid dynamics applications covered include multiphase flows, convection, diffusion, heat transfer, rheology, granular materials, viscous flows, porous media flows, geophysics and astrophysics. The contributions, some of which are introductory and avoid the use of complicated mathematics, are suitable for fourth-year undergraduate and graduate students. Accordingly, the book is of immense benefit to these students, as well as to scientists in the fields of physics, chemistry and engineering with an interest in fluid dynamics from experimental and theoretical points of view.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 506 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    ISBN: 9783319279657 , 978-3-319-27965-7
    ISSN: 1863-5520 , 1863-5539
    Series Statement: Environmental science and engineering : environmental science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Vortex and Circulation Phenomena Numerical Study of the Cross Flow in a Non-isothermal Open Cavity / G.E. Ovando-Chacon, S.L. Ovando-Chacon, J.C. Prince-Avelino, A. Rodriguez-León and A. Servin-Martínez Oscillations of a Flexible Plate Immersed in a Vortex Street / E. Sandoval Hernández and A. Cros Experimental Study of a Vortex Generated at the Edge of a Channel with a Step / E.J. López-Sánchez, C.D. García-Molina, G. Ruiz-Chavarría and A. Medina Fluid Forces on a Flexible Circular Cylinder in Vortex-Induced Vibrations / C. Monreal-Jiménez, F. Oviedo-Tolentino, G.L. Gutiérrez-Urueta, R. Romero-Méndez and G. Mejía-Rodríguez Vortical Structures Generated Behind Flapping Foils with Different Aspect Ratios / B. Franco Llamas, E. Sandoval Hernández and A. Cros Circulation Control: A Comparative Study of Experimental and Numerical Investigation / H. Carmona, A. Cházaro, A. Traslosheros, A. Iturbe and J. Hernández CFD RANS Simulation of 2D Circulation Control Airfoil / H. Carmona, A. Cházaro, A. Traslosheros, A. Iturbe and J. Hernández Calibration of a Background Oriented Schlieren (BOS) / A. Aguayo Ortiz, H. Cardoso Sakamoto, C. Echeverría Arjonilla, D. Porta Zepeda, C. Stern Forgach and G. Monsivais Galindo Measurement of the Density Inside a Supersonic Jet Using the Background Oriented Schlieren (BOS) Technique / D. Porta, C. Echeverría, A. Aguayo, J.E. Hiroki Cardoso and C. Stern Part II Environmental Applications Experimental Evaluation of Specific Components Working in an Environmentally Friendly Cooling System / G. Gutierrez Urueta, F. Oviedo, R. Peña, P. Rodríguez-Aumente, C. Monreal and J. Arellano Rainfall Series Fractality in the Baja California State / A. López-Lambraño, C. Fuentes, A. López-Ramos, M. Pliego-Díaz and M. López-L Hydrodynamic Modeling for the Sustainable Management of the Guájaro Hydrosystem, Colombia / F. Torres-Bejarano, J. Padilla Coba, H. Ramírez-León, C. Rodríguez-Cuevas and R. Cantero-Rodelo Numerical Modeling of Hydrodynamics in the Agua Brava Lagoon, Located in Nayarit, Mexico / H. Barrios-Piña, H. Ramírez-León, A. Cuevas-Otero, F. Torres-Bejarano and J.T. Ponce-Palafox Hydraulic, Hydrodynamic and Environmental Design of an Offshore Outfall for the Campeche Sound Marine Region / A. Cuevas-Otero, H. Ramírez-León and H. Barrios-Piña Numerical Air Quality Forecast Modeling System: Mexico Case Study / A.R. Garcia, B.E. Mar-Morales and L.G. Ruiz-Suárez Internal Wave Observations in the Petacalco Canyon, México / A. Ruiz-Angulo and J. Zavala-Hidalgo Part III Fluid–Structure Interaction Stochastic Simulation for Couette Flow of Dilute Polymer Solutions Using Hookean Dumbbells / A. Gómez López, I. Pérez Reyes, A. López Villa and R.O. Vargas Aguilar Two-Dimensional Motion of a Viscoelastic Membrane in an Incompressible Fluid: Applications to the Cochlear Mechanics / Y.N. Domínguez-del Ángel, M. Núñez-López, J.G. González-Santos and A. López-Villa Electromagnetically Driven Flow Between Concentric Spheres: Experiments and Simulations / A. Figueroa, J.A. Rojas, J. Rosales and F. Vázquez Vibration of a Water Drop in a Hydrophobic Medium / G. Rangel Paredes, D. Porta Zepeda, C. Echeverría Arjonilla and C. Stern Forgach Analysis of an Annular MHD Stirrer for Microfluidic Applications / J. Pérez-Barrera, A. Ortiz and S. Cuevas Trajectories of Water and Sand Jets / D.A. Serrano, F. Sánchez-Silva, J. Klapp, P. Tamayo, A. Medina and G. Domínguez Coupling of P-B Equation with Stokes System: Formation of Rayleigh Jets / L.B. Gamboa and M.A. Fontelos Flow Measurement at the Inlet and Outlet Zones of an Automotive Brake Disc with Ventilation Post Pillars, Using Particle Image Velocimetry Technique / C.A. Jiménez García, G.J. Gutiérrez Paredes, J.E. Rivera López, A. López Villa and J.M. Casillas Navarrete Part IV General Fluid Dynamics and Applications Bouncing Droplets, Pilot-Waves, and Quantum Mechanics / Tomas Bohr, Anders Andersen and Benny Lautrup Phenomena of a Miscible Drop Through a Stratified Fluid / A. Zarazúa Cruz, C. Echeverría Arjonilla, D. Porta Zepeda and C. Stern Forgach Astrophysical Fluids of Novae: High Resolution Pre-decay X-Ray Spectrum of V4743 Sagittarii / J.M. Ramírez-Velasquez X-Ray Outflows of Active Galactic Nuclei Warm Absorbers: A 900 ks Chandra Simulated Spectrum / J.M. Ramírez-Velasquez and J. García Comparative Analysis of the Air Flow in Different Cultures Inside a Greenhouse Using CFD / J. Flores-Velázquez, W. Ojeda B and A. Rojano Numerical Modeling of the Knee Synovial Joint Under Deformation Using the Finite Volume Method / N. Martínez-Gutiérrez, L.A. Ibarra-Bracamontes, S.R. Galván-González, A. Aguilar-Corona and G. Viramontes-Gamboa Causal Propagation of Heat and Thermohaline Instability in Quasi-static Phenomena / A. Aguirre-Guzman and N. Falcón Dynamics of Noncohesive Confined Granular Media / N. Mujica and R. Soto Equations to Determine Energy Losses in Sudden and Gradual Change of Direction / J.J. Villegas-León, A.A. López-Lambraño, J.G. Morales-Nava, M. Pliego-Díaz, C. Fuentes and A. López-Ramos Parallel CPU/GPU Computing for Smoothed Particle Hydrodynamics Models / J.M. Domínguez, A. Barreiro, A.J.C. Crespo, O. García-Feal and M. Gómez-Gesteira Aquathemolysis Reaction of Heavy Oil by a MoWNiC Nanocrystalline Catalyst Produced by Mechanical Alloying / G.J. Gutiérrez Paredes, J.N. Rivera Olvera, A. López Villa and L. Díaz Barriga Arceo Correction to: Astrophysical Fluids of Novae: High Resolution Pre-decay X-Ray Spectrum of V4743 Sagittarii / J. M. Ramírez-Velasquez
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319579269 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to the dangerous fishes found offshore the eastern and southern Arabian Peninsula. It covers information about the main groups of dangerous fish species i.e., biting and predator fish group, venomous stinging fish, electric shock fish, harmful stinging fish, and poisonous fish. In the latter group, the book gives details about fishes that cause several types of toxicities to human. The purpose of this book is to thoroughly introduce life, nature and methods of dangerous fishes in order to form awareness about their danger and to take the proper preventive steps. It will appeal to researchers, scholars, divers, the sea coast visitors and students of marine biology as it is highly informative and carefully presented. This book is the first of its kind for the Arabian region in particular and the Middle East in general.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 322 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Corrected at 2nd printing 2018
    ISBN: 9783319579269 , 978-3-319-57926-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Geography 1.2 Geology 1.3 Oceanography 1.4 Climate 1.5 Biodiversity References Part I Dangerous Fishes 2 Biting and Predator Fish Group 2.1 Chondrichthyes (Cartilagenous Fishes) 2.1.1 Relationship of Sharks to Humans 2.2 Osteichthyes (Teleostean Fishes) 2.2.1 Moray eels 2.3 Wolf-Herring and Barracuda 2.3.1 Barracuda Attacks and Bites 2.4 Triggerfish 2.4.1 Reported Cases of Triggerfish Bites 2.5 Ribbonfish 2.5.1 Bite of Ribbonfish and Its Mechanism References 3 Harmful Fish Group 3.1 Needlefish 3.1.1 Injuries Caused by Needlefishes 3.2 Surgeonfish 3.2.1 Cuts Caused by Surgeonfish References 4 Electric Fishes 4.1 Electric Rays and Their Electric Organ References Part II Poisonous and Venomous Fishes 5 Poisonous Fishes 5.1 Ichthyosarcotoxic Fishes 5.1.1 Elasmobranch Fish Poisoning 5.1.2 Ciguatoxic Fishes 5.1.3 Clupeotoxic Fishes 5.1.4 Gempylotoxic Fishes 5.1.5 Scomberotoxic Fishes 5.1.6 Hallucinogenic Fishes 5.1.7 Tetrodotoxic Fishes 5.2 Ichthyootoxic Fishes 5.2.1 Ichthyootoxic Fish Species 5.3 Ichthyogallotoxic Fishes 5.3.1 Ichthyogallotoxic Fish Species References 6 Ichthyohemotoxic Fishes 6.1 Background 6.2 Causative Agent 6.3 Symptoms 6.4 Treatment and Prevention 6.5 Ichthyohemotoxic Fish Species References 7 Venomous Fishes 7.1 Ithyocrinotoxic Fishes 7.1.1 Catfishes 7.1.2 Boxfishes 7.1.3 Species of Eels 7.1.4 Flatfishes 7.1.5 Pufferfish 7.1.6 Ichthyocrinotoxic Fish Species 7.2 Acanthotoxic (Venomous) Fishes 7.2.1 Venomous Stingrays 7.2.2 Venomous Catfishes 7.2.3 Venomous Scorpaenid Fishes 7.2.4 Venomous Stonefishes 7.2.5 Venomous Toadfishes 7.2.6 Venomous Spadefishes or Scats 7.2.7 Venomous Stargazers 7.2.8 Venomous Rabbit Fishes References Erratum to: Dangerous Fishes of the Eastern and Southern Arabian Peninsula About the Author Common Name Index Scientific Name Index General Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: 9783319396170 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the diverse strategies invertebrate animals have developed for nitrogen excretion and maintenance of acid-base balance and summarizes the most recent findings in the field, obtained by state-of-the-art methodology. A broad range of terrestrial, freshwater and marine invertebrate groups are covered, including crustaceans, cephalopods, insects and worms. In addition the impact of current and future changes in ocean acidification on marine invertebrates due to anthropogenic CO2 release will be analyzed. The book addresses graduate students and young researchers interested in general animal physiology, comparative physiology and marine/aquatic animal physiology. Also it is an essential source for researchers dealing with the effects of increasing pCO2 levels on aquatic animals, of which the vast majority are indeed invertebrates. All chapters are peer-reviewed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 306 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319396170 , 978-3-319-39617-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Nitrogen Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Dirk Weihrauch, Sandra Fehsenfeld, and Alex Quijada-Rodriguez 2 Nitrogenous Waste Metabolism Within Terrestrial Crustacea, with Special Reference to Purine Deposits and Their Metabolism / Stuart M. Linton, Jonathan C. Wright, and Caitlin G. Howe 3 Gill Ion Transport ATPases and Ammonia Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Francisco A. Leone, Malson N. Lucena, Daniela P. Garçon, Marcelo R. Pinto, and John C. McNamara 4 Nitrogen Excretion and Metabolism in Insects / M. J. O’Donnell and Andrew Donini 5 Nitrogen Excretion in Nematodes, Platyhelminthes, and Annelids / Alex R. Quijada-Rodriguez, Aida Adlimoghaddam, and Dirk Weihrauch 6 Acid–Base Regulation in Aquatic Decapod Crustaceans / Sandra Fehsenfeld and Dirk Weihrauch 7 Cell Biology of Reef-Building Corals: Ion Transport, Acid/Base Regulation, and Energy Metabolism / Martin Tresguerres, Katie L. Barott, Megan E. Barron, Dimitri D. Deheyn, David I. Kline, and Lauren B. Linsmayer 8 Acid–Base Regulation in Insect Haemolymph / Philip G.D. Matthews 9 Acid–Base Loops in Insect Larvae with Extremely Alkaline Midgut Regions / Horst Onken and David F. Moffett 10 pH Regulation and Excretion in Echinoderms / Meike Stumpp and Marian Y. Hu 11 Acid–Base Regulation and Ammonia Excretion in Cephalopods: An Ontogenetic Overview / Marian Hu and Yung-Che Tseng Service Part Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...